Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 45463 (2)
THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport TPW2013-06 City Project No. 00723 FORT WORTH® BETSY PRICE MAYOR THIS COPY IS FOR: CONTRACTOR ) k. CITY SECRETARY SPONSORING DEPT PROJECT MANAGER TPW FILE COPY CITY SECRETARY CONTRACT NO. TOM HIGGINS CITY MANAGER Douglas W. Wiersig, PE Director, Transportation & Public Works Department Jeffrey W. Halstead Police Chief, Police Department GRW, Inc. Struhs II, LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction March 2014 RECEIVED MAR 2 7 2014 OFFICIAL RECORD} CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX �_. City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 3/4/2014 - Ordinance No. 21150-03-2014 DATE: Tuesday, March 04, 2014 LOG NAME: 35POLICEHANGARCONTRACT SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of a Construction Contract with Struhs II, LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction in the Amount of $3,547,950.00 to Construct the Police Air Support Hangar at the Fort Worth Meacham International Airport, Authorize the Transfer of $4,880,000.00 from the Crime Control and Prevention District Fund to the Specially Funded Capital Project Fund, Provide for Additional Project Costs and Contingencies for a Total Project Cost in the Amount of $5,230,000.00 and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance (COUNCIL DISTRICT 2) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: REFERENCE NO.: C-26700 1. Authorize the transfer from the Crime Control and Prevention District Fund to the Specially Funded Capital Project Fund in the amount of $4,880,000.00 for the construction, utilities, technology, FF&E, contingency and Staff costs to construct the Police Air Support Hangar at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport; 2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Specially Funded Capital Projects Fund in the amount of $4,880,000.00; and 3. Authorize the execution of a construction contract in the amount of $3,547,950.00 with Struhs II, LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction to construct the Police Air Support Hangar at the Fort Worth Meacham International Airport. DISCUSSION: This project will construct the Police Air Support Hangar at the Fort Worth Meacham International Airport (Meacham). The existing facility at 1400 Nixon Street is a prefabricated metal building built in 1973 which no longer adequately supports the aviation element of the Police Department. On August 23, 2011, (M&C G-17369) the City Council authorized the transfer of $350,000.00 from the Crime Control and Prevention District Fund (CCPD) to the Specially Funded Capital Project Fund and authorized the execution of a Professional Services Agreement in the amount of $350,000.00 with GRW Engineers, Inc., to design the Police Air Support Hangar (Support Hangar) at Meacham. On June 7, 2012, the CCPD Board adopted the Fiscal Year 2013 CCPD budget of $54,711,925.00, which included $4,200,000 for the construction phase of the Police Air Support Hangar. City Council approved the budget (M&C G-17639) on July 24, 2012, as mandated by Section 363.204 of the Local Government Code. On August 22, 2013, the CCPD Board and City Council (M&C G-17995) held a joint meeting to amend Logname: 35POLICEHANGARCONTRACT Page 1 of 4 and adopt the Fiscal Year 2014 CCPD budget. The budget included funding for the construction contingency, technology and FF&E for the Police Air Support Hangar. The project was advertised in the Fort Worth Star-Telearam on September 19, 2013, September 26, 2013, and October 24, 2013, twelve Offerors submitted proposals. On October 31, 2013, six of the twelve Offerors submitted the required Post -Proposal Pre -Award documents. The six proposals (including the base proposal and allowance for use by the City only) are as follows: Struhs II, LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction $3,547,950.00 Ratcliff Constructors, LP $3,656,100.00 Mega Prime Contractors, Inc. $3,722,250.00 Modern Contractors, Inc. $3,827,000.00 Imperial Construction, Inc. $4,068,750.00 LEMCO Construction Services, LP $4,189,500.00 On November 21, 2013, the Best Value Selection Committee met and evaluated the six proposals. The committee members included representatives from the Police Department, M/WBE Office, project design architect, and the Transportation and Public Works Department. Following the evaluation process, the six Offerors were ranked as follows: Struhs Mega LEMCo Evaluation Ratcliff Modern Imperial Criteria Commercial Constructors Construction Prime Construction Construction Construction Contractors Services Price (60 60 58 55 57 51 49 percent) Schedule 10 10 10 10 10 10 (10 percent) MBE (10 4.0 1.0 4.5 1.0 1.0 3.0 percent) Experience and 7 10 6 2 6 1 Reputation (10 percent) Relationship with City (10 5 6 6 5 6 5 percent) TOTAL 86 85 81.5 75 74 68 RANK 1 2 3 4 5 6 Logname: 35POLICEHANGARCONTRACT Page 2 of 4 The overall project cost is expected to be: Design $350,000.00 Construction $3,547,950.00 Utilities, GeoTech, IT, FF&E, $1,332,050.00 Contingency, Staff Total $5,230,000.00 M/WBE Office - Struhs II, LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction is in compliance with the City's BDE Ordinance by committing to 20 percent MBE participation. The City's MBE goal for this project is 20 percent. The project is physically located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2 but will serve residents in ALL COUNCIL DISTRICTS. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certifies that upon the approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Specially Funded Capital Projects Fund. FUND CENTERS: TO Fund/Account/Centers FROM Fund/Account/Centers 2) C291 531200 352090072330 2) C291 531200 352090072353 2) C291 535010 352090072370 2) C291 535020 352090072370 2) C291 535030 352090072370 2)C291 511080 202090072380 2)C291 522500 352090072380 2)C291 531060 352090072380 2) C291 539120 352090072380 2)C291 541200 352090072380 2)C291 541330 352090072380 $45,000.00 1) GR79 538070 0359825 $4,880,000.00 $25,000.00 $75.000.00 $100.000.00 $150.000.00 $70.000.00 $100.000.00 $75.000.00 $10,000.00 $4.005.000.00 $225,000.00 Logname: 3 5P OLICEHANGARCONTRACT Page 3 of 4 2) C291 472079 352090072330 21 C291 472079 352090072353 21 C291 472079 352090072370 2) C291 472079 352090072380 $45.000.00 $25.000.00 $325.000.00 $4.485.000.00 CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for Citv Manager's Office bv: Oriainatina Department Head: Additional Information Contact: Charles Daniels (6199) Jeffrey W. Halstead (4231) Marianne Makar (4224) ATTACHMENTS 1. 35POLICE HANGER CONTRACT C291 AO14.docx (Public) 2. GR79 35POLICEHANGARCONTRACT.xlsx (CFW Internal) 3. MBE Documentation Revised.pdf (CFW Internal) Logname: 35POLICEHANGARCONTRACT Page 4 of 4 FORT x® CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY Request for Proposals Submittal Date: October 17, 2013 (NO CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. The Pre -Proposal Conference was held at 2:00 PM, October 1, 2013 at the City of Fort Worth, TPW — Architectural Services conference room located at 401 West 13th Street. Attached is the Pre -Proposal Attendees List. (Attachment No.1) 2. A site visit will be held at the proposed site at Meacham International Airport, 310 Gulf Stream, Fort Worth, TX on Friday, October 4, 2013 from 10:OOAM through 12:OOPM. We will meet at Gate 34 on Falcon Way & NW 38th Street (Mapsco 48T & 48X). Visiting Offerors will complete the attached Waiver and Release Form and turn in at Gate 34 before accessing premises. (Attachment No.2) 3. Revision to the "INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS", dated September 2013 — Under Section 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL, page 2, delete the following paragraph: "The information shall be submitted with the proposal and shall include: (1) the name, address and telephone number of each MBE; (2) the description of the work to be performed by each MBE; and (3) the approximate dollar amount/percentage of the participation." Pursuant to "INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS", Section 8. POST BID — PREAWARD SUBMITTALS, page 4, Offerors shall submit the required information. 4. Revision to the "INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS", dated September 2013 — Under Section 14. UTILITIES AND IMPACT FEES. page 5, add the following sentence before the last sentence of the original paragraph: "The Contractor will be responsible for all fees for electrical, gas, and other utilities within the property line of the project." 5. Refer to GRW, Inc's cover sheet for revisions to construction documents — drawings & specifications. (Attachment No.3) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 1 on your Proposal. Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director, Transportation & Public Works Department By: Alfonso Meza Project Manager, Architectural Services TPW, Facilities Management Division 817-392-8274, FAX 817-392-8488 Alfonso.Meza(a fortworthtexas.aov RELEASE DATE: October 2, 2013 Addendum No.1 Police Aviation Division Facility Page 1 of 1 October 2013 POLICE AVIATION DIVISION HELICOPTER FACILITY 310 GULF STREAM ROAD Fori Worth FOR r vo R T Lz4121..wit 11111.1 Project POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY MEACHAM INTERNATION AIRPORT 310 GULF STREAM ROAD FORT WORTH Project #: 00723 TPW Project #: TPW2013-06 Bid Date: OCTOBER 24, 2013 Advertised: SEPTEMBER 19 & 26, DESCRIPTION BASE PROPOSAL ADDENDUM'S: CALENDAR DAYS: 2013 1 Struhs II, LLC dba Struhs Commercial Construction 1209 East Belknap Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 817-318-8000 ext. 311 817-332-4211 FAX efalconer@struhsco. com BID $ 3,379,000.00 4 310 7 Big Sky Construction Company, Inc. 507 Exposition Avenue Dallas, Texas 75226 972-226-4704 972-226-6133 FAX boblong@bigskyconstruction.com DESCRIPTION BID BASE PROPOSAL $ 3,884,745.00 ADDENDUM'S: CALENDAR DAYS: 4 330 TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES BID TABULATION Tabulated by: Eng. Estimate: Addendums: 2 Ratcliff Constructors, LP 4200 Beltway Drive Addison, TX 75001 972-432-9969 972-432-9943 FAX max.young@ratctiffconstructors.com BID $ 3,482,000.00 4 270 8 LEMCO Construction Services, L.P. 14131 Midway Rd, Ste 660 Addison, Texas 75001 214-637-4222 214-637-4220 FAX jlembke@lemcocs.com BID $ 3,990,000.00 4 295 VICKI MCDONALD $ 4,000,000.00 4 3 Mega Prime Contractors, Inc. 8101 Valcasi Drive, Ste 101 Arlington, Texas 76001 817572-9467 817-572-9468 FAX jmoody@primeconstructionco.com BID $ 3,545,000.00 4 330 9 TMV, LLC dba Triune 11615 Forest Central Dr, Ste 202 Dallas, Texas 75243 214-503-0549 214-503-0679 FAX vfudzie@tmvllc.us BID $ 3,999,000.00 4 330 4 Modern Contractors, Inc. 2008 Plaza Drive Bedford, Texas 76021 817571-2320 ' 817-571-5805 FAX ajacob@modernctrs.com BID $ 3,647,000.00 4 310 10 Steele & Freeman, Inc. 1301 Lawson Road Fort Worth, Texas 76131 817-232-4742 817-232-9113 FAX mfreeman@steelefreeman.com BID $ 4,300,000.00 4 330 5 6 J.C. Commercial, Inc. Imperial Construction, Inc. 1865 McGee Lane, Ste. 0 Lewisville, Texas 75077 972-436-4622 972-436-4822 FAX larryw@jccom.com BID $ 3,647,777.00 $ 4 345 11 193 Coy Road Weatherford, Texas 76087 817-341-8886 817-341-0191 FAX mtucker©imperial-cons W cticn.com BID 3,875,000.00 4 275 12 Piazza Construction, LLC The Trevino Group, Inc. 2811 S Woodlawn Blvd Denison, Texas 75020 903-463-2384 903-463-1870 FAX joe@piazza-construction.com BID $ 4,325,000.00 $ 1636 N. Hampton Rd, Ste 230 Desoto, Texas 75115 972-293-9200 972-291-6411 FAX ccraig@trevinogroup.com BID 5,134,181.00 4 4 330 370 1 of 1 City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department Facilities Management Name 7p.lu u. e J 1rr Medic -coot 'DOA k)e.(;/ it eeclo flo 41 53 -e CJeIL l--rgei.A i,46 MAP-P Gk• Organization ACT POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY PRE -PROPOSAL 2:OOPM, Tuesday, October 1, 2013 Telephone & FAX Email Sf7- girt. - 3? v Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 tt t t tt c t alp } - 63'7 )9• (.037 `-224p %v (s�1n ot ai a1Zagf3t�.�Ilo2Z 7i7-�32r�y� j 9707 - r/5q? cfl a4s•-Icrt.6 oil a. aLF5 (--r)a F 9 7,) - 7=! /j"aa2 97? T y Odle :C171 c t-(3 f (oO - 2-�74- -687; C C t,JI t° , G ofvi sr-7- es 2 --1335 {`��-t"(ip p�a)500 f-Le_. � kc , het- J\n‘f°GI`5c744eYcrs •Ca.IA J ck 1 rt O c4 `corn, SPEIPQR5iiMTu @ IMPa- fAL- C AucTtcN . C s�;.nq;�I es Cc:,oM . wers, V ee.c O'er @ cje lcoy1• L i� 6f6?1'7Ileco`frt 1/5 City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department Facilities Management Name YI S;,,> v acz.oe2 N LLB �lJ�l$LT --YeNAA \-sP \Nc.P Roy -000 LE0tu \JtTEk Organization Cleo/ en ie�� &Cr R t- POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY PRE -PROPOSAL 2:OOPM, Tuesday, October 1, 2013 Telephone & FAX C` 17—` Z Sy /'7 21-( 5,4-05Ei 02z�' 3l7, r. EIA.Ci gi7. IV. i'12-1' Lra6Z7$ (35 SC�C152 l i l $t7. %66.02136 'jL7 / 8)7-99Vifig �, n / e&,17-".i-a t?-571-2 3-2-0 8r- ).„.5SO5 L.V1 (EK (ho08-2.A1 C`i (t.S.Cafn Email Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 & ce 2-i-e ca..- n.4.e. . C.D,z-,. /1,3A 10-‹ s e n5 cam • 1/4 City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department Facilities Management Name -10 „ ) LzCL Orianization . 4 .Ac- POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY PRE -PROPOSAL 2:OOPM, Tuesday, October 1, 2013 GJ Pa !rt c Jr/}7 cu?) Wn ZG446, C'FW- vvv,4- Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 Telephone & FAX Email -t-1 5Z21 cik, 7 x tc7 I og546'cts* fikeyea 4',ra.cz-d, trt< .,41 ?`-rr SrZ gjo 0;1397-9a9 6loiA idtatl uaS-` & ✓ 3t 7-ch-) I `Y3/0 212-2-t/161101-7IZ 2tr 1 04v Pq•-aJr1i4040/-lviNN-1X' . qnf is . 9�5 City of Fort Worth POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY Transportation and Public Works Department PRE -PROPOSAL Facilities Management 2:00PM, Tuesday, October 1, 2013 Name Organization DM 11t-r2 - Telephone & FAX Email $I?-831•Z .'j $ 31. 7 V ' f fit, -7tffZ_.47 }� wt - 5 t L Xw4— c.- . Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 2r14-7.c0—v%oa ,./Or-e.61 " 4A zig -75-0 -g1l3 ,. ek , i otArNe oh Co Ovn ��'�` / t.l��'1'114P // C1 2�1.t �1) � 1 �i%'1//i/tCG'v�'I Ali`'' /%lit t/LC-� r C� 4/5 City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department Facilities Management Name POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY PRE -PROPOSAL 2:OOPM, Tuesday, October 1, 2013 Organization Telephone & FAX ��` �� ct?2--76r-tSv`z2 P�v I s10, cop /c woo-tD2 �' W Ht7i�f "5L Y'e' i 1 n ij ✓ o u? G.C. 2k)- `j6f5. Email E3 ;ems Eyvutit L•(¢Ge) w� CSC E1lpsrnay.con 4;z-iv) -rt-trwr- (- 4/1" e "Fre LINO 0 e, Ara.> p Cc„4.,1 P 5 c v1 Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 WAIVER AND RELEASE an individual, does hereby FOREVER RELEASE AND WAIVE all claims against the City of Fort Worth, as well as its officers, agents and employees (collectively, the "City"), for injuries, death or property damage which may arise from the undersigned's entry into Meacham International Airport — 310 Gulf Stream, Fort Worth, TX (hereinafter, the "Property"). This waiver and release is intended to release and forever discharge the City from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, damages, losses or expenses, including attorney's fees, whether real or asserted, of every kind or character, arising out of the undersigned's entry onto the Property. The Release and Waiver is given in exchange for permission to enter onto the Property. The undersigned hereby assumes the risk of all dangerous conditions or occurrences that may be encountered during said entry and waives any and all specific notice of the existence of such conditions or occurrences. This waiver is intended to release the City even if said injuries, death or other damages are caused in whole or in part by the alleged acts of commission, omission, negligence or fault of the City. The undersigned hereby assumes all responsibility and liability for such injuries or damages, including death, and hereby covenants not to sue the entities and parties named above for such injuries or damages. The undersigned has read this Waiver and Release and fully understands its terms, provisions and conditions. The undersigned has not been influenced to any extent whatsoever by any representations or statements not contained within this agreement. Dated this day of , 2013. By: Printed Name: Addendum No.1 Police Aviation Division Facility Page 1 of 1 October 2013 bal GRW ( engineering ( architecture ( geospafial 1 161 Corporate Drive West, Suite 170 I Arlington, TX 76006 817.543.1100 I www.grwinc.com ADDENDUM NO. 1 Issued Date: 10/2/13 Police Aviation Facility at Meacham International Airport Fort Worth, Texas Item #1: This addendum replaces current plan set drawings, COV A-3.0 A-5.2 A-1.0 A-3.1 A-6.0 A-1.1 A-4.0 A-6.1 A-2.0 A-4.1 A-7.0 A-2.1 A-4.2 A-7.1 A-2.2 A-4.3 A-8.0 A-2.3 A-4.4 A-9.0 A-2.4 A-5.0 FF-1.0 A-2.5 A-5.1 in their entirety with the attached replacement drawings, (see attached). Item #2: This addendum adds to the Table of Contents Division 21, 22, 23 and 26. The major division headers for Sections 22 and 26 on page 4 of the Table of Contents are replaced in this addendum. Item #3: Notice is given that Division 095123 - Acoustical Tile Ceilings is placed out of sequence in the specifications due to printing error. It should be placed after Division 09300-Tiling. Item #4: This addendum adds Section 32 31 00 - Ornamental Welded Fencing System Specifications, (see attached). Item #5: This addendum adds Section 32 31 13.13 - Heavy Duty Cantilever Slide Gate Specifications, (see attached). Item #6: This addendum adds Section 32 31 13.15 — Slide Gate Operator Specifications, (see attached). Item #7: Notice is given that everything in the LEED section applies; however, LEED registration and certification will not be completed. Normal HVAC Test and Balance will be conducted but LEED protocols will not be accomplished. Item #8: This addendum provides revised sheet C-5.2, Pavement Details, of the plans. Revisions are shown by cloud annotation. Engineers • Architects • Planners Item #9: This addendum provides the following contacts in connection with the fuel system equipment. The contact for the fuel tank and dispensing equipment is: Gene O'Brien ( V.P. / Sec. office: 703.563.0320 Ext.205 I email: gobrien@core-es.com Core Engineered Solutions I www.core-es.com 620 Herndon Parkway, Ste 120, Herndon, VA 20170 For the OPW Integra Tank Monitoring and OPW K800 fuel terminal equipment the contact is: OPW-Josh Vander Hey OPW FMS Sales and Marketing (214) 762-3461 (direct) Work JVanderHey2opw-fc.com htty://www.onwalobal.com/ Item #10: This addendum changes the specifications as following: "Fuel Dispensing Equipment 111400, page 4, Number 15. Aluminum Piping"; change all references of "aluminum" to stainless steel in this paragraph. Any questions regarding these items should be submitted in writing to Charles Willis, AIA, NCARB at cwillisnu,urwinc.com or 1161 Corporate Drive W Suite 170, Arlington, Texas 76006. SITE VI CINITY MAP NOTTO OOGLC DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, P.E DSECTOLEPARTMENT OF RANSPORTATIONAVOMMLIC VNRKS ALFONSO MEZA, R.A. PROJECTNANAOER DEPARTMPNT OFTRANSPORTATON AID.PUOLICWORK5 A 221130NPIL WRACES DATE DATE A NEW AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT FT. WORTH, TEXAS CONTACTS OWNER OW OF FORT WORM CONTACT: DALTON MURATAN MI WEn1Sn ST. .WORMTXT010] 126036014 ARCHITECT TRW WC. 1141 CORPORATE ORVNWEST SUITE 170 MUNGTg11%T0000 CONTACT: CHUIX WALLS 817240.1100 CIVIL ENGINEER AELGNEORLFD 1COLUNGSWLRTH ST SUITE 15 FT. WORTH, TK 76107 COTNTACEOOTO O STRUCTURAL ENGINEER CAL W A41 ENSINSERING OJG ALL VRSTMOSER! BOULEVARD FT WORD( TXM N1 CONTACT: PAT CALA4N I A153000 MEP ENGINEER SUMMIT W WULT/NT& INCH 3OO10b MIT AVE 11T. WORM TA74102 CONTACT:RICHAROLOM ,TSA2R CODE INFORMATION 1100LLF STREAM ROAD MEAD WA INTERNATIONAL AMOR! FORT WORTH TX 70106 APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES MALMO COOS: MEOMNCAL CODA MURANO CODE: ELECTRICAL COCA PIKE WOE: ACCNSSNUTY WOE: ENFROYC002 TDLRIF EABPRJB3803163 DUILONO W0EA6A4616A NOMS. PDII 300016C Vtl CITY AMENDMENTS 2000INC W C411,605110MENTS 2051PCINGf1YMIENWFNTa 3000 NECAMITY AMENDMENTS 200B LED WILT!NW'DMENTS ]01315.0 C060SBIDTY nANOW. 10001EWLW 0111.2FDMENTS L ALLIE0MNCALa1001422A A705ER ROOM WALLS TO 1E111R FOIE RATED. 2 WALL6@PARATINO SOPIOFRE FROM HWGARTO SE 1-NR FIRE RATED WT11.7541R OPENING& i CLAW. ROO/AWN-LS TO OE 241R RRE RATED WITH 1.3414 000R6 4000IE0CANALYPS 1. STE1520NE32. 2 HANGAR ROOFWNULATION TOSNR-11•R-111111 RA5 TAMS. MOON 2 IGNOAR P%TEIIOR WALL IN...ON TO OE R-10 MIN STOREFRONT FRAMES Ud60 FNTWNE 000RS Lb10 GOUGH..215 SHOO ALL �¢AK203 RPODIRMAPMTS ALL JOINTS ANDPFNETRATIGNS IN At WU00N0 ENVELOPE TICK • 161V1a OP A SULDNG TINT ENCLOSE CONWTONED SPACE,THR000$*HI01 THERMAL DERV MAYBE TRANSFERRED TO OR FRONTHE EYTEROR OR TO OR FROM UN GID04020 SPACES THAT MMENT AL SOS OP MR L14.44AR MIST OE CAUIKE& 0ASC7E12 WEAMFASTRPPED.E OMERWSE SEALED IN AN APPROVED MANNER REESE000MING PL TUREO MUSTOE0MSETEOADICRATEDLE.RATED FOR OPEC! CONTACTWM INSULATION 50001ECC RECESSEDU0HRN0 FIICTURBS MUST 15 023EIW OR MILKMAN IC RATED MR00000.AN01OA0210 00IX000R6 MUST BE EWIPPE0116111 MEATIER SELLS TIE FOLL WAND AREAS MUST SEAMED! EXTERIOR JONRAROUO W1.22 A BEIWEETNWAIL 0PAGIEPOR110N OFTNE BULINNGBNEL28E SOLE PUMA.. AND E3TE00R W PU. PANELS & OPNINGS P0R PLLAEING ELECTRIC.. AND REfl00EANTAND OA0 LINES IN EKIERCR WWL&A0002 AA ROOFS G !E U:EAIO ACCESS 00016 OR NATO.& BUILDING CLASSIFICATION MAMMA GROUP: USE 013013111 CONSTRUCTION TWA BILLOWS AREAL OCCUPANT.. OFRESBXA,4MI00 STORA010.17 11,850150e OFFICE ODIN IVIl0A4' 2A313100 TOTAL OCCIPANTL0AO EMANG CALCULATIONS RECUREOWDM RiOUN®NIAMEIL PARKNOran ATLONS PAR2NO SPACES PROMO. ACCESSIBLE SPACES PRO.. CROUP 11111ANOAR BUSINESS 10ROP O, STORAGE MOROUP 5-11 TYPES& FULLY 0PRMOPOPS 10650 SF. 000CC3PANTS OCCUPANTS ]S OCCUPANTS t03OCCPANTS 01PAR•1T (N^ MNYt1O'PRO00EA 2 REOOREO3PROW. HOMIN SPACES PER VW 15 ]VAN AWESSINE SPACES ALL MAAPACTURF0 PENESTRATON PRODUCTS MUST HAVE UFACOR ON A fPPPEMANENTNANEPLA1E1NSTALE00.N EACH FROWCOY THE NIFACNPER ORA SIGNED ANSI OATED CERTIFICATION INSTAL. COMPO NENTSMUST SE CERRPIEDIHRWOH ANY 0P1IE FOLLOWING MEMWS PROWS WELL PORE.. INSULATION R-VAU.E THERMAL REISTANE TO IFAT PLOW. A LARGER NUM8SR MEW. LOSS NEAT FLOW RINISOLIREOTLY ON TIE INS/AARON BARRING CWEQ OR MNNUFAONRE01 LAN0168N WI140505 a. CONTRACTOR STATEMENTS CIERTRONO TMEPROWCTS MAY NAVE INSTALLED FOR COMPON511T0WTIpUTA MAN FACTURERY GLWANTNDR-VALUE RAT W& C2`CAOTME INSULATION COMMCTOROA000CUTION CFAAERICA FORANAPPROVEOWAY TO ENSURE PROPER INSUATON LEVELS ARE MANED. AVM W E OFINSULATION TO BE OETERMINEO IN ACCOMA W F W111411. US PEOCRA2 TRACE 00MIM6SON R-VAUE RULE (OFR 117LE IQ PART MA MAY 01, 2005 IN UNTS OF H X FR X DEGREE FIOTU AT A NEAR TEMPERATURE 01175 OEOREES F. S21 5.21 S-2N 531 842 E31 Mdt Mdi M21 1222 1.141.1 ME2 Eo.0 5420 E20 EAT E41 E23 1 . Ed EA.0 EQO EEO Edo E4A E-T.1 E-11 PAT Pit P1 PA PJ2 P FP4S FP-1 FP-22 FP-22 SHEET INDEX COVER CP/ COVER SHEET CIVIL OAT OERFFALNOTES G02 EROSION CONRi0PLAN 040 DIMENSION PLAN G21 PAVING CDRAINAGE 20 IGWA D DRAINAGE PUN W1 GRADING ANN C3] STORM NPLW .0U N 030 EROSIONOSION PLAN CONTROL DETAILS C81 EROSION OEONTROL2ETALLS .2 PAVWOOETAILO 03.3 DXRANAGEDETAILS G54 DRAINAGE DETAILS Cd3 BARRICACE O!OEDEMAS SN UTEOETNLS CAST UTILITY COMA ARCHITECTURAL MASITEPLAN M1.1 PENONO PUNS INTEDETA. FF-1.0 FUEL AREA PLAN A20 1STPL0OR PLAN A21 MEZZANINE FLOOR PUN A01 DIMENSION RAN A-23 A-2A ASn 44.1.1 A-40 4,21 A-S1 MS ASO A5.1 A-52 1ST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING RAN MEAYINE REFLECTED CEILING PUN ELEVATORS ELEVATIONS BUODINO SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS I ALLTYPES ENLARGEDFLOOR PLANS ENLARGED ..PUNS Ado ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE DOOR SCNE0AESTYPES Adt OPENING OETAO2 AOA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-7.1 NTERIORLMLLWDPKDETAL5 Ado STAIR OETAL6 AAA SIGNAGE DETAILS STRUCTURAL 51.1 GENERAL NOTES TYRCAIOE1AS AL2 TYPICAL CEDILLA 8-11 TYPICAL DETAILS 5.1A FOUNOATONOETALB FOUNDATION PLAN MFIIANINE PLAN L ETALS ROOF FRAMING PLAN FUEL -EQUIPMENT SUB OETALS TRUSS DETAILS BRACEDETNLS BRAE DETAILS SECTIONS SECTIONS ME0 WNICAI GENERAL NOTESAND LEGENDS MECNWICAL=COLRES ME0WIICAL FLOOR PUN MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN MEC(WICALSECIONA MECNWICAL DETAILS MECIWOICALOETNLS ELECTRICAL SD1E0ULE6 ATE ELECTRICAL PLAN FLOOR UGHTINGPLW MOOR UGHTINO PUN UGHTING 2GNEPLANS LIGHTING 20NE PLANS FLOOR PLAN-OCV.ER L SIGNAL. PLAN FLOOR PLAN-POLLER1 SIGNAL PLAN ROOF -LIGHTNING PROTECTION PUN ELECTRICAL RISER A C.A. UGHTNO CONTROL SYSTEM FIEGTRIGL DETAILS ELECTRICAL 001202LEE ELECTRICALSGIEWLES 042731001601002LE5 PLUMBING LEGENDS. NOTES PLUM0IN0 LEGENDS SOCOU ES UNDERFIDOR PLU101NG PUN PLUMBING PUN 1700FPLUMBINO PUN PLUNGING RISER DIAGRAMS PLUMBING DETAILS PWM0NNG DETAILS AUNONG DETAILS FIRE SPAN GLE R NOTES A LEGENDS FIRE SPROIMEH FLOOR PLAN FIRE SPRINKLER N NGAR/ME:2AINE II I 110 PI 1- z LU F QU 1- In 1- w0 0 CC0> F- LU ao w 1=..z O 0LL UO0 LL Q 0 c ¢ 0 0 LL JULYOO,2013 AS NOTED COV TABLE I - BACKER ROD SIZING 2222.1211 pNnlsl 112 12/11 22.200042 MNMU.2 IJ3 T•0*000P OBTH pNUEG 0.2E0 1N N Itw 1N 11N as I1 to ,as Ma I ,To as I 2 10 I a 1q I a pNLH221 1F9 11N 2 0.1031202 PLACD,ENT PM ONQEaI v! DIA. x1PSM00TH DOWEL C 12.00. JDINTSEALANT SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT -Eta SIDE PAVEMENT REINFORCING EMS AIRFIELD PAVEMENT TYPE - H SAWED JOINT WITH DOWEL , SCALE NTS vA•DIA. TP SMOOTH DOWEL 6212 O.C. JOINT SEALANT, SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT. EACH MOE REINFORCING BARS AIRFIELD PAVEMENT TYPE - F TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT AND LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH DOWEL SCALE: NTS • AIRFIELD PAVEMENT SECTION SCALE: NTS T PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH SAGL iT O.CEW. 14•11a01 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSE (CIE) P UM! TREATED 3UBCRAOE 1N2SAWCUT - TOP OF FINISHED - COP —.- SURFACE \ VARIES SEE TABLE 1 ivr SAWC)Ir NOTE 1?TO11? 1NP MAX SEAL SHALL BE DOW CORNING S!B OR EQUAL FRONDE NEW SACI®2ROD COMPATIBLE LITHSEALON1 USED AND SITED ACCORDING TO TABLE I. NEWJOINTS SHALL BE SIMILAR IN DIMENSIONS AND MATERULLS USED. AIRFIELD PAVEMENT JOINT RESEALING FOR EXPANSION JOINTS & TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINTS (TYPE Fl SCALE NTS — As— 1/2T011? - VIP SAWCUT SEAL SHALL BE DONE CORNING SEE OR EQUAL CLOSED CELL POLYEINYLENE FOAM 000(0R ROD (SIZE ACCORDING TO TABLE I) NEW JOINTS SHALL BE SIMILAR IN DIMENSIONS AND MATERIALS USED. AIRFIELD PAVEMENT JOINT RESEALING FOR LONGITUDINAL & TRANSVERSE CONTROL JOINTS (TYPE Hl SCALE: NTS NOTE CONCRETE SHALL MEETT)(DOTREM 360 AND HAVE A MIN. 2E DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF SA00 pal. WITH 44% AR ENTRAINMENT. WC000N MATERIAL EXIST. CONCRETE PAVEMENT vPON.x 12 SMOOTH DOWEL SA 12 O.C. DRILL L GROUT INTO EXIST. PAVEMENT. TIE MR:59(22 SW o,C.,GRADE SAWED JOINT. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET / CONCRETE PAVEMENT / r/—REINFORCING BARS ��TIE BAR SUPPORT AIRFIELD PAVEMENT TYPE - 0 CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH TIE BAR SCALE: NT3 NOTE: { WE) EQUALS THE THICKNESS OF THE EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT. JOINT SEALANT. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET NEW CONCRETEPAVENENT REINFORCNO BARS N BAR TOP L SOT.. CONT. TIED TO EXPAN. BOX air CORRMAT'1NSr BUILDING CONCRETE EIAB M4• DI0. X 1P SMOOTH DOWEL C 13' O.C. INTO BUILDING SLAB. AIRFIELD PAVEMENT ALTERNATE EXPANSION JOINT SCALE: NTS 1q tO DOWEL. SLEEVE•MLLE , W(OLYETYRENE CORED FOR DOWEL JONT SEALANT. SEE DETAILS TIES SHEET EWCONCRETE PAVEMENT FRCWFORCNG BARS IM BM TOP L SOT-CONT. TIED TO EXPAL SOX Too NOTE: N(E) EQUALS THE THICKNESS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING SLAB. AIRFIELD PAVEMENT OB EXPANSION JOINT AT BUILDING C31 SCALE: NTS DOWEL SLEEVE -FRIED VSPOLYSTYPENE CORED FOR DOVRI w pp� Z WCO c - CC -I WWu = -UO O ZCO S WO> I- n-p X >t'0 OLL QO O OLL =Q 0 O JULY23,2013 tso C-5.2 GULFSTREAM ROAD El 1cMYtt ualelw. RMIL NGataBMaPNN SW ETMEi'ALBULLIANG NEW BUILDING 18,858 SF ARCHITECTURAL SRE PLAN WioPOSEDLEASE LINE r® ®---ri i PROPOSED LEASE UNE GENERAL NOTES: 1. wucouaorema.ei«nro now. caawwrz.uuwmalcanc NAiI2EP OR$JACJHmVICCMJ L rt' EeNEOEEaa1.101 1EwLa C.0 TO MUMMY ox I.O.M.ntuwcca� 4 COLVIalaPADREMAIIIMENTS 0.1....MKDGTOE>TENOR000Na 0.0L0 NNa.=aPR.m60 ADM .1.11APIP MINOT°EEPER REQUIRDIENTS S. MaammemePLNOT.Itauc:re 7. aP. C1CIVI4 zflofll+�u.Mt'aa' a BEF.M41 NAM. 3 WAX awENMCw KEY NOTES: p Evanwcaxc.a.lxn tilIWCONC.PANNS ACCM111..,.020.0NwE PAINNO IBTRIMCS p w .1E.a p WS EONaA WERT° 3.117. ram tt lWWI lh7uON l7¢ a+woe 17mlcauouoout ® almummxo rem. cua. O.1TE VPl . Ha N.CDD .awfCM ® w.MV ®EaR.1P.w,ONMEEP ® .111,1119lm.raL ®MIMIC NaLE,.awa ® SECMM C,aHM BY OT1.1.10 a ia'CATION MEW uaa r ® CANOPY OVUM. ® oaol.E.loNPwwi oOnLuwnnv ® „EUMOY.maNaw Cox ® namr ncuwttrelam¢ ®nonturcur Al a rt. cc °wnELc . TP. ®! N.;Oesa ®'a car. num srm. ow...100. am ® Bff.MEoP ® Wrt ENGAAlSC ® WORMYEMENEI • MWOl51ESILE OJOEO.RWL LOCCIO. ... COMPANY NO � ea G. ® warts O. Dot rtNCE mxawwru ePOmawl.er.e. .w16/1 mwE.monDVN6u 1�awwoExswslm. uc 4xt z z w co acc 7:1 QU F- I-- W LL H —aI 0 — a p 1- v=zu_ III 0 =¢0 C.)> Q Q 0 u_ �o [v •u �o a; Ff 4 i 1 - 'i JULY23,2013 S NOTED A-1.0 0 $m REVISIONS RAISED PIA Atiarld711/1.1 :Eve ORW ORW I m......w.u.�e.T...n ORW GULFSTREAM ROAD 1 FENCING PLAN & SITE DETAILS FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS to 11 G1-4.1 ENOINEFRS- ARCHITECTS -PLANNERS 0 4�^ m 71 O $I IIEVISI uwmruMxa.41.s 11 1 C L J w f 7,)�'+ I FUELING AREA am I FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT h'cnw ( AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS n LI • @MIME s-AECIOflCts-fl• IAfa1R..paln 1,1071R1:, VNY136 tsnu 0 • D o-- i i i i i i I �v REVISIONS Rwe.ePEA wwA0.111 OA Elk cnli ..raw •••® GRW GRW wm GRW GRW S �II A 0 "4 II II II II r y tali iIvI ot.i III I 000 00000 0 0 C. 1 4 1 1 E 1 2 64 FIRST FLOOR PLAN FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS °$ol 11 1 1911111 y R63 z E EOW AS . ARCM -ECU PLANNERS Irrerevrimone FliS nvea tvieyaYoS W:Pia,kanv+'s Ore++S0.0,eM0.1. to»Yea HnMO MattEII Yb20116 f.}TY REVISIONS mawnet .;,1ORW . -�— ORW �GRW ®®O 0 00000.0 I a z i N MEZZANINE PLAN FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS GrA„, ERODE: RR • ARWhCIS-PLANNER! G) h REVISIONS I Imam iu uouw 1101 '!L onw ,q ) . GRW GRW ..d/IIII M ORW w.. GRW L r FIRST FLOOR DIMENSION PLAN FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS ' ENGINfSRS•AR.* I c RIOFLi o_�5 MVALva+A...s a GENERAL ROOFTPLAN NOTES A. HAPPLARROCIINSULA110,4 LYWUTOHAT MO6PP,POOPPO a6 I.COPP.INtNATWx u..1100P61.1/«PPR+rTC12021 MOP OWNMUM:6 C. RIPERTOMPOUNICAL PUHBFOR RCMWIMP° IMO eOWMgi 110.1651CIPAPP ION6.FlP.Pulu6P 61.0Al2I0H•2102.TPANCMOHx RPAPOPrPu, PCM P. RPM TO i •aawCIPBSPHLAMIPPAPPCCIPPAPPICIMANOPPIOOETAIn �w ran LOGPIN0,TRUsft6W6L0PIC ROOF ARM 4 O. ALL PLAPN616 CO.wPPOUPO OUTTBPB12662.0.10u1A6t PIMP. IL HOOP OKAHGr1aPWPaa10 661,0002AO0P•MPARYOAAW6WP9Ga. L CAMERA COPPP,POUP6 BH411Ca1CA.MUi. CPCP.UP PPP CONSIPUCTpx A MO:AM OF PLAPNC CBM6M� UNAOCBITMIG ROW PPP6PPRAPPONISCP.4114¢1APPELOCUICPP PILO t PART.. WaMM., ROOF PLAN Mn••ltr I .w PA 1 '0"ROOFNOTg BY SYMBOL 1. TYPICAL 'ARAM PACK61260. .Tlr1PaA T. 6 2.r wcPAac.6 HOCK ACPIPPO COAL 6 NIR6lTOOETNLNLIl PM1MOfi�A6 cTuaNGuOWULAC mMlseaR. 6TAAOu0=AU A6cPPlO SWAY T. POCCARC.LL 6 PAPPCOPT eauAu a�ae'ioiw 1NO msvATUNTo66rAvwaPov ENn6elavnnox TPAAaUCCHTPrmSKPIPw16.A17.6r60 PL PAM.=rxn.amERA C6xPPSOUP6 12 PLINAMPIPrtaLwAC2xTR6°eYAn mrs2m° O Py! CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS JULY23,]➢lo AS NOTED A-2.3 pi e f � �mnEoazf C1N2G` HB 221 FLUOROCINT fX 2CMIG f o 1 Ai Y SKYLIGHTS ABOVE, TYP.OF1G. NEF.S/A-1.0 F ww.Klo.rarvxv INWaN C316nwr wv�na. EXPOSED TOAEOVE 0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES: tusotecl0.CNnC4Grto4E.WCRAHa WaNDNoixF0.112N. rmvmmN 22r t wR.avaanen 10,026220 crukuwerov21.12122 nn� 1n1IIIIIIli' 'null KEY NOTES: 0 wau ocvvn roco'waov Z2 novA000wMCrrc10om1I% mxu.11X2MOW, m on. vnvuuavn.nv.vw>o Oa £I2822v25WP1tO+mnx tLEC MLaamM$ 11/21202062. ii z w �w OgQ w zw Z w u_ ti^ ww 0 0 a -1 ha ❑ , W=-Z W I-O 0 <ce 5 0 3 .IULY22.1013 AS NOTED A-2.4 F.R.RtetrmAnanmsomureq...RoGRA.........G.G.1 MSIMSWWWOOSHISI 0 m g Cri GRW r - - REVISIONS .4•110. 11...COPAALIOEIWIN CI CI CI EJ GRW GRW ORW 11 LJ CI 11 UPPER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS 6 CI G) 0 1� m Xi m • ENGINEERS - ARCHITECTS - PLANNERS Inca Anrb.nas I g n • 0 0 SOUTH ELEVATION 0 WEST ELEVATION 1 LI11111111111111IIj_ 11 11 111111 "O M tPwrsoTUcumcmwm -unluwumYw1m u GENERAL NOTES: 1. wensTCONT v.m.cFlnwrzRWmw. mW,C ..RcavMlNIEREFo¢imnIRGTM RG1XE eKflAIO FCrtYOR! ItialYUfIOY 4. MIO.CaMRntAM1'u', MEE W.fmN WO.= =1.1,;( = E LLP.1 I. Pa 9iEFtWMW/FWE..9•a214011 117.t0. 011.0.295I14.1.0G rf rULYn.2DT] A4 NOTED A3.0 GENERAL NOTES: auwn. Tc wTa,11.PC INTOOLL mnnn 1 FIVER xeO Nwicu.rwwpw nxawppnu.IM ANDDfR�urXwnALL COW.? LOCATIONS NV MOM KM tOFICLMVI4t xCCnx41..rAT 0 fatupmINaNMTION. wNfM.»WiO.Y,J. TOOL PIA®K qG O xLf«Ow,9JEsaMATIONrC COMO uwroy FlINTLIO I A. EIEwxoer =STEEL TEfu�Iers•ewnwTweaTuxa LeTe KEY NOTES: ner:wi .tirnnaourrenaooxufans. ®mamas. URAtyou moms 0 nOCPNNE Oi ano. GNDpIR nu: RANWIOELAYnwfOnTN RVC OVCIIEER PING VALLSM. 0 mows,. ow OYKETCMmo0 0 TRINSWu£MMCA VI to ExNWR IarvR x[f. mot NORTH ELEVATION C EAST ELEVATION re 1 JULY23.2013 AS NOTED A-3.1 U i 4 .74 ,T,um.o.G.,.00F.T1m, w�oTMu nv.w'cw meuLvr rnwa.mE.EETC. t W.CUM TO EEI.w4Tm v maO.M1PImCIMuuwuLv n. 1 ROOF Mswu.M UM awvE.TMAME.91IProM� niEv �� uxrr. o.Em m . MM..MTNTnG..T„E000IFAIwT FE THE WMFMLLE ENLLLK.K.NIMPLOOM.OYIMiTHEWutEEFAK 0 SKYUGHT DETAIL TA:1 I I I I /VVl I li --I BUILDING SECTION t I CE ILDING SECTION LI ; I I � I I 7-1 OBUILDING SECTION I t U Li 1 1 I1 1 CBUILDING SECTION J 1 I 1 L L I GENERAL NOTES: OENEIMCCSION ONLY. KEY NOTES: O �fl0'r NTNEouNCALE(...NENT. ®v uEnNuarNu EETmn EEF.Toot a TE.0rt ©Ttt,m aNNE�..�EN Noonontr Eacfm. of p 714... mar µaa+a..C1 .m ® oNNE&numatnn.awcr. m .mwMsrMM.M..i..n ® MEw. crNom ¢Yl. muryrni ®NM.. /40.241.0011 ® .vE.ENTEOMMIARF.NMF.NEmE ® uoa.ru.au MIC110 mwm q; Tw«EwCENT..MLTu<TumU. 4, Nora.TmTa wn.v..TrucT. ® DonvoRnceNoloNIN LP Z Ill } U rt OQJ III W LL F QZ CC 000 pdo 0 Z O moo u- I Q 0 u_ JULY13,2013 AT NOTED A-4.0 Bia NAM CM11.2 WW1 WORD. ao¢T.ccNT. TMNI1.11c.NTIAN0. b Yll.a eZ •Nrteu.[n WALL SECTION 1 11TANDINDWANI/00111111.1.1 .T1NrHu.LLWPACINatLLW "N`a.ONiuMR. or., cc CM»nfarwm t? PDAPENDICIAAR MOATS ///---Twcr.ron 11117. uArINFOwnry DUB cwnaoraacr¢u.w Owc uu luNrAm nenua TbPPa T.arvwHQ WO.cavi. nP..IBUCT. T.u. �IN.MOR4 RnuCNMtCOL BEYOND. Wyr-rcALLSECTION -nlwlwTm lANm Rt. IrSUL avornur *MP.. COW. a'vaNNIT W-2' i�ub"rt '¢N 13. aN r iwNEMON rI12N1a.M.0 40111 \▪ f nvu METAL W.N.UI AnuO COON w.am DONGAINION11.1103. ITiP�. °wNIUBNInO UT� 1.101 IA1lOL WALL SECTION cwi.li¢IANn X..T w 11111117.1 11.611111111...11.04S un naTr"Nuar> limwrn `r • NOM OMWrtifrO.A.LLCb10 Tunasra` mOnmNO.TAOa. CON11.1.110 arnowTeNwObrI.00¢OauNO WIN Nit uelulu.su¢OnNu. OWALL SECTION GENERAL NOTES: nm. muW.1010 ]6NNIN u aiANM. rvwis¢O.uwoNOe°a R¢an 10 011. NONuc aakt 11 WLL pwxras rOAaxaric O.Tb..lOurwna. avea era xO (� rabVlL �OC.1NNUa MN0T0 z w w < U I- cnaQ z W u.. = 0Wz� CO o ▪ =z oP o 5 I• t Ce U 0 W `_1 JULY2¢,2O13 AS NOTED A-4.1 IM431.11C6MPM. 61.6,411- wa CPARAPET DETAIL w141.1XWI+ IX i cnAVPISTOPH.wrw_� iJ CCONDUCTORIGDM L 'ICDowempooroER N .6�„W . volt a. E�CCO o� 0 WALL SECTION YRPAN6 w 0. RraMTWUL arnwAanee�cP 4 +-Cml. Sohn wuNwTION SL`LS WlORNATICN WNt4LOW.UREn ALL SILKS 1aM RV.Nv m.Rare catialcralt waTmW oTw P'HFtkLLA nx� 0 SCUPPER DETAIL PRVANOnEDM(L/ SA. iliE41,11143 0 WALL SECTION fir CDOWNSPOUT DETAIL .iA PAMPEt sivora PMCwLL eVe ERCa1PnTNOp N.RY.wM1:13 1t 0 WA SECTION 1 6171IICIWK61•611 N, T:LaMar a+.tr.,EMnHa .a �tRPM+NN TaW WLaVrni.Nw NINAPORIMANZIll RiSSLLSNL rMwU.CCNT PANEL • WALL SECTION REfoillrucrINAL trwsPORAuCLOPWn IWNI.T.=NM COMMO 6R TO WOROOHrEMN6Vt rt00RORVM MO THE amURURALaW MAW. STAMM 6011.0P SYSTEM IS6 iMERWLaPAOEw WWLw GENERAL NOTES: ALL 0.1.11.11.10.40[1.1.11.0 anre 3X MAY>uAfAGN WMNININOS06XY61 a OEWSWIES®IXT. 1.2116TO 6E NO 140nE MAN Vr INFLOW FIX.19.60PL 2....CiwW. NE W ERa &IOAN ARC lliE er.6-TURAL c1'Trne N.resatP.M OETNWa,+OGTP W.6rJs, Ma NEW Pp.M/ OR W.1 a.1 EE NO LESS TMNG. 6ELRVFMNEW1.0011=1 W14 4MONCLA C41.23.662WLLMMO SPANTO or rffl TEMB ACG5;6 W IT STAN W IOC. 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS till s od `g �BBn� 3 JULY23,0013 S NOTE A-4.2 NE1Eur .aEeou PRRt vW—� INO L1pvNLLW WExf Xon— VYpECNMOE — CAUIREARAIDON3 SECTIONDETAIL 0 WALL SECTION ON MAIL KS I VS slHUCfTIPPMLO ECNTE,a00 n I,ai,PENa,N, NoLt1 0 SECTION DETAIL > e9SCPLWX 0 C.OPYIWNWOOaN x SECTION DETAIL P RNENEONIL 0 WALL SECTION R04CLP aiRuaDDW �1mcrolwiiwm M019XENmuxn oa DRIPED= (vA]WFU WµGRf 0 SECTION DETAIL —DONE, NENNANE as E/xNNE fR�OC TW � EE:"E SLOPE O 1T1.lR. ��puw PPENw.. 11® ! ip :ornwi.PaT=J LFY� monEPmmffIE SCHOOLED <lE,`.IwoR GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALLCDOM LAWIRON• ETE LEOEl01]S YYL 2%4RY3YREAOTP ANENES• SETEWN%000ii. WOW TO OS MD MOW TUX vt OVIO M. APS. ASTALIDTDIMMIDISIMSHOWNARS 0•0RNM11.0XLV.11EPEPENCEME MUMMY Ofl.41101.0.19C OETNIALOCATONAffiEAEiO HIENTHAN Pft OLmYgNwED MEMO OM LEVEL Wi4 NINICE). LPNCIaP.Eonwla• MVO TO ♦ W PERMASN000EWUIY OTRNO.= PA•CVULLVL'XRT SYSTENVOSTUCCO MOH ON OLOO PAPER • Ex(.EEATING SEieCTION DETAIL •Pn Xn.OLOCKINDASrEM® N-Ca2RCEPoU OCL C<0141, IEM. µ NCO +YAPARVEiauccoorirruz ' I v.. pi STEM OH s• SWISWIM,ExcR rNTL P n%roa OVL— O v OWALL SECTION �aEEa,vNalm ERun•wavNE STUDSE 111.6G �imNEIKOLL oP SYECD OYOtE PaP.m Na. MOLT. MR 1 MANER •E a a u o 1 i 1u� � s 9I JULYZE.2013 --- ZNOTED A-4.3 RDCFITRuaIEROOFSTTWCTWE SZLIHO uaam.- ASsaiD. a:YEREWr WTTPEX ovAm _ m Iun MN ATIN SNR.SN490 .I�►� WR.SNOSY 1 4GMA; ►� sP44NAIC WEN sum INtCiI EASEA9satm WW e.TOROOFnwrnnE ].NtRATm IL IONO3 WALL TYPES RV.WUS:CTIONSNANWTtlw. wrouWTON •EV..1aRocvamuccwE IYPESTMMTmLL�N0. Utli PAN WALLP.INOSYAM VAPOR WARIER Lr cm.Wuw WTL6N.4WOLWtl RPE0W SATT WSLL EAEEN WOWED EASEFLIAN O i ti SSTERIOR WALLn £•A: x.NR RATED PsTUCCO AACCOW..44 ON WTH VAPOR.A.ST EY.T. NIElTHNO Wr OYP.EOFAO rvTPB TNMX v BAERANIWO ROOF STwCNRE-111 GENERAL NOTES: nwaAwunrAL/Morin EeARTAT `ALLIVIDWI AI OF Swn0AT1EWtATTONAm wNwTmvwa 2 ALL SN09w WNW.. HMO. 1Art1IR4u10 IMO. 16. WS WA6 wuwIt 4tWIRA REEF.aces DEFLECTION TRACKW INTUMESCENT TYPE X GYP. BD. PER WALL TYPE Ul DES. NO. HW0-0034 TYP. HEAD -TO -WALL JOINT FIRE RATED WALLS FRAMOaNW.$Tm,r Rxsw OAlv.STEEl3•W PPFNBIwwL ATTO CMS—. METAL CSTTS .10 wWAATION NSUUTO3NETAL w.ELPAYLSTSTS, PWET.CMS TYPlultl Tap.. CI.eND� cauNc NWS RnEE wrvwwN pSPWTLwx 1rO.G1MK •FXaflrTORD0iSTRUCTWi TV,fIAAS, Tm 11PEY1JtRAflU DES Nauss 1Y1EM NOSOUO ATC.S MOPOYP.SO LU AEOVEFltlaxunE •W BOT. Mar ST UCRIFE T'IE21.101RATT, N-CeS NO.SN9 ROOF Durum WC,. WARD Eou=DATT.O TYPE1A11EaIV 3WTYn..SNOS SA4AEStNm WW1. STOS.WIt n TO ROOF STRUM... TYPE fur lANO 3NWIIND AttToa af0 .1W POOP RNCTne TYPE14 WINDD'YP8arAmvEF* cSUN4 NO SOUND/UT. CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS JULY29.2013 AS NOTED A-4.4 I lipi 2.1122. 111 It Ill 11 t 0- 111111111111 - 1 1111111111111 1 u 11111111111 111111111 1 i1111111111 l't 1111111111 t'l 11111111gg1ii111 11 t:1 1l1111On '1111 y{j1 l 1 lilt i t'l 11111111111 11 11111111111 t'1 IJ111111111 I-t 111 �,my, ,ram >.ci,L—.vw� .2230, pIARGEO FLOOR PLAN a es 0 a .® GENERAL NOTES: x ® RCaYYwueR p—,NN.,..nt RUR w1aT... . 0,NQO33w3,.et Rv.wer,Ka `ICE IR00.29 s NR 221223TCSRacIM21.1,01fCR uOAC011 nca22 e .RC(1'v.1000Aa RnNaJwR 1F f.0 1.2 M'22M .2.w,Me 02222X2.22.22. � 1E• Io,aRRzawcUm6RrER • RCnm . GTCRMNMw wm 21 EM1N! OfOCORRCRTwCCR 214612112210222.2.21.10 42nia W GD ew W ,C w[TwY,NN wQnartnRa 2.20.112.22.22. p 2222 r.Nimmwsw.rawc p „ .31..Ra,tna 3wR7c. ACCESSORY SCHEDULE: — — ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS 1- IY a co 1u co r a • 1- W U O O 1— a� = 0 IL 0 0 CC U 0 LL ANOTFD A-5.0 OERUIO N.CNm. ELRYEPCTTR6%GYP. M.TNI5516E1X10CM' M.X. MTf N1nPULa CXfBNOWALLT6 OEORA1.16AMW-AL ASWU Q]C O.c. NONNUMOIMCAM OSAFE ROOM SECTION TEEANCN0RA06 PERMAS RDNAOPCEBONO BEAN MOVE NCROOMK BIBS ON5106 ENLARGED SAFE RM. DETAILS ROOFE1.51411A95FKT1 PT9tl06TF. MVO WART WALL ON STEEL .3.02 ERIETi6TC1.111- Y¢AR9 SING. RREdKM0UA9 J04RTSANOPP6lPVSIOA9A� MDPTYP. NCRETE ROOF StlaPINFFOR p aA ra XRa., -CDtINO AS =MI YOROMTEDGNYP R55®9rattg ®U ,W1 rnx Er O S.Sa 1rO . Itl ®1C'OG OENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 0 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN DN WVYNMOIC9ECAMM" WW.CON¢111ucRONfl6RwLLtt1[. ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN C. O4.11) 1000r. M1.11 S1R FOP.0.11980 CA Of AAM COR OP01¢ MOM XWM CCTiNTNE PR�WiDMINAREERWOL21.111 P IMTN10O0. aACv111IPCORXNMOIR ]. LEMMA OI00011.1.10ATWDOP .RECIUKED @OR]O IN¢TAUATON OIECTR161 01 ALL ml¢P{LM RSPAYM PUMP, MOWERS. LINER T/.. • NRTMNRX Q X72 WM. ICAER=RWTAN ur.9°0m1''rEea'Q""E' ulewnaaM'Xutr' C0.01.0[DKCWO ipgOM r1Nl.Men W ¢TMTOEAS NLL N THE MSUC F9NRAAD1.1NNw0. ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS ce ce O 0) a a ce < U 0 a re = LL c O 0 ce U 0 LL ftlx AS NOTED A-5.1 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL rcNo'�wmeE�ia•Nwax,`w"vi ,' au°ac wr4GRrs. oil _1 :WO Min a ov�lornc'I'Ew+cav uticwn vA"R=ivl'� 4ON ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL IA, ORTON/ .1.013UL <UNEvcR,rxw1010 UN1A oA IAX[U ON4• PT.Ott. XCATNN<WOUBa PAPER ON WBat.•O.4 MAX W 0 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL 0-- PANCL w w•usuuiL Oan • .IMIIEVT WALLVME ▪ ..1313.BDTN9ofvoxr RUM tlNst 44AND R,N0;°rM~x 1161411.23.v4OALVN.v."a°taawwm ro 117.1,a N•4GIEVfNmRM »GRtL ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL 0 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL 13ACKRRM1.110L 4 • :!i di14iitIZ �r �IIYIYIYIIr lelp =AS9 W .ONIGW aaoxawo SPUIFIEWSL COMM. fiulalOwACrwL waxO aNCDRUBOUERYPA GEATNNOwa. 0.0MiRON r NfI.OT1DSa 16,1414..YV4U U1131 11,,E W OTI. R4 p.1 r ail COORGLLNATIMMINONIACiLLir LRKte• a 0 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL ®- 0 mmmmmnmmmmmmmmnmmmnmmmu s _ c,Ia OV.1113. CA, •QC TO MUMMY. COORRIMEFRAMINOws ACT. MONO 114 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL 0 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL <GR. BACKPA 11,3 31111‘.1140wD4D4RwEAON rM,tnvts@,L 44 MAC ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL E7/101.AT.rac RSYER TO,tNCt. 0.311411, uur<Rtvrexane Ba a� Al°1D°n:13 MOTv�`Nff0m a,r oEtlo nulauL rTnua.wE_ , wti ;UMW MEMBER] 0 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL rNRM Q>xaCC.. OCETO" fMNINOWARIA Off .. B GENERAL NOTES: 1. =WATarowrwADACENrwTavnwLGa C«ONSTRUCRCN<OORGNATE ALL IMIf1O NIADM.CmR PURRINO MAW aIISARE•V" vvw�Y, TNCSDCaNE 10Ra.1125.131 RDb1 APPROVAL OP MOREL% ullU R14NRNGUKATIO1a0311.41 xa01. UaS00iDNHYt M1CD x0+1. m00114311363 'oc rya M(0131111O°'4AND 0 ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL MTI W,Taw"p�BleNu. ON arr.an vtrnJ,r a W .PERPC.Ct.ft OM a ra aR•M.xorr.ensA.ao¢a UDtp tC44MAX w R.0 uiii 9A. INYUL ON WI.Danw ti1ai,NN1. BoxaY°UE"ur. INC PAAtiP..r ww EttA371.1Ac'c�°N RY4w.m.4Maw•Mn. IlaNa4Nmveanc •—vuuZPICATM uoN/ra%. R.10OARINaBVL Otlt.X ff 1- Z LU J 8 LL ZW O o a=1- wa o 0 F z oLL goo 0 w> Q 0 0 LL i—n JULY23,2O13 NOTED A-5.2 IlAYSTOMAFt - • Q DT : `r : a,. TJ IP ROOM ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE . noon 1 e.se • NaRNmP MST. TH 1 aSODwsT I cDLrID (a aPItA: d"' NaF I ,az o 0P1A10.a LWATIO,SFORMSua oN.LDET. . e�aa.P • .caa P....�nn DANS.nDewnNswN.mn D,°N..ED_TM,s 10: COS I •..• T-1 4 air NUDeea.mN L.nososysrosps eD CCii alLy�-- CLU aEXERSAbFn PLANS AND etPwCOMS.P DDmaNUOSTA. ;; gi« so, �, Gyp. ii;: RDN FLAPS NDaE A, PMwN W T GE uWI 0. 1111 it r: GMP Imo:: t �.00VE =W E FLOOR N DwDP ! I 16 I AR � 'A dTL �' [ . - ~SIL GLAl1UFll1lAf5/.4ff44V[nulSWkFOOT wuDnuu laTill ccccc77MNN��1 1101NW gyyyy. di tg. II IN I 1 I 1 �y. t )) ct : CR.. I GA.. a• W e.EAn°eouvaAwvEVATNN'wmrfa,.DEwu I' N¢uMNIVJ.tLECTIDUL 14JJNISHLEGEND- PROVIDE SAMPLES TYPICAL �,� CTF, CDMMCFlOCn1LLGY SIATI0DU.TSLMSTCNE:=4720. DFsIXTGASSPE01¢:4IF40 TILE CCWfl ▪ 4'RAMICNV MLILLE.D.LTIILSEWCIOsa.E„AaA.DLezATCRAY-PINOHLE IILLOCTILCSt°wLOSSOPM 44.MEAAIG-ACCENT1la CFWAWMLTAS. DUTULavuuaasn°n1aG.LD.TVA NMofE R°1w.i wMMfcw+unlLD.iu,••.,��•..,w.a..wwY.AaaMTux WWLcc,t OMP&SION1 VIA Sal WSSATGAT-HMIOTILE , CWALLIAEOAL 311.0.<ORTEGA PITG./.YNrtLIrtOIw TEETMN. SOUSSE KOS ACOUSTIC MAVNxIOTORCCNRMGEAsa,p.MCMPOWTE AG1• ADSSRYASEAGPC PINNKLA. WA AYIMOSCLL WACI SAO.w PORI • SWUM T�e MwA�1T .MOT,IG,r1 ns EiL,:SMOuRa®w arc°Pnw«rn MGA•Y04 An=1.4 RNSH.PPOPMNTSP.'m.wOai¢LL SPECMLMM TON CITY. M VOS. GG. PAxOLTDrt PPAµWSNEDaLLO1100 MIOXPANLL GGD PAT'TEI W .. AS SHORN IS DESIGN WM NALMALLLS SDS LS DLNnOAHO Ra CHYDRAULIC HANGAR DOOR ELEVATION 0 DOOR TYPES SPA A FG FI GLASS MFG FINISHED p MIPASEENISIEMPECCOOSAMIO EL1. EALiSCPW ND. QFM SSALSIL aMOGM HIUN St-1• IMALSO GOIVASEPOW..101.1.HEAMSANG MOE OWL.SISO'JEIM wuIONWPRP HATE. uRSONA T.ulL,n O:SPATAEEUTE MASHLANWATGw SDWeR.A,NRLAusEe MOM FLOP AASTICUMDMTE VALTOMAL.ALSAW.AWwuPMA MSTICIAASHATEwuCWRT. 0101NN. DODsn NORTH SEA MTf.1.MAPYESS STEM.MSTAC°M PA4TTIGC OW. TS 00EnwE.Enows APP -WO tHW`ODOATWSLIXCRDMT0 1CCTOVtHAWS. RS.SSTNrt1MRFSIGLO x oT la 0 �c v ALMS UM LGLASS ALUNWUMLGWS MFG FINISHED MFG. FINISHED DOOR SCHEDULE NO: ROOM NAME I TYPE :i siroaa MS I 1,76FLY.SS ROOM I. 1'.11" STORAGE ye. vommn TAR.M p:Ta.n [u,A FALI I to TwxC[aN. 1 MIA' 7fi i NMLVia.) it 141w P HOP hir 1I R. ra .a `. aPEoFuNG•r GNMwwwaErn PEWS mEtER.wADODACMDAGDCM1MYDAnOOAIS t t i Ida I;�AT fi A,aa Jd:r Q • 0 9 .O ALUM,. GLASS MF1M.lG1ASSHED MFG. FINISHED I LASS HED 'At••AFQMIN.FINISHED NFG.FlNISHEO MFG. FINISHED NFG FNISHED SCROOD HOLIMONMETAL 1. MOD GCMOOD HOLLOWSETAL MOLLOWMETAL LOP MRS STEEL WISSIVMSCrAl N HOLICWMETAL 0WINDOWTYPES wvGmaWuw APnnFMEAATEGwruw.n r G PLASTID LAMINATED OD HOLLOW HEM. PAINTED ROLLGw METAL VISIONPPNEL PAWED MAT HRROW HAW t HVAIS MSS HWO HWIS uui' I NFDAwaf 1110. HVAS WiMS MSS I 1.4 FRAMES MAT STEW STEEL STEEL ALM STEEL STEEL 101411 AI1aTE< tra ALM MIE REM MEL iiGEL MARKS GOTC. SP I IOPA.fuK HATCORSESSL Otv MINN� IY Lay.Fam Faro .SED.ENPG FSSIOLMIISHATEDASESIMILY CASEDOPPAWO SS 11111. ME FATED ASSEMBLY M, EF. G. TRANSLUCENT PANELS ISONSTRUCSON W MNETALRIDOE ALFOLLOWS 1. 12.81[TWILL G 1.41011HM.P.100011CW100. AYUDt MO.CO COMM ANI/ROAUELO 12MS1tCLDWA ;— ° WU.WEAV INDSD "x HM SAFE RM DOOR DOLYTHRITY POINTS OPATTAGMOR INCH o1AT MOH JAM,. TKO°..vuwAiH FRAMEM n PSAT=11 ATTACHMENT MHO Ci)~ W W J WI— W J_ = a v c LL o • W Z O O 7, co c O> paZ p < H— o =Q-'_ co OQ Z > 5 IL Q ce 0 lL 3 0 9D;� G d CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS I JULY23.2E113 AS NOTED A-6.0 BOARD 41•.DDD NHL. BACKER ROM cALANr 0 DOOR HEAD/SILL DETAIL ,D HYD. HANGAR DOOR JAMB DETAIL Mr'vwu 1116.10NTPAN6 01.1.43 WINDOW DETAIL I119lLMTLwALLPNR 40WnLSTRIP NrADFLAMurro COMMTRAN.COIT PA. MA WINDOW DETAIL 0 De•OTPSuuaOMD / ,-PIMAM STANDARD BACKER ROD AND SEALANT .1nCW RADAR DOOR JAMB DETAIL LL TN1 u OMNPOSITION 1.6SERAP OF FRAME., PAIL /�6,•L.KWI SON. —6TDTP9Uw BOARD I—FRMAND DACRDR ROD AND OSHA. ARAM.r r r v r r r r STANDARD.. aT EAT S EATHNo AND SWAM DOOR HEAD/SILL DETAIL C —OOORJPIo HYD. HANGAR DOOR HEAD DETAIL G C DOOR JAMB DETAIL • IHICARTRUP OP BRAMEAND BAAL NDATHNC STUCCOF DIDO.PAP. CAAND DINENTO R.N.°CUP -DDOR.B®9DHD E BOR'csLD wR m9ea PRAM ER CUP �STMCM0 DOfTOM RNL �N�n-.arwtrn�nanoLD 9¢T IN.°. H.R.FLOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL DRYMI413 AIEV{ r/—D)NEFTTOEN91 / RETASB{CUP nrm CASINO FORMSOSTS6. 0 THRF_$HOLD DETAIL 0 DOOR JAMB DETAIL O DOOR HEAD/SILL DETAIL u WINDOW DETAIL 19 WINDOW DETAIL r Mr ,, {iT SR.°NWMI M•DMALAP OF FRNE AND FARO WINDOW DETAIL .. —SAT MAI. BOARD NDADpi FRAM. .1114000 WAN SAT ER. AKA.. BACPHtROO 9ENNlT WNOOWFRAME 0WINDOW DETAIL 4.M000 N.4H1 Lar OVA. WARD acwRR OD AND MAW. STAtO.RDaNO OPFRAMEAND PAAC M. SHEATH. PA C WALL,. SNCCO W W H- z W � eQ[ ("B) Q 0 H U ▪ W p O D- F z OLL O 0 0 0 } �a U 0 JULY23.2013 AS NOTES oecA-6.1 CINTERIOR ELEVATIONS: MENS ROOM 104 ry 11/21 WEI INTERIOR ELEVATIONS: WOMENS ROOM 105 PP. Tr INTERIOR ELEVATIONS: RESTROOM 130 TOP LISC FRONT WC ACCESSIBLE WASHER/DRYER ELA.enES L_ ACCESSIBLE WATER COOLER w n OOee BCMWO E® �W. L.�ntrunau. 'lrr_—J Y ,a� ACCESSIBLE URINAL H ! E 1,1 EN A.N .a A:4a I I as Ei aE a•A POEN aWM f Lrnma w.n¢ ACCESSIBLE COUNTERTOPLAV r,n SIM E131 0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CLEANING 131 SEAT WALL BACK CONTROL WALL PUN SEAT ACCESSIBLE SHOWER (36"x36') M� OOOASEM • 41,111.111 QTO221,111131OEVENOR ROLL QCOMPS.M IMS QUV MOP= SOPP PPPIWEx Q P.0011KOSISSIMICS ELEV IEON SIOeyIEW C MIN A,c STANDARD ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL lETET� 0 TILE ACCENT BAND FINISH SCHEDULE: FIXTURE GENERAL NOTES: 1 ALLELRIVESETS SA.IM SOME. TASE D4SOW COPPLYYOPPLISTW f�191T ONq.O. P4113001..PTV av oo0xwb'mINPOSICS oc POCK A fAeee<aFSIAV„T«ePSSP.LLx,NEXLEVLSKOILIS atOI4 Rl@T. TAS POSES• ATMPS NOT OOR¢AI.ENCLOSED N LOOS DBYCAONITEOx PULS W PAOTECP209VCRa a TSLPMSTIWTNCIGME NORSHAOStALLMUST wvMMMCLEAxuxawr. OPNLATI HANG.C.EUKSTANNORRLMVALSIWG M WPC ORiEPt HAWS SO ,1A211111eOttVREONMmETHw4 AOPAi /O6 RNPIEOrtOGR EMS UP WALLS �I AASSCIMEw II FASTENERS MULLar.LASAPPLIEOTANY POINT NAPES. P.SCAPP- A GSA NAnewa PEm,covmawNS TxuNAuwnc EOSusowvnwAL uewNcNRILIvcalPMexr IMP ▪ RNTIOONLLISKSI EENCEOwYttPECASO SAND nxam,I,PIT A EIPOPEO AMI NOP SSKISIOSTOOKINSMTmPERTASSTANWSP. ,aRNTOEApaSflPUAwHNl ME O VIEA,O.1{1 ,Om VANMOA.ERlM191W.TeITIATIS ,a eHOMTLGo®IEODTO00%NIYEOMP. 11 eAPTY6V 10ID7ER a&IGnER clux911.11 161 TaAu.m.wnmauara StZLISTT EOrrOMOV ROOugNINS501EO15EONSIERAEOEORIaxAO A ,CESSORY SCHEDULE: 111111111111.110 MII O WARTTAMCOMONT 9W,BI.31.1f RAATS TONNA O MENTAEMOA LOMPLIANT Q 0110.A 11.11MNIrtb • xnSNM1alWQNNrAM 0 RP.YECI. MiNFI•. a lu VS 4 Lh1 Vr UARRSELE ORAB BSCAAN OBTAIL .va®Hula arxr ACCESSIBLE TOILET TYPICAL DIMENSIONS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FORT WORTH POLICE AIR SUPPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS artE`�— AS NOTED A-7.0 t4 INTERIOR ELEVATION: ROOM 129 INTERIOR ELEVATION: COPY AREA MAINTENANCE WORK BENCHES SUOING WINDOW SECTION n MILLWORK SECTION FINISH SCHEDULE: 333331n1,011041 033004113N33e313D31rOISIM/AO33..361333. 1> OR ELEVATIONS: BREAK ROOM 115 3werKR. FURR 3.133.33 ROD SLAPSC1OO.G FN91®CMUND G` NO01,13 TNUTO D6VSGFiPYuilDFl/Nc6 t0 RECE$SED PROJECTOR DETAIL 0 OMILLWORK SECTION EGGSRATEDIFFUSER COVE UGHTING DETAIL CEIUNG BULKHEAD DETAIL MILLWORK SECTION H. M MILLWORK SECTION GENERAL NOTES: uNac)..a IBC °IrnNANO o: DOOR PA. M.,"PNDR TO D.n nO+ 01391310. 0 MILLWORK SECTION C ZLIA n33(PICA,Ouu CCCwixN . 311331311—, MILLWORK SECTION JULY2T,zma AS NOTED A-7.1 rNr1N INSULATHO MT. TO 6.1191111. 1119 cu.NeNu1.1 05STAIR SECTION w q tma� noeNN bNR uin lx 4 lagISMITE ROM/M.. OM/ OA rtoonerrta¢rryl.l MUM; 0 ACCESS HATCH AND LADDER DETAIL �rtw 'auuul,o, m •111600OSSv�ntmLmP CONNECIV. OVAL N SIT= M41L63To O Ne, MAU..?ORM. MEZZANINE GUARDRAIL SECTION • Vl� I I /jJV \ I I ..�• I,� mx•rrcnala iu—� I raumwNc OSMELEVATION C$Ur4PYLLC1.321 NUTOSD1W' oa=TMN ro xun rwmn .inr ¢> imam sv 1. MEZZANINE GUARDRAIL PLAN 0 STAIR PLAN CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS - JULY 23•2013 AS NOTED A-8.0 C ADASTIIIILL (RM. NAME) (RM. #) (RM. NAME) b1 (RM NAME) MAISEOCOPT.11.111 imwanCOPV•A"A°JE PAIZIO.(aS¢a TACTILE.. TACTILE... w 1OTMURLIC. Wrw11TAPtamuWsPOOT. OIL . ACMCae TYPES 3.1. 3.2. 3.3 AVE 102 ANtam Ma:'n. maoWNaow APC11Y4M TYPE 54.1 TYPE 54.2 • 105 RN T1mnYa FON1TAPEA TAPa. aural IDX[SNE TYPE 51 TYPE 52 SIGNAGE TYPES LAME O TO ONAY SCHCAAE FOA AEXTA.INPowM1OM) uuoc m.ao ;VVIm ROOM SIGNAGE SCHEDULE NO ROOM NAME SIGN NMIEJMESSYSE I TYPE REMARKS RVISE* LAw1pNCROOm AMCOR • IIPEACROCAI OLIET ROOM REMIT NOCIA WSfSYNp8a10P PARTE TOOLS I tR 5��R cAAIu Rme¢ I mNP tr1161E1 PonapWLGwI MEETu teovvuwNv .1 ACCIAVEADA31.0. > . 7ffai1 rinniO CC nl IMVMINzmaartppslWwieevrnwwt¢rutc PAM MEAT POR S;a 4uiC0.PAaary116 NAYr trMNlna7GLtYIfL(fl!{(NCNldlll9+t ALL Room mOSASEO Nt1.tlCAatrilcmlxoaWmCN WRaOT TtOPY MSUEAVINJLEWNCCM IAEA AVIATION DIVISION MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT DEDICATED TO COMMUNITY SERVICE SAL ESPINO EETSY PRICE 4n swum WA.21MMERMAN TOM HIGGINS i�Ao N� DANNYSCARTH oOUOL S W. WERSIO, PE JEFTEAEY W.OL STEAD MOAT. .IN LOxONAVE 1IDClm11a1V.LEPCPARoIAIN KeAYIV4ma1rWNFY1¢t mYLaAA mwrwMmYrolwolaMvtmcr BUILDING SIGNAGE DETAIL GYNAeIVENS JUNOUS JOROW C4MC J IER DCNNE SHINOLLTON costal KAMA KELIY ALLEN GRAY JOEL BURNS AAPl FONT PAONEtt W aS1A14a FORT WORTH POLICE AVIATION DMSION Meacham International Airport 31? Gulf Stream Road 1.14Gt.wu! 4MUI.Foxrrxmm.w¢ LAVIAna Para runt LlMAN00.1.ACOLOR PppvOe COLORSA11PlCa YHpCm rEPAPro® LOTOmo. SAW WLL at ENOPmwraPAau BUILDING SIGNAGE DETAIL t` !g 1 a 7.1 JULY23. 2013 — 03NOfES A-9.0 Division Section Title Pages PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 006000 FORMS 1 DIVISION 01 011000 012100 012500 012600 012900 013100 013200 013233 013300 014000 014200 015000 016000 017300 017419 017700 017823 017839 017900 018113.13 CHECKLIST SPECIFICATIONS GROUP General Requirements Subgroup GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ALLOWANCES SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES QUALITY REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - LEED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AND MAJOR RENOVATIONS LEED NC CHECKLIST Facility Construction Subgroup DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 034500 PRECAST AERATED AUTOCLAVED CONCRETE Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 4 3 4 3 5 7 5 2 11 8 2 9 5 9 7 6 8 4 5 8 7 Table of Contents-1 DIVISION 04 042200 DIVISION 05 051200 052100 053100 054000 055000 055119 055213 DIVISION 06 061000 061600 064116 DIVISION 07 072100 072500 074113.16 074213.19 075213 076200 077100 077200 078413 078446 079200 079500 - MASONRY CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 8 - METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING STEEL JOIST FRAMING STEEL DECKING COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING METAL FABRICATIONS METAL GRATING STAIRS PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES ROUGH CARPENTRY SHEATHING PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION THERMAL INSULATION WEATHER BARRIERS STANDING -SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS ATACTIC-POLYPROPYLENE (APP) MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ROOF SPECIALTIES ROOF ACCESSORIES PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS JOINT SEALANTS EXPANSION CONTROL DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081217 PREFINISHED STEEL DOOR FRAMES 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 083400 HYDRAULIC HANGAR DOORS 083613 • COILING DOORS 084113 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084523 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES 085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 4 3 5 6 8 4 6 4 4 4 3 2 7 6 7 9 5 5 4 4 7 5 7 6 4 7 8 7 4 Table of Contents-2 086200 087100 088000 088300 DIVISION 09 TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHTS DOOR HARDWARE GLAZING MIRRORS - FINISHES 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092400 CEMENT PLASTERING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 093000 TILING 095123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096566 RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096623 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 096813 TILE CARPETING 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101416 PLAQUES 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101423 PANEL SIGNAGE 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102116 SHOWER AND DRESSING COMPARTMENTS 102213 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 105113 METAL LOCKERS DIVISION 11 111200 111400 113100 115213 DIVISION 12 122113 123623.13 - EQUIPMENT PARKING CONTROL EQUIPMENT FUEL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PROJECTION SCREENS - FURNISHINGS HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 4 23 8 4 5 4 4 9 3 3 4 6 6 4 6 9 7 9 5 6 3 5 4 4 3 3 4 3 10 5 3 4 Table of Contents-3 Site/Civil Subgroup SITE/CIVIL: 310513 SOILS 310516 AGGREGATE 311000 SITE CLEARING 312200 GRADING 312316 TRENCHING 312500 EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL 313213 LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 323100 ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM 323113 HEAVY DUTY CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE 323113.15 SLIDE GATE OPERATOR 321123 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 321313 CONCRETE PAVING 321723 PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 323113 CHAIN LINK FENCES 329223 SODDING 331116 SITE WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING 331300 DISENFECTING OF WATER DISTRIBUTION 333111 SITE SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING 334111 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334416 UTILITY TRENCH DRAINS P-304 CEMENT -TREATED BASE COURSE P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING 211313 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX Table of Contents-4 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221323 SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221513 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221519 GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221623 NATURAL-GAS PIPING 223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233433 AIR CURTAINS 235523 LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 237413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238239 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262416 PANELBOARDS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262813 FUSES 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 263213 ENGINE GENERATORS Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX Table of Contents-5 263600 TRANSFER SWITCHES 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 283111 - DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM APPENDIX A — SOILS REPORT END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX Table of Contents-6 SECTION 32 31 00 — ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The contractor shall provide all labor, materials and appurtenances necessary for installation of the welded ornamental steel fence system defined herein at the Fort Worth Police Department Aviation Facility, Meacham International Airport. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 31 22 00 - Grading Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The manufacturer shall supply a total fence system of Montage II ATF® Welded Ornamental Steel (ClassicTM) basis of design. The system shall include all components (i.e., panels, posts, gates and hardware) required. Must meet the performance specifications of system with "Buy American" required. Alternates must be also be LEED qualified and approval of alternates upon architects approval. 20 year manufacturers warranty by a manufacturing company in business at least 10 years. No field welding, riveted or retaining rod (internal fasteners) products allowed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE The contractor shall provide laborers and supervisors who are thoroughly familiar with the type of construction involved and materials and techniques specified. 1.05 REFERENCES ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. ASTM B117 - Practice for Operating Salt -Spray (Fog) Apparatus. ASTM D523 - Test Method for Specular Gloss. ASTM D714 - Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering in Paint. ASTM D822 - Practice for Conducting Tests on Paint and Related Coatings and Materials using Filtered Open -Flame Carbon -Arc Light and Water Exposure Apparatus. ASTM D1654 - Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments. ASTM D2244 - Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. ASTM D2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact). ASTM D3359 - Test Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test. 1.06 SUBMITTAL The manufacturer's literature shall be submitted prior to installation. 1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Upon receipt at the job site, all materials shall be checked to ensure that no damage occurred during shipping or handling. Materials shall be stored in such a manner to ensure proper ventilation and drainage, and to protect against damage, weather, vandalism and theft. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 MANUFACTURER The basis of design fence system shall conform to Montage II ATF® Welded Ornamental Steel, (ClassicTM) design, extended picket bottom rail treatment, 3-Rail style manufactured by Ameristar Fence Products, Inc., in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Please contact Chris Babb with questions at (918) 906-7242). Alternates must meet as indicated in 1.03 system description. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM 32 31 00 -1 SECTION 32 31 00 — ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM 2.02 MATERIAL A. Steel material for fence panels and posts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A653/A653M, with a minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi (344 MPa) and a minimum zinc (hot -dip galvanized) coating weight of 0.90 oz/ft2 (276 g/m2), Coating Designation G-90. B. Material for pickets shall be 1" square x 14 Ga. tubing. The rails shall be steel channel, 1.75" x 1. 75" x .105". Picket holes in the rail shall be spaced 4.715" o.c. For fence systems up to and including 6 feet tall, posts shall be a minimum of 2- 1/2" square x 12 Ga. For fence systems 7 feet tall and 8' tall, posts shall be a minimum of 3" square x 12 Ga. Gate posts shall meet the minimum requirements of Table 1. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Pickets, rails and posts shall be pre-cut to specified lengths. Rails shall be pre -punched to accept pickets. B. Pickets shall be inserted into the pre -punched holes in the rails and shall be aligned to standard spacing using a specially calibrated alignment fixture. The aligned pickets and rails shall be joined at each picket -to -rail intersection by Ameristar's proprietary fusion welding process, thus completing the rigid panel assembly (Note: The process produces a virtually seamless, spatter -free good -neighbor appearance, equally attractive from either side of the panel). C. The manufactured panels shall be subjected to an inline electrodeposition coating (E-Coat) process consisting of a multi- stage pretreatment/wash (with zinc phosphate), followed by a duplex application of an epoxy primer and an acrylic topcoat. The minimum cumulative coating thickness of epoxy and acrylic shall be 2 mils (0.058 mm). The color shall be black. The coated panels shall be capable of meeting the performance requirements for each quality characteristic shown in Table 2. D. Gates shall be fabricated using welded ornamental panel material and gate ends having a 1-3/4" square cross -sectional size. All rail and upright intersections shall be joined by shop welding. All picket and rail intersections shall also be joined by shop welding prior to coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION All new installation shall be laid out by the contractor in accordance with the construction plans. 3.02 INSTALLATION Fence posts shall be set according to Table 3, plus or minus %". Fence panels shall be attached to posts with brackets supplied by the manufacturer. Gate posts shall be spaced according to the gate openings specified in the construction plans. The "Earthwork" and "Concrete" sections of this specification shall govern post base material requirements. 3.03 CLEANING The contractor shall clean the jobsite of excess materials; post -hole excavations shall be scattered uniformly away from posts. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM 32 31 00 - 2 SECTION 32 31 00 — ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM Fence Posts 2-1/2" x 12 Ga. I3"x12Ga. Gate Leaf Up to 4' 4'1" to 6' 6'1" to 8' 8'1" to 10' 10'1" to 12' 12'1" to 14' 14'1" to 16' Quality Characteristics Adhesion D3359 — Method B Corrosion Resistance B117, D714 & D1654 Impact Resistance D2794 Weathering Resistance Method) D822 D2244, D523 (60° Table 1 — Minimum Sizes for Montage II Posts Panel Height Up to & Including 6' Height Over 6' Up to & Including 8' Height Up to &Including 4' 2-1/2" x 12 Ga. 3" x 12Ga. 3"x12Ga. 4" x 11 Ga. 4"x11 Ga. 4" x 11 Ga. 6" x 3/16" Gate Height Over 4' Up to & Including 6' 3"x12Ga. 4"x11 Ga. 4"x11Ga. 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" Table 2 — Coating Performance Requirements ASTM Test Method Performance Reauirements Over 6' U9 to & Including 8' 3"x12Ga. 4"x11 Ga. 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" 6" x 3/16" Adhesion (Retention of Coating) over 90% of test area (Tape and knife test). Corrosion Resistance over 1,500 hours (Scribed per D1654; failure mode is accumulation of 1/8" coating Toss from scribe or medium #8 blisters). Impact Resistance over 60 inch Ib. (Forward impact using 0.625" ball). Weathering Resistance over 1,000 hours (Failure mode is 60% loss of gloss or color variance of more than 3 delta-E color units). Table 3 — Montage 11— Post Spacing By Bracket Type Span For INVINCIBLE` For CLASSIC, GENESIS, & MAJESTIC 8' Nominal (91-1/4" 8' Nominal (92-5/8" Rail) Rail) Post Size 2-1/2" I 3" Bracket Type Industrial Fiat Mount (BB301) Post Settings ±/2O.C. *Note: When using BB304 swivel bracke s on either or both ends of a panel installation, care must be taken to ensure the spacing between post and adjoining pickets meets applicable codes. This will require trimming one or both ends of the panel. 2-1/2" 3" Industrial Industrial Universal Universal (BB302) (BB303) 2-1/2" I 3" Industrial Flat Mount (BB301) 2-1/2" I 3" Industrial Swivel (BB304)* 94-1/2" 95" Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 96" 96-1/2" 96" 96-1/2" *96" *96-1/2" ORNAMENTAL WELDED FENCING SYSTEM 32 31 00 - 3 SECTION 32 31 13.13 HEAVY DUTY CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE PART 1 - GENERAL: 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: A. The work in this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and appliances necessary to complete all Fortress Heavy Duty Cantilever Slide Gate(s) required for this project in strict accordance with this specification section and drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Underwriters Laboratory Gate Operator Requirements (UL 325). See 3.02 C. 1. Automated / operated vehicular gates are not to be used for pedestrian traffic. Separate pedestrian gates must always be provided if pedestrian traffic is expected. B. ASTM F 2200-05 — Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction. See 2.01 C. C. ASTM F 1184-03 — Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial Horizontal Slide Gates, Type II, Class 2. See 3.02 B. D. American Welding Society AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code. See 2.01 D and 2.03 D. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. Product Data: 1. Provide manufacturer's catalog cuts with printed specifications and installation instructions. 2. If operated gate system, furnish detailed sequence of operation (description of system). 3. If operated gate system, furnish two (2) copies of operation and maintenance data covering the installed products. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Supply shop drawings showing the relationship of the gate system with other work, including details of all major components to be provided. 2. Include complete details of gate construction, gate height and post spacing dimensions. C. Certification of Performance Criteria: 1. Manufacturer of gate system shall provide certification stating the gate system includes the following material components that provide superior performance and longevity. Alternate designs built to minimum standards that do not include these additional structural features shall not be accepted. a. Gate track system shall be keyed to interlock into gate frame member (providing 200% additional strength when compared to weld only keyless systems). When interlocked with and welded to the "keyed" frame top member, gate track forms a composite structure. b. Gate shall have a minimum counterbalance length of 50% opening width which provides a 36% increase in lateral resistance (when compared to ASTM minimum of 40% counterbalance). If gate is ever to be automated, counterbalance section shall be filled with fabric or other specified material. c. To provide superior structural integrity, major vertical members shall be placed at intervals less than the gate frame height and each member, including pickets, shall be welded in place. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HEAVY DUTY CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE 32 31 13.13-1 d. Entire gate frame (including counterbalance section) shall include 2 adjustable stainless steel cables (minimum 3/16") per bay to allow complete gate frame adjustment (maintaining strongest structural square and level orientation). e. Gate truck assemblies shall be tested for continuous duty and shall have precision ground and hardened components. Bearings shall be pre -lubricated and contain shock resistant outer races and captured seals. f. Gate truck assemblies shall be supported by a minimum 5/8" plated steel bolt with self aligning capability, rated to support a 2,000 # reaction load. Hanger brackets shall be hot dipped galvanized steel with a minimum 3/8" thickness that is also gusseted for additional strength. h. Gate top track and supporting hangar bracket assemblies shall be certified by a licensed professional engineer to withstand a 2,000 Ib. vertical reaction load without exceeding allowable stresses. D. Certifications: 1. Gate in compliance with ASTM F 2200-05, Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction per section 2.01 C. 2. If operated gate system, gate operator shall be in compliance with UL 325 as evidenced by UL listing label attached to gate operator. 3. The aluminum welders and welding process must be certified per section 2.03 D. 4. Manufacturer shall supply gate design performance certification as per section 1.03 C. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: g• 2.01 CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE MANUFACTURERS: A. Gate manufacturer shall certify gate is manufactured in compliance with ASTM F 2200-05, Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction. See 1.03 D.1. B. Gate manufacturer shall provide independent certification as to the use of a documented Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record to insure conformance to the AWS D1.2 welding code. Upon request, Individual Certificates of Welder Qualification documenting successful completion of the requirements of the AWS D1.2 code shall also be provided. See 1.03 D.3. 2.02 GATE DIMENSIONS: A. Fortress Structural Cantilever Slide Gate dimensions shall be as shown on the detail drawings. 2.03 GATE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS: A. Gate Frame: 1. The gate frame shall be fabricated from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy extrusions. The top member shall be a 3" x 5" aluminum structural channel/tube extrusion weighing not less than 3.0 lb/If (4.4kg/m) for Internal Picket designs or 2.6 lb/If (3.8 kg/m) for External Picket designs. To maintain structural integrity this frame member shall be "keyed" to interlock with the "keyed" track member. If fabricated as a single horizontal piece, the bottom member shall be a 2" x 5" aluminum structural tube weighing not less than 2.0 Ib/If. If fabricated in two horizontal pieces, the bottom member shall be a 5" aluminum structural channel weighing not Tess than 2.6 Ib/If. When the gate frame is manufactured in two horizontal pieces or sections, they shall be spliced in the field (the gate frame shall be fabricated in one or multiple sections depending on size requirements or project constraints). Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HEAVY DUTY CANTILVER SLIDE GATE 32 31 13.13-2 B. Vertical Members (Ornamental Picket): 1. Ornamental Picket (Internal and External): The vertical members at the ends of the opening portion of the frame shall be 2" x 2" (51 mm x 51 mm) in the cross section weighing not less than 1.1 lb/If (1.6kg/m). The major vertical members separating each bay shall be 1" x 2" (25mm x 51 mm) in cross section weighing not less than .82 lb/If (1.2 kg/m). Ornamental pickets shall be of Montage II ATF Welded Ornamental Steel (Classic) design as specified in Section 32 31 00, or approved equal. C. Gate Track: 1. The gate frame shall have a separate semi -enclosed "keyed" track, extruded from 6005A-T61 or 6105-T5 aluminum alloy, weighing not less than 2.9 Ib/If. Track members are to be located on only one side of the top primary. When interlocked with and welded to the "keyed" top member, it forms a composite structure with the top of the gate frame. Welds are to be placed alternately along the top and side of the track at 9" (229mm) centers with welds being a minimum of 2"(51 mm) long. D. All welds on the gate frame shall conform to Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record to insure conformance to the AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code. All individual welders shall be certified to AWS D1.2 welding code. See 1.02 D. E. Gate Mounting: 1. The gate frame is to be supported from the track by two (2) swivel type, self -aligning, 4-wheeled, sealed lubricant, ball -bearing truck assemblies. 2. The bottom of each support post shall have a bracket equipped with a pair of 3" (76mm) UHMW guide wheels Wheel cover protectors shall be included with bottom guides to comply with UL325. 3. Gap protectors shall be provided and installed, compliant with ASTM F 2200-05. F. Diagonal "X" bracing of 3/16" (5mm) minimum diameter stainless steel aircraft cable shall be installed throughout the entire gate frame. G. The gate shall be completed by installation of approved filler as specified. 1. Ornamental Picket: Picket sizes shall be (1" or 3/") (25mm or 19mm) square. Pickets may extend through only the clear opening portion or through the entire length of the gate as required. If a motorized gate operator is to be applied to the gate and the specified picket spacing allows for openings in the gate frame that exceed 21/4" (57mm), a secondary gate filler shall be secured at each end of the gate frame and tied at each 1" x 2" (25mm x 51 mm) or 2" x 2" (51 mm x 51 mm) vertical member. The secondary gate filler shall extend to a minimum height of 72" (1.2m) above grade and shall be sized to prevent a 21/" (57mm) diameter sphere from passing through openings anywhere along the length of the gate frame, and in that portion of the adjacent fence that the gate covers in the open position. 2.04 POSTS: A. A single set of support posts shall be minimum 4" O.D. (102mm) round Schedule 40 or 4" x 4" x 3/16" wall square steel tubing, grade 500. Gate posts shall be galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM F 1184-03 and supported in concrete footings as specified by the design team. 2.05 FINISH: A. Gate to be mill finish aluminum or color coated with polyester powder as specified. If powder coated, the gate (including track member) and all accessories shall be pretreated chemically by sand blasting or other acceptable method to ensure proper coating adherence. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HEAVY DUTY CANTILVER SLIDE GATE 32 31 13.13-3 2.06 WARRANTY: A. The truck assembly shall be warranted against manufacturing defects by the manufacturer for a period of (5) five years from date of sale. PART 2 - EXECUTION: 3.01 Final grades and installation conditions shall be examined. Installation shall not begin until all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Equipment in this section shall be installed in strict accordance with the company's printed instructions unless otherwise shown on the contract drawings. B. The gate and installation shall conform to ASTM F 1184-03 standards for aluminum cantilever slide gates, Type II, Class 2. See 1.02 C. C. If the gate system is to be automated, the gate and installation shall also comply with ASTM F 2200-05 and UL 325. See 1.02 A and 1.02 B. 3.03 SYSTEM VALIDATION: A. The complete system shall be adjusted to assure it is performing properly. B. The system shall be operated for a sufficient period of time to determine that the system is in proper working order. C. For operated gate systems - test and explain safety features: 1. Each system feature and device is a separate component of the gate system. 2. Read and follow all instructions for each component. 3. Ensure that all instructions for mechanical components, safety devices and the gate operator are available for everyone who will be using the gate system. 4. The warning signs shipped with the gate operator must be installed in prominent position on both sides of the gate. 5. Ensure the owner is clear with regard to the safety points concerning the basic operational guidelines of the safety features of the gate operator system. These safety points are listed in the gate operator manual and must be read prior to system use. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX END OF SECTION HEAVY DUTY CANTILVER SLIDE GATE 32 31 13.13-4 SECTION 32 31 13.15 — SLIDE GATE OPERATOR PART 1— GENERAL 1.01. INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Pre -wired, self-contained, slide gate operator for horizontal sliding gates, including all selected attachments and accessory equipment. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 32 31 00 — Ornamental Welded Fencing Systems B. Section 32 31 13.13 — Heavy Duty Cantilever Slide Gates C. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -Place -Concrete 1.03. SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Submit shop drawings under the provisions of Section 01300. Submit drawings showing connections to adjacent construction, range of travel, and all electrical and mechanical connections to the operator. Drawings shall also show the size and location of the concrete mounting pad. Underground electrical runs and inductive vehicle obstruction loop locations shall be shown on shop drawings. B. Installation instructions: Submit two copies of manufacturer's installation instructions for this specific project. C. Test reports: 1) Submit affidavits from the manufacturer demonstrating that the gate mechanism has been tested to 200,000 cycles without breakdown. 2) Each operator shall bear a label indicating that the operator mechanism has been tested for full power and pressure of all hydraulic components, full stress tests of all mechanical components and electrical tests of all overload devices. 1.04. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: A company specializing in the manufacture of hydraulic gate operators of the type specified, with a minimum of ten years experience. B. Installer: A minimum of three years experience installing similar equipment, obtain other significant manufacturer endorsement of technical aptitude, if required, during the submittal process. 1.05. CODES AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Operators shall be built to UL 325 standards and be listed by a testing laboratory. Complete all electrical work according to local codes and National Electrical code. All fieldwork shall be performed in a neat and professional manner, completed to journeyman standards. B. Current safety standards require the use of multiple external sensors to be capable of reversing the gate in either direction upon sensing an obstruction. See also 2.02D. C. Vehicle gates should never be used by pedestrians. Separate pedestrian gates must always be provided when foot traffic is present. D. Current safety standards require gate operators to be designed and labeled for specific usage classes. 1.06. PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Store products upright in the original shipping containers, covered, ventilated and protected from all weather conditions. 1.07. WARRANTY A. Provide a five-year limited warranty against all defects in materials or workmanship. Defective materials shall be replaced with comparable materials furnished by the manufacturer, at no cost to the owner. Freight, labor and other incidental costs are not covered under the factory warranty, but may be covered by a separate service agreement between installing company and the owner. 1) To ensure validation of warranty, return completed warranty registration form (included in Installation and Reference manual) to manufacturer. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX Slide Gate Operator 32 31 13.15 -1 SECTION 32 31 13.15 — SLIDE GATE OPERATOR PART II — PRODUCTS 2.01. GATE OPERATORS A. HySecurity gate operator model SlideDriver 40 (222 E ST) with Smart Touch Controller, or other comparable operator, as approved by the architect. 2.02. OPERATION A. Operation shall be by means of a metal rail passing between a pair of solid metal wheels with polyurethane treads. Operator motors shall be hydraulic, geroller type, and system shall not include belts, gears, pulleys, roller chains or sprockets to transfer power from operator to gate panel. The operator shall generate a minimum horizontal pull of 300 pounds (136 kg) without the drive wheels slipping and without distortion of supporting arms. Operator shall be capable of handling gates weighing up to 4000 pounds (1,814 kg). Gate panel velocity shall not be less than 1.0 foot (.30 m) per second and shall be stopped gradually to prevent shock loads to the gate and operator assembly. The "soft stop" feature of the gate operator shall be controlled by two adjustable hydraulic brake valves (one for each direction). B. Standard mechanical components shall include as a minimum: 1) Supporting arms: Cast aluminum channel. Arms shall incorporate a fully bushed, 1-1/2" (38 mm) bronze bearing surface, acting on arm pivot pins. (item 2 below) 2) Arm pivot pins: 3/4" (19 mm) diameter, stainless steel, with integral tabs for ease of removal. 3) Tension spring: 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) heavy duty, 800 pound (363 kg) capacity. 4) Tension adjustment: Finger tightened nut, not requiring the use of tools. 5) Drive release: Must instantly release tension on both drive wheels, and disengage them from contact with drive rail in a single motion, for manual operation. 6) Limit switches: Fully adjustable, toggle types, with plug connection to control panel. 7) Electrical enclosure: Oversized, metal, with hinged lid gasketed for protection from intrusion of foreign objects, and providing ample space for the addition of accessories. 8) Chassis: 1/4" (6.35 mm) steel base plate, and 12 Ga. (2.66 mm) sides and back welded and ground smooth. 9) Cover: 16 Ga. (1.52 mm) zinc plated steel with textured TGIC polyester powder coat finish. All joints welded. 10) Finish: Zinc plated steel with textured TGIC polyester powder coat finish, proven to withstand 1000-hour salt spray test. 11) Drive wheels: Two 6" (152 mm) Dia. metal hub with polyurethane tread. 12) Drive rail: Shall be extruded 6061 T6, not less than 1/8" (3.175 mm) thick. Drive rail shall incorporate alignment pins for ease of replacement or splicing. Pins shall enable a perfect butt splice. 13) Hydraulic hose: Shall be 1/4" (6.35 mm) synthetic, rated to 2750 PSI (19 MPa). 14) Hydraulic valves: Shall be individually replaceable cartridge type, in an integrated hydraulic manifold. 15) Hose fittings: At manifold shall be quick -disconnect type, others shall be swivel type. 16) Hydraulic fluid: High performance type with a viscosity index greater than 375 and temperature range -40F to 167F degrees (-40C to 75C). 17) A zero to 2000 PSI (13.79 MPa) pressure gauge, mounted on the manifold for diagnostics, shall be a standard component. 18) The hydraulic fluid reservoir shall be formed from a single piece of metal, non -welded, and shall be powder painted on the inside and the outside, to prevent fluid contamination. C. Minimum standard electrical components: 1) Pump motor: Shall be a 1 HP, 56C, TEFC, continuous duty motor, with a service factor of 1.15, or greater. Standard voltages available, single or three phase. 2) All components shall have overload protection. 3) Controls: Smart Touch Controller Board with 256K of program memory containing: a) inherent entrapment sensor; b) built in "warn before operate" system; c) built in timer to close; d) liquid crystal display for reporting of functions; Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX Slide Gate Operator 32 31 13.15 - 2 SECTION 32 31 13.15 — SLIDE GATE OPERATOR e) 26 programmable output relay options; f) anti -tailgate mode; g) built-in power surge/lightning strike protection; h) menu configuration, event logging and system diagnostics easily accessible with a PC and HySecurity's free START software; i) RS232 port for connection to laptop or other computer peripheral and RS485 connection of Master/Slave systems or network interface. 4) Transformer: 75 VA, non-jumpered taps, for all common voltages. 5) Control circuit: 24VDC. D. Required external sensors to be provided: See 1.05B. Photo optic safety sensor and gate edge safety sensors (on each end) to be installed such that the gate is capable of reversing in either direction upon sensing an obstruction. E. Optional control devices to be provided: Gate control system with dual card reader/ key pad, HID RPK 40 Multiclass or approved equal. Card reader/key pad for this facility shall be compatible with City of Fort Worth city wide gate control systems. Provide automatic gate detection loops and radio remote antenna with (3) remote controls. F. Optional alert devices: Flashing lights or rotating beacon. Configurable audible beacon included as standard. 2.03. FACTORY TESTING A. Fully assemble and test, at the factory, each gate operator to assure smooth operation, sequencing and electrical connection integrity. Apply physical loads to the operator to simulate field conditions. Tests shall simulate physical and electrical loads equal to the fully rated capacity of the operator components. B. Check all mechanical connections for tightness and alignment. Check all welds for completeness and continuity. Check welded corners and edges to assure they are square and straight. C. Inspect painted finish for completeness. Touch up imperfections prior to shipment. D. Check all hydraulic hoses and electrical wires to assure that chafing cannot occur during shipping or operation. PART III — EXECUTION 3.01. SITE EXAMINATION A. Locate concrete mounting pad in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. Make sure that gate is operating smoothly under manual conditions before installation of gate operators. Do not proceed until gate panel is aligned and operates without binding. 3.02. INSTALLATION A. Install gate operator in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, current at the time of installation. Coordinate locations of operators with contract drawings, other trades and shop drawings. B. Installer shall insure that the electric service to the operator is at least 20 AMPS. Operator wattage is 1500. 3.03. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test gate operator through ten full cycles and adjust for operation without binding, scraping or uneven motion. Test limit switches for proper "at rest" gate position. B. All anchor bolts shall be fully concealed in the finished installation. C. Owner, or owner's representative, shall complete "punch list" with installing contractor prior to final acceptance of the installation and submit completed warranty documentation to manufacturer. 3.04. CONTINUED SERVICE AND DOCUMENTATION A. Train owner's personnel on how to safely shut off electrical power, release and manually operate the gate. Additionally, demonstrate the general maintenance of the gate operator and accessories and provide one copy of "Installation and Reference" manual for the owner's use (a second manual is available upon request). Manuals will identify parts of the equipment for future procurement. END OF SECTION Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX Slide Gate Operator 32 31 13.15 - 3 T WORTH® FOR CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 2 POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY Request for Proposals Submittal Date: October 17, 2013 (NO CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. A site visit was held at the proposed site at Meacham International Airport, 310 Gulf Stream, Fort Worth, TX on Friday, October 4, 2013 from 10:OOAM through 12:OOPM. Attached is the Site Visit Attendees list. (Attachment No.1) 2. The following additional General Contractor has indicated that they plan to submit a proposal for this project: Piazza Construction, LLC, 2811S. Woodlawn, Denison, TX 75020, Joe Piazza, Sr. Estimator. Ph: 903.463.2384, Fax: 903.463.1870. 3. Refer to GRW, Inc's cover sheet for revisions to construction documents — drawings & specifications. (Attachment No.2) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 2 on your Proposal. Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director, Transportation & Public Works Department By: Alfonso Meza Project Manager, Architectural Services TPW, Facilities Management Division 817-392-8274, FAX 817-392-8488 Alfonso.Meza(fortworthtexas.aov RELEASE DATE: October 8, 2013 Addendum No.2 Police Aviation Division Facility Page 1 of 1 October 2013 City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department Facilities Management Name POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY SITE VISIT 10:00AM, Friday, October 4, 2013 Organization Telephone & FAX Email 922 Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 /3 ,4, 547 Z24' 701 X /09 Xs f • 1 ,1 64 s.E/ r csf , c-,�.n/ .. j af,h1eN . t 1 1 L5 t44.C..Q 21(4 -1A1-q z,tt J Lem{o tie, L ettne,O C.S . cave, / ar kJ c..)4104 G i-r iv,,, tii20,7nv, 817`(.27-.S135V 043 at 444 e.5 P, ft /.7,fu Y7,rvJ.,see)%'J. c.,0il. ' V14119 --r 1` 2 4-i2•.pc-t--t.# a i1 - 83 r • 2: - 6 ds (.. S e.. Ad o.. cow ‘I6- 1 »Ga- / wl Q 114OP c4 r I rcv4p 11 f 41ot7 23Y- `e7'Z &•e4t/ late-4e• to ri.e.e-yv-• ez0 ifle4 �L? ? g2 . t17M2_ fn� r-s� /_4t F,/ n ('- Conder3147 366`--20 11-efit, Praia) f- 1 :IC (aiv) r6i9 I ' 7U- 3VJ �"5 1/v1044; n 0\ TON) (1.) 77\A k PA1 ,���G�� L of c t `( Lit 7 r✓ 7 S 7 2 G� 7o v`` �SA,tau14l t^ t Li Y'et o�y' 14.c , coe\ 5"32i U`ctvtre(befUoryg 6 vr\ l(2 City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department Facilities Management POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY SITE VISIT 10:00AM, Friday, October 4, 2013 Architectural Services 401 West 13th Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 Name Organization Telephone & FAX Email f L©NA(O VI TL'K ft160LKiv 5g-,-57I-a32o LVirak �oD=LiI C"j IZ.S,co►n CoN-T'R,Ac 5 Sl?-57I--5S05 Sti•'*SccsG,•D-t31• S1-v'�i� S v7 5`�v.s�s tv t 212 hk<tol GRW 1 engineering 1 architecture 1 geospatial 1161 Corporate Drive West, Suite 170 I Arlington, TX 76006 817.543.1100 I www.grwinc.com ADDENDUM NO. 2 Issued Date: 10/8/13 Police Aviation Facility at Meacham International Airport Fort Worth, Texas Item #1: This addendum adds plans and specifications for landscaping and irrigation system installation. The additional plan sheets are L-1.0, IR-1.0 and IR-1.1. The specifications added are Section 32 8400- Landscape Irrigation System, Section 32 9200-Turf Grass Planting and 32 9300-Shrubs, Ornamental Grass and Cover Planting Item #2: Permanent irrigation will be required. Irrigation System plans and specifications are issued this in Addendum #2. A meter will be required. Item #3: There are no interior expansion joints in the building. Section 079500 remained in specifications form earlier alternate slab design. Item #4: It is not required for the contractor to be responsible for filling the jet fuel tank; however, it is the contractors responsibility to make sure that the tank complies with all codes, including passing the pressure leak test during its first fill up while the Fire Marshal is present. This test must be coordinated with the delivery of the fuel and Fort Worth, Fire Marshall. Item #5: For the generator, the same process as in Item #4, above, must take place, but the fuel can be provided by the Equipment Service Department, if the fuel is diesel and a fund/account/center is provided to the City for payment of the fuel. This will also be an opportunity to put the generator on the City's schedule for continued service. Item #6: A domestic water meter will be required. Item #7: This addendum provides additional information regarding supplies of PAAC wall system products. 1. The Texas representative is in San Antonio, the company name is Xella. Telephone (210) 402-3223. Another contact is in San Juan, TX (956) 782-9065. Charles Smith (830) 832-7352 is the San Antonio representative and answers technical questions. 2. The 96" panels are easily cut in the field to 48". 3. The plant in Monterey, Mexico serves the entire North American Region. There is another supplier, AERCON, who manufactures in Florida. 4. It is not necessary to use Hebel proprietary base coat. Contact Charles Smith with questions. Engineers . Architects • Planners Item #8: This addendum provides additional information regarding the overhead crane. Under -running crane hangers, braces and runway track are typically provided by the crane supplier. Note to the Contractor that this is not a top -running crane that uses a runway girder and a rail fixed on the top of the girder but rather uses patented track runway members that are compatible with the end trucks provided. Hangers are generally "gimbal rod hangers" specifically designed to reduce secondary forces for the crane at the supports - also typically provided by the crane supplier. It is 3-ton under -running bridge crane, which should be sufficient for bidding purposes. The following crane specifications are provided as additional information to bidders. Crane Specifications: Provide one (1) crane which meets the following: CAPACITY: CMAA CLASS: TYPE: BRIDGE SPEED: LIFT: TROLLEYS: PRIMARY VOLTAGE: CONTROL VOLTAGE: PENDANT FROM: POWER FROM: Remote Control Is Primary 3 TON (6,000 LBS) TOTAL CAPACITY "C" INDOOR SERVICE SUSPENDED UNDER RUNNING SINGLE GIRDER VFD FPM: 80 22'-0" MIN - SPEED: VFD SHAW-BOX - SPEED: DUAL FPM: 55/18 460-3-60 120 VAC FESTOON FESTOON TRACK Item #9: This addendum eliminates downspout splash blocks on the four downspouts on the south building elevation and extends the downspouts underground to connect with PVC pipe to the 12" storm sewer running parallel to the south building face. The splash blocks are eliminated. Install cast iron downspout boots at each down spout to transition from above ground to underground. Downspout boots are to be at least 24 inches in length, have a cleanout, and be installed and attached to building per manufacturer's details. Submit catalog cuts and specifications for architect's approval. Item #10: Notice is given that requests for substitutions will not be approved until submittals are received from the General Contractors after the construction contract is awarded. Item #11: Section 102213 — Wire Mesh Partitions. This addendum establishes the wire mesh ceiling height in Rooms 122, 125 and 126 at 10'-00". The only wire mesh ceiling in Room 122, the hangar bay, is over the storage area on grid lines D.1 and 9. Item #12: Reference note #11, Sheet C-4.0. Note #11 should be numbered as Note #10 as it refers to the oil interceptor described in Note #10 under "notes by symbol". Engineers . Architects • Planners Item #13: Reference Note #13, Sheet C-2.0. The fence identified by key note #13 is chain link fence. The chain link fence is 6'-0" high with 1'-0" of three -strand barbed wire for a total height of 7'-0". The chain link detail is shown on Sheet C-5.6, detail 7. Item #14: This addendum adds specification Section 28 31 11-Digital, Addressable Fire Alarm System. Item #15: Reuse of the existing security fence. The existing security fence that is to be removed along Gulfstream Road is not suitable for reuse at the new chain link fence location. Install all new fencing as specified. Item #16: Gyp Board in Hangar Bay. There are two layers of type X gyp board on the interior of the rated walls. Section 1 on sheet 4.2 is not a rated wall, and does not call out gyp board. Item #17: Sheet A-2.3. Scale on the roof plan drawing is 1/8" = l'-0", NOT 3/16" = 1'-0" as shown. Any questions regarding these items should be submitted in writing to Charles Willis, AIA, NCARB at cwillisnarwinc.com or 1161 Corporate Drive W Suite 170, Arlington, Texas 76006. SHEET METAL BUILDING M5 II REV1S OILS II I II I••Em©O©2 II I o g 1 9Pg - OpIS B 9'i8 u 1 6 1gag F a _ ' asPhi g oP g `�4��R9c Q R £ tIzg ONE-STORY SHEET META. BUILDING Iffiga P e gg 1 )GULFSTREAM ROAD SRA BRA BRA BRA FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS ONE-STORY SHEET METAL WILDING 120 _ I _� •-rzt,„ ENGINEERS -ARCH...-. -PLANNERS TerarjllarM ON3031 N011tl'JId R 6K M AYOGADGM AY RUBNm•q, UG E_iBAR VALVE SON WRH DOLT DOW COVER AS VEG. GT RUSH WRM GIG GRADE MINLINt LAAMM, ANO 210016YTRLNO SG oL HLDt POE OR GREG 2O FOOT PEGG. N1 1 L SUE. OW ALL NARDSCAM REMGTS 211111 SEAL 40 PVC TWICE GE CMMCTER OF GC PPE OR WIRE GOOLE WRML 2 0..10M GI. ARC TO THE TOP OF THE IPE/COMXRT. 1 SELECT TILL TO FRCS OF ROCK, SHARP DWG METAL. ETC. SELECT EFu 0 ROCKYFAG EAN SEE SNOTUS 11GOWK ROC ELECTRI CAL GUNGE K PPE PIPE AL LNAWLIM ALAND C MP /O GGL[ a10 IN ROG AREAS SE0110N VIEW �I RA SSOLvEn PPMOE i1 %l pLAN VIEW PIPE AND WIRING TRENCH DETAIL NO SCALE M.P.( WMES FOR MUM MENDER AS SPEOPED ON PG. SEAL CATS W TM CST WATER- PROOF C*W1ECTOM. 10A APPROVED MALL NEATLY 0101 .E WRES W 34• L COLL A 2, LOOP 01 WPM AT OW:MR. ul CDN MOMS HAVE OP Or ROL. GM GR. OF SOLID COP APP.IGTONS. PREDENT/PIMIRE $CN. 40 PVC MAINLINE PIPE SI. MROGERTAS L PROPER PPE PM. TO •M DEPTH. OEOF r MG SO PVC GRE.0 WAGED CRAWL RYPJ ER. m.J Nail OAT! VALVE AS S0EOF2A SGC A5 SHOWN O PLANS L ALLRS OR PER MPG SCOMSCONNECTIOM HALL OIIOE 101(00 PASTE GOA= . PPP NM if NOT 000 �¢ PRESSOR. EMU MR 24 2. VALVE BOX SHALL GP REST N PUK. YAWTAW A 1011 0r P CLEARANCE GPM. OF AND PPE. WRAP GTIRE ASSEMBLY 0.1 SLT FlLTG FADRK M.V MO TERM FADRO ARROW PPE WRAP OM[ A«Pvm T WIM SALT KTER FAG14 WRU AND STRM FNRIC MOWO M![ lMRRS, mPJ GATE VALVE ASSEMBLY NO SOLE W 0. • S L GASS STOVE UHT GAG. GENE GOO. AT W OFSL EACH EEEVE ITVPJ GOSH GAG OAS WHERE SH FN. GRADE OF CORE PAn\ WHERE SHOWN S5PVC00 SCE IS.VAAFA NOTE ALL WNOATON SLEEVES SHGL OE NARKED DETAIL TAIL TEOroRMT MMKER, Me• L WOODEN STAKE AE GO OF SERE E MID MC NGIM M1E. GP S T[W LINK .. Or NEW UAW. IRRIGATION SLEEVE UNDER PAVEMENT NIIMIt L.A. TO SE CUM. W VALVE .OP ALLOW SUMER, ROG FOR AGISS TO VALVES AIO TEST COGS. 2 ALL TGWU FITTING TO EE TEFL. PASTE COAT. M ENTWE ERG. SUW1 AM VALVE OW( WTm SILT MEG EARRIC MAP Am STRAP MOM PVC OTTERS TO AND 02120 WTTALLATION eY CERTGETESTED PRIOR SAMPAN 17,02 DOGS 0OR 8 Oats TT a5 SPECIFIEDCO N ALPEW. OA PER LOCAL Ott CO.CO r CLEAR ANG WAS. GAAVELP OON BOX TO REST GG NICKS . ROG TO RUSE SOX TO 116 ORAN ALL SEAS OP 3120 Tao GRA aSOO �OADE APPLGOONS FOAM OGRE CRASS APPLGMS DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY NO GALE KEIFNA'E FWG wx/ TOP OF wLO FNCW GAG OF SOLO SOD APPLIGTIONE mPJ 0ACNFLO4 PA0VENTER `LIARS 200 AWNLNE PIPE OGGG. TO AD.. G POE PPM PEPE PVC TIMME4 MW.n rm OF r SO. DU MALL ADYRTI, MI, / \ 6 mIJ 2208 PLOCC WYE STRAWG L ALL WH11OR lO WRY R W21. *107STERO PASTE COATED. 00 NOT PRES . SYSTEM FOR24 2 VALV! WON SP. NOT REST ON PPE MOP.A IONNOF r CLEARANCE SETWEEI SON AM PPE WRAP O. PPE WRAP EENTRE ESTIRE .11.10. MTN SILT SFMSLY WIG StLT MGR FILTER AM IAP Am 5T0AP GIGO C, WRAP AND STRAP FAROOINAROPIG ENGR¢5. HYPJ. WYE STRAINER NO SOLE 0 FL1IMMWII lALF NSN ACE FSRH aATc TAN SWEDE STRATA DIRECT I,UF COPPER r D. GT COTYPEC IU�N W.ATIOK r 0. 24' L PLO FWS OF COMET. ITYPJ 6. Rat DEPTH OF r —PVC SG 40 ELECTRIC vHOTS LYOIGTIO Ji mPJ TYPICAL - GANG WIRE SPLICE/PULL BOX NO SCALE 00 `0 LENOTN Of mIJ SM eitittC OP 9xO Op A/PLIEARONS '1TGPP00F WIRE CO.GTORS GOEpM.. ASvSHOWN 5 NOS MO t3• MOOR 055 RCA VALVE RON WTM ROLT GM COVER, SET FLESH Mi1N —" OaOE = 1, S[OCO aR.ss/TDo eF wLn TRUE UNION COT 0 CAMv/ WTM yam 0-Rx02 uiGALO yam/ I:II - SCN SO NC PPTVP. p IS RLUSE OL L SAO PVC ELL M SO PVC NIavoni PPLE CONC. GAGS Af REG. SCK OO NM. 12-WG1 LEMOTL NOOENI AND SEAL t0 ELL SCH. 40 PVC MAN µ m!J LINE PIPE SCR 40 PVC TEE OR E.0 MW. M GA SINGLE STRAND, SOLID COPPER OIAECf BURY WIRE WITH TYPE OF IMOLATION-VALVE WWES SHALL OP RC WHALE, ITYIICM.IND TM COMMON WIRE SHALL RE COMOtT. SHALL OE TEFLON PASTE COMER, DO NOT PRESSOR. STSTG FOR 24 HORS OR PER WAS RLC01.0.1I016. FVE GM IS NOT FOGGED 2 HALVE 10N IDWJ. MOT REST ON PPE MAORAW A MW Or IT CLEARANCE BEGUN DON ANO PIPE. .1101741 SCN CO PVC Ar APPLE GP 10.312 GA. . NIL OEflN OF r 0.. WAS. GAVEL CON 3 SO OECD REMOTE CONTROL ELECTRIC VALVE NO SCALE � .",STRUnv0ES A F I /—NNHH GRaoc MVm Y PFACG POP-UP SPRAY HEAD NO SCALP VY�jp lri 1\}�pL�N11.4 `y/t. I�E�1 VY 0. UV RADIATION RESISTANT ////- RESISTANT PVC 5CH 80NIPPLE, NIPPLE, (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) �0.49INCH FEMALE BLOOM O.g90 -MCN BARD ELBOW, woocon MGM GRADE SC. SOD GRASS/Stmm MASS/ wLG APPLICATIONS [GUN MERGE TORO STO2-4P-PRR-011 POP P SAME .0 WITH P11-00-PC 2.201 10221E AS. PRODUCTS 11E4 STO. PG RISER -41 ROL �IVc SEAL 40 G1GM ME ^CDSSM IO GUT TEE A PVC LATERAL PIPE PVC 5CH 40 TEE OR ELL BUBBLER ON RISER NO SCALE FMISH GRADE/ TOP OF MULCH SWING PPE V2-INCH MALE NPT N .490-NCH BARB ELBOW, RAM ONO MODEL 55E-050 i— Z w (q pc J IyJ Q V I — EL a tlJ IL = in O O 52 O0EL 0 4- O F Z <L cc O p0 Q 0 0 LL OCTO5ER7,2015 1,20' IR-1.1 ONE—STORY SHEET METAL BUILDING VIC51 • -- ONE—STORY SHEET METAL BUIUNNG OEN Y6 A ONE—STORY SHEET METAL BUILDING Y38Y MIS 13N 40 Yir --........--..—_._____. i 11 E3 1 o gr‘ REVISIONS GULFSTREAM ROAD 111V.P:.,2111, „„A I FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS IOM PRO., NO, 1111 11 I ENGINEERS - ARCH(TECTS -PLANNERS YKR,I.C.009 ASSCOATOR 06211111•14.LLR SECTION 283111- DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELA'1'DD DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire -alarm control unit. 2. Manual fire -alarm boxes. 3. System smoke detectors. 4. Non -system smoke detectors. 5. Heat detectors. 6. Notification appliances. 7. Magnetic door holders. 8. Remote annunciator. 9. Addressable interface device. 10. Digital alarm communicator transmitter. 11. Radio alarm transmitter. 12. System printer. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. LED: Light -emitting diode. B. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. UL-certified addressable system, with multiplexed signal transmission, dedicated to fire -alarm service only. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For fire -alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-1 1. Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits. 3. Include battery -size calculations. 4. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector, verifying that each detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air -handling system is operating. 5. Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning ducts, drawn to scale and coordinating installation of duct smoke detectors and access to them. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 6. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits. C. General Submittal Requirements: 1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to Architect. 2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire -alarm system design. b. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For smoke and heat detectors indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Drawings showing the location of each smoke and heat detector, ratings of each, and installation details as needed to comply with listing conditions of the detector. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting the spacing and sensitivity of detection, complying with NFPA 72. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire -alarm systems and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," deliver copies to authorities having jurisdiction and include the following: 1. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-2 2. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article "Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. 3. Record copy of site -specific software. 4. Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72 article of the same name and include the following: a. Frequency of testing of installed components, b. Frequency of inspection of installed components. c. Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance. d. Manufacturer's user training manuals. 5. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements. 6. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire -alarm control unit. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than 1 unit. 2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than 1 unit. 3. Smoke Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 1 unit of each type. 4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 2 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 1 unit of each type. 5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamper -proofed components. 6. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: One of each type installed. 7. Fuses: Two of each type installed in the system. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations for Fire -Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire -alarm system from single source from single manufacturer. Components shall be compatible with, and operate as, an extension of existing system. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-3 C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by a UL-listed alarm company. 1.10 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT A. Comply with UL 864. B. Technical Support: Beginning with Substantial Completion, provide software support for two years. C. Upgrade Service: Update software to latest version at Project completion. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system. Upgrade shall include new or revised licenses for use of software. 1. Provide 30 days' notice to Owner to allow scheduling and access to system and to allow Owner to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AMSECO - a Potter brand: Potter Electric Signal Company. 2. Bosch Security Systems. 3. Commercial Products Group/CPG Life Safety Signals. 4. Faraday: Siemens Building Technologies. Inc. 5. Federal Signal Corporation. 6. Fire Control Instruments. Inc.: a Honeywell company. 7. Fire Lite Alarms: a Honeywell company . 8. GAMEWELL: a Honeywell company. 9. GE Infrastructure: a unit of General Electric Company . 10. Gentex Corporation. 11. Harrington Signal. Inc. 12. NOTIFIER: a Honeywell company. 13. Siemens Building Technologies. Inc.: Fire Safety Division. 14. Silent Knight: a Honeywell company. 15. SimplexGrinnell LP: a Tyco International company. 2.2 SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION A. Fire -alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and systems: Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-4 1. Manual stations. 2. Heat detectors. 3. Smoke detectors. 4. Duct smoke detectors. 5. Automatic sprinkler system water flow. 6. Fire standpipe system. B. Fire -alarm signal shall initiate the following actions: 1. Continuously operate alarm notification appliances. 2. Identify alarm at fire -alarm control unit. 3. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 4. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths. 5. Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders. 6. Activate voice/alarm communication system. 7. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire -alarm mode. 8. Close smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems. 9. Activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies. 10. Record events in the system memory. 11. Record events by the system printer. C. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Valve supervisory switch. 2. Low -air -pressure switch of a dry -pipe sprinkler system. D. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits. 2. Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm -initiating and supervisory signal -initiating devices. 3. Loss of primary power at fire -alarm control unit. 4. Ground or a single break in fire -alarm control unit internal circuits. 5. Abnormal ac voltage at fire -alarm control unit. 6. Break in standby battery circuitry. 7. Failure of battery charging. 8. Abnormal position of any switch at fire -alarm control unit or annunciator. 9. Low -air -pressure switch operation on a dry -pipe or pre -action sprinkler system. E. System Trouble and Supervisory Signal Actions: Initiate notification appliance and annunciate at fire -alarm control unit and remote annunciators. Record the event on system printer. 2.3 FIRE -ALARM CONTROL UNIT A. General Requirements for Fire -Alarm Control Unit: 1. Field -programmable, microprocessor -based, modular, power -limited design with electronic modules, complying with UL 864 and listed and labeled by an NRTL. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-5 a. System software and programs shall be held in flash electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), retaining the information through failure of primary and secondary power supplies. b. Include a real-time clock for time annotation of events on the event recorder and printer. 2. Addressable initiation devices that communicate device identity and status. a. Smoke sensors shall additionally communicate sensitivity setting and allow for adjustment of sensitivity at fire -alarm control unit. b. Temperature sensors shall additionally test for and communicate the sensitivity range of the device. 3. Addressable control circuits for operation of mechanical equipment. B. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface between human operator at fire -alarm control unit and addressable system components including annunciation and supervision. Display alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and the programming and control menu. 1. Annunciator and Display: Liquid -crystal type, 2 line(s) of 80 characters, minimum. 2. Keypad: Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display, and control commands. C. Circuits: 1. Initiating Device, Notification Appliance, and Signaling Line Circuits: NFPA 72, Class A. a. Initiating Device Circuits: Style D. b. Notification Appliance Circuits: Style Z. c. Signaling Line Circuits: Style 2. d. Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling line circuit. 2. Serial Interfaces: Two S-232 ports for printers. D. Door Controls: Door hold -open devices that are controlled by smoke detectors at doors in smoke barrier walls shall be connected to fire -alarm system. E. Remote Smoke -Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Controls shall select specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display their current status and sensitivity settings, and change those settings. Allow controls to be used to program repetitive, time -scheduled, and automated changes in sensitivity of specific detector groups. Record sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity -adjustment schedule changes in system memory, and print out the final adjusted values on system printer. F. Printout of Events: On receipt of signal, print alarm, supervisory, and trouble events. Identify zone, device, and function. Include type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble) and date and time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm signals from all other printed indications. Also print Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-6 system reset event, including same information for device, location, date, and time. Commands initiate the printing of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the system and a historical log of events. G. Primary Power: 24-V do obtained from 120-V ac service and a power -supply module. Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory and digital alarm communicator transmitters shall be powered by 24-V dc source. 1. Alarm current draw of entire fire -alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the power - supply module rating. H. Secondary Power: 24-V dc supply system with batteries, automatic battery charger, and automatic transfer switch. 1. Batteries: Sealed lead calcium. I. Instructions: Computer printout or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a plastic or glass cover in a stainless -steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and describe appropriate response for displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional operation of the system under normal, alarm, and trouble conditions. 2.4 MANUAL FIRE -ALARM BOXES A. General Requirements for Manual Fire -Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. Boxes shall be finished in red with molded, raised -letter operating instructions in contrasting color; shall show visible indication of operation; and shall be mounted on recessed outlet box. If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box. 1. Single-action mechanism, pull -lever type; with integral addressable module arranged to communicate manual -station status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. 2. Station Reset: Key- or wrench -operated switch. 3. Indoor Protective Shield: Factory -fabricated clear plastic enclosure hinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm. Lifting the cover actuates an integral battery - powered audible horn intended to discourage false -alarm operation. 4. Weatherproof Protective Shield: Factory -fabricated clear plastic enclosure hinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm. 2.5 SYS 1'hM SMOKE DE'l'hCTORS A. General Requirements for System Smoke Detectors: 1. Comply with UL 268; operating at 24-V dc, nominal. 2. Detectors shall be four -wire type. 3. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. 4. Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted in a twist -lock module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed base for connection to building wiring. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-7 5. Self -Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 6. Integral Visual -Indicating Light: LED type indicating detector has operated and power -on status. 7. Remote Control: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors shall be analog -addressable type, individually monitored at fire -alarm control unit for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition and individually adjustable for sensitivity by fire -alarm control unit. a. Rate -of -rise temperature characteristic shall be selectable at fire -alarm control unit for 15 or 20 deg F per minute. b. Fixed -temperature sensing shall be independent of rate -of -rise sensing and shall be settable at fire -alarm control unit to operate at 135 or 155 deg F. c. Provide multiple levels of detection sensitivity for each sensor. B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire -alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). C. Ionization Smoke Detector: 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire -alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric type complying with UL 268A. 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire -alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-8 c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). 3. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for use with the supplied detector. 4. Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity. 5. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied. 6. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor -control circuit. 2.6 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Individually addressed, connected to a signaling line circuit, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system connections. B. Chimes, High -Level Output: Vibrating type, 81-dBA minimum rated output. C. Horns: Electric -vibrating -polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the operating mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a sound -pressure level of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet from the horn, using the coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test protocol. D. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch- high letters on the lens. 1. Rated Light Output: a. 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field. 2. Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated. 3. For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be determined with guards in place. 4. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units. 5. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 6. Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, red. 2.7 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module, NRTL listed for use in providing a system address for alarm -initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. 2.8 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER A. Digital alarm communicator transmitter shall be acceptable to the remote central station and shall comply with UL 632 and be listed and labeled by an NRTL. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-9 B. Functional Performance: Unit shall receive an alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal from fire - alarm control unit and automatically capture two telephone line(s) and dial a preset number for a remote central station. When contact is made with central station(s), signals shall be transmitted. If service on line is interrupted for longer than 45 seconds, transmitter shall initiate a local trouble signal and transmit the signal indicating loss of telephone line to the remote alarm receiving station over the remaining line. Transmitter shall automatically report telephone service restoration to the central station. If service is lost on both telephone lines, transmitter shall initiate the local trouble signal. C. Local functions and display at the digital alarm communicator transmitter shall include the following: 1. Verification that both telephone lines are available. 2. Programming device. 3. LED display. 4. Manual test report function and manual transmission clear indication. 5. Communications failure with the central station or fire -alarm control unit. D. Digital data transmission shall include the following: 1. Address of the alarm -initiating device. 2. Address of the supervisory signal. 3. Address of the trouble -initiating device. 4. Loss of ac supply or loss of power. 5. Low battery. 6. Abnormal test signal. 7. Communication bus failure. E. Secondary Power: Integral rechargeable battery and automatic charger. F. Self -Test: Conducted automatically every 24 hours with report transmitted to central station. 2.9 SYSTEM PRINTER A. Printer shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL as an integral part of fire -alarm system. 2.10 DEVICE GUARDS A. Description: Welded wire mesh of size and shape for the manual station, smoke detector, gong, or other device requiring protection. 1. Factory fabricated and furnished by manufacturer of device. 2. Finish: Paint of color to match the protected device. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire -alarm equipment. B. Install wall -mounted equipment, with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the finished floor. C. Smoke- or Heat -Detector Spacing: 1. Comply with NFPA 72, "Smoke -Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating Devices" Chapter, for smoke -detector spacing. 2. Comply with NFPA 72, "Heat -Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating Devices" Chapter, for heat -detector spacing. 3. Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed 30 feet. 4. Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for high ceiling areas shall be determined according to Appendix A or Appendix B in NFPA 72. 5. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 5 feet from air -supply diffuser or return -air opening. 6. Lighting Fixtures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inches from any part of a lighting fixture. D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they extend the full width of duct. E. Audible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches below the ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush -mounted back boxes with the device -operating mechanism concealed behind a grille. F. Visible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6 inches below the ceiling. G. Device Location -Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor. H. Fire -Alarm Control Unit: Surface mounted, with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the finished floor. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. For fire -protection systems related to doors in fire -rated walls and partitions and to doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire -alarm system. 1. Verify that hardware and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire -alarm system in this Section before making connections. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-11 B. Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following devices and systems. Install the interface device less than 3 feet from the device controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at the device or system being controlled. 1. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems. 2. Alarm -initiating connection to activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies. 3. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches. 4. Supervisory connections at low -air -pressure switch of each dry -pipe sprinkler system. 5. Supervisory connections at fire -pump power failure including a dead -phase or phase - reversal condition. 6. Supervisory connections at fire -pump engine control panel. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire -alarm control unit. 3.4 GROUNDING A. Ground fire -alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground wire from main service ground to fire -alarm control unit. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests shall be witnessed by Architect. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing. a. Inspection shall be based on completed Record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-12 b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components. 2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. 3. Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound -level meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ANSI S 1.4. 4. Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Factory -authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System Record of Completion" in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72 and the "Inspection and Testing Form" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. E. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. F. Fire -alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. H. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. I. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire -alarm system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire -alarm system. END OF SECTION 283111 Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-13 SECTION 32 8400 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Furnish all work and materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with the installation of underground sprinkler irrigation system complete, as shown on drawings and/or specified herein. When the term "Contractor" is used in this section, it shall refer to the irrigation Subcontractor. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Shrubs, Ornamental Grasses and Ground Cover Planting: Section 32 9300 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE The following Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards, and Specifications apply to work included in this section: ASTM: D2241, D2464, D2466, and D2564. 1.3 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall warranty material and workmanship for one year after final acceptance including repair and replacement of defective materials, workmanship, and repair of backfill settlement. B. Maintenance during warranty shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Adjustment of sprinkler height and plumb to compensate for settlement and/or plant growth. 2. Backfilling of all trenches. 3. Adjustment of head coverage (arc of spray) as necessary. 4. Unstopping heads plugged by foreign material. 5. Adjustment of controller as necessary to insure proper sequence and watering time. 6. All maintenance necessary to keep the system in good operating order. Repair of damage caused by vandals, other contractors or weather conditions shall be considered extra to these specifications. C. Warranty and maintenance after final acceptance does not include alterations as necessitated by re -landscaping, re -grading, addition of trees or the addition, and/or changes in sidewalks, walls, driveways, etc. D. Maintenance shall continue for one month after final acceptance. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings or manufacturer's "cut sheet" for each type of sprinkler head, pipe, controller, valves, check valve assemblies, valve boxes, wire, conduit, fittings, and all other types of fixtures and equipment proposed to install on the job. The submittal shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, equipment capacity, and manufacturer's installation recommendation, if applicable, for each proposed item. B. No partial submittal will be accepted and submittals shall be neatly bound into a brochure and logically organized. After the submittal has been approved, substitutions will not be allowed except by written consent of the Landscape Architect. C. Shop drawings shall include dimensions, elevations, construction, details, arrangements, and capacity of equipment, as well as manufacturer's installation recommendations. 1.5 "APPROVED EQUAL" SUBSTITUTIONS Several items in this section and on the plans are specified by a manufacturer's brand name and catalog number, followed by the phrase "or approved equal". This is not intended to unduly restrict competitive procurements or bidding, but is done to assure a minimum standard of quality which is believed to be best for the item specified and to match existing equipment. 1.6 CODES/PERMITS A. All work under this section shall comply with the provisions of these Specifications, as illustrated on the accompanying drawings, or as directed by the Landscape Architect and shall satisfy all applicable local codes, ordinances, or regulations of the governing bodies and all authorities having jurisdiction over this Project. B. Installation of equipment and materials shall be done in accordance with requirements of the National Electrical Code, City Plumbing Code, and standard plumbing procedures. The drawings and these Specifications are intended to comply with all the necessary rules and regulations; however, some discrepancies may occur, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Landscape Architect in writing of the discrepancies and apply for an interpretation. Should the discovery and notification occur after the execution of a contract, any additional work required for compliance with the regulations shall be paid for as covered by these Contract documents. C. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all costs in connection with his work; file with all governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver to the Landscape Architect. D. The Contractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations whether or not shown on the drawings and/or specified. E. The installation of the irrigation system shall be made by an individual or firm duly licensed under Article No. 8751 VMS, Titled "Licensed Irrigators Act", S.B. No. 259 as passed by the 66th Texas Legislature. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 2 1.7 EXISTING UTILITIES: A. Locations and elevations of various utilities included with the scope of this work have been obtained from the most reliable sources available and should serve as a general guide without guarantee to accuracy. The Contractor shall examine the Site and verify to his own satisfaction the locations and elevation of all utilities and availability of utilities and services required. The Contractor shall inform himself as to their relation to the work and the submission of bids shall be deemed as evidence thereof. The Contractor shall repair at his own expense, and to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect, for damage to any utility shown or not shown on the plans. B. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, Contractor shall promptly notify the Landscape Architect for instructions as to further action. C. Contractor shall make necessary adjustments in the layout as may be required to connect to existing stub -outs, should such stub- outs not be located exactly as shown and as may be required to work around existing work, at no increase in cost to the Owner. All such work will be recorded on record drawings and turned over to the Landscape Architect prior to final acceptance. 1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record dimensioned locations and depths for each of the following: 1. Point of connection. 2. Sprinkler pressure line routing (provide dimensions for each 100 lineal feet (maximum) along each routing, and for each change in directions). 3. Gate valves. 4. Sprinkler control valves (buried only). 5. Control wire routing. 6. Other related items as may be directed by the Landscape Architect. B. Locate all dimensions from two permanent points (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, or pavements). C. Record all changes which are made from the Contract drawings, including changes in the pressure and non -pressure lines. D. Record all required information on a set of blackline prints of the Contract drawings. Do not use these prints for any other purpose. E. Maintain information daily. Keep Contract drawings at the Worksite at all times and available for review by the Owner's representative. F. When record drawings have been approved by the Owner's Representative, transfer all information to a set of reproducible mylars using permanent India ink. Changes using ball-point pen are not acceptable. Make dimensions accurately at the same scale used on original Drawings, or larger. If photo reduction is required to facilitate controller chart housing, notes or dimension must be a minimum 1/4 inch in size. G. Reproducible mylars will be furnished by the Owner cost for printing and handling. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 3 1.9 CONTROLLER CHARTS: A. Do not prepare charts until record drawings have been approved by the Owner's representative. B. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller installed. 1. Chart may be a reproduction of the record drawing, if the scale permits fitting within the controller door. If photo reduction prints are required, keep reduction to maximum size possible to retain full legibility. 2. Chart shall be blackline print of the actual system, showing the area covered by that controller. C. Identify the area of coverage of each remote control valve, using a distinctly different pastel color, drawn over the entire area of coverage. D. Following approval of charts by the Owner's representative, they shall be hermetically sealed between two layers of 20 mil. thick plastic sheet. E. Charts must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance of the irrigation system. 1.10 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide individual bound manuals detailing operating and maintenance requirements for irrigation systems. B. Manuals shall be delivered to the Owner's representative for review and approval no later than 10 days prior to completion of work. Revise manual as required. C. Provide descriptions of all installed materials and systems in sufficient detail to permit maintenance personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment. D. Provide the following in each manual: 1. Index sheet, stating Irrigation Contractor's name, address, telephone number, and name of person to contact. 2. Duration of guarantee period. 3. Equipment list providing the following for each item: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Make and model number. c. Name and address of local manufacturer's representative. d. Spare parts list in detail. e. Detailed operating and maintenance instructions of major equipment. 4. Recommended programs for watering by season. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 4 1.11 CHECKLIST A. Provide a signed and dated checklist, and deliver to the Owner's representative prior to final acceptance of the work. B. Use the following format: 1. Plumbing permits: if none required, so note. 2. Material approvals: approved by and date. 3. Pressure line tests: by whom and date. 4. Record Drawings: received by and date. 5. Controller charts: received by and date. 6. Materials furnished: received by and date. 7. Operation and maintenance manuals: received by and date. 8. System and equipment operation instructions: received by and date. 9. Manufacturer's warranties if required: received by and date. 10. Written guarantee: received by and date. 11. Lowering of heads in lawn areas: if incomplete, so state. 1.12 ELECTRIC POWER Electric power to operate new controllers shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor unless otherwise noted on the plans. Service wiring to the controller cabinet shall be furnished by the Contractor. 1.13 WATER FOR TESTING Unless noted otherwise on the plans or elsewhere, furnish all water necessary for testing, flushing, and jetting. 1.14 BORINGS, SLEEVES AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Sleeves and electrical conduits are the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor to install prior to paving or related construction and should be installed as noted on the drawings and specifications. Contractors shall be responsible for locating all sleeves and conduits at no additional cost to the Authority. Borings under existing paving will be required where noted on the drawings and shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Borings shall be a minimum of 18 inch depth and new pipes shall be incased in Schedule 40 sleeves. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 5 1.15 SPARE PARTS The Contractor shall supply the Owner with five spray heads, one for each head designated on the plan. The Contractor shall supply one additional key and hose swivel for the quick coupler. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Unless otherwise noted on the plans, all materials shall be new and unused. The irrigation equipment catalog numbers used for reference in these Specifications are to establish minimum quality standards and may be substituted with an "approved equal" as outlined in Paragraph 1.5 of this section. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (PVC PIPE) PVC pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM Standards noted herein. A. Marking and Identification: PVC pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with following information: Manufacturer's name, size, type of pipe, and material, SDR number, Product Standard number, and the NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) Seal. B. PVC pipe fittings: Shall be of the same material as the PVC pipe specified and compatible with PVC pipe furnished. Solvent weld type shall be Schedule 40. C. PVC Pipe: Shall be Class 200 solvent weld, SDR-21, PS 22-70 for all sizes 3/4 inch to 2 inches. All 1/2 inch pipe shall be solvent weld SDR- 13.5, Class 315. D. Flexible PVC Risers (Nipples): All flexible PVC nipples shall be made from virgin PVC material, and shall comply with ASTM D2287, shall be tested at 200 P.S.I. static pressure for 2 hours and have a quick burst rating of a minimum 400 P.S.I. Flexible PVC pipe nipples shall be factory assembled only. E. Pipe sleeves: Shall be Class 200 solvent weld, SDR-21. 2.03 SWING JOINTS Swing joints shall be 0-ring seal type, Lasco or approved equal. 2.04 WIRE AND SPLICES A. All valve control wire shall be single strand solid copper, minimum 14 gauge with type OF insulation which is Underwriters Laboratory approved for direct underground burial when used in a National Electrical Code Class II Circuit (30 volts AC or less) as per Articles 725 and 300. Voltage drop shall be taken into consideration. B. All wire shall be color coded so that the common wire shall have white insulation and the signal wires shall have red insulation. C. All wire connectors shall have a two-piece PVC housing which, when filled with resin epoxy and pressed together, forms a permanent, one-piece, moisture -proof wire splice. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 6 D. All connectors shall be UL listed, rated 600 volt, for PVC insulated wire. No wire splices shall be buried. E. Maxi-Com communication wire installed to new control units and used to replace existing communication wire affected by gradeing as noted on the plans, shall be PE-39 twisted pair as approved for use by Rainbird Corp. 2.05 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Quick coupling valves shall be composed of a bronze cast body with a weighted metal cover. B. The valve shall accept a single lug 3/4 inch bronze valve key for operation. 2.06 MANUAL VALVES A. Manual valves 2-1/2 inches and smaller shall be all brass, globe type with composition disc rated at 150 pounds W.O.G. B. All valves shall have wheel handles unless cross handles are called for on the plan. 2.07 VALVE BOXES A. A box shall be provided for all valves. B. Valve boxes shall be made of high -strength plastic suitable for turf irrigation purposes. C. Boxes shall be suitable in size and configuration for the operability and adjustment of the valve. D. Extension sections will be used as appropriate to the depth of piping. E. All valve box covers shall bolt down or have locking mechanisms and shall be colored purple for future reclaimed water application. 2.08 POP-UP SPRAY, BUBBLERS AND ROTARY HEADS A. Sprinkler heads are specified on the drawings (Rainbird or approved equal for pop-up spray and bubblers). Spray heads shall have a minimum 3 inch pop-up. B. The sprinkler body and all related parts shall be plastic cycolac or polycarbonate. They shall have a spring retraction for positive return action of the pop-up nozzle. C. The spring for retraction and the adjustable nozzle screw shall be made of corrosion resistant materials. 2.09 ELECTRIC CONTROLLER A. Electric irrigation controller shall be compatible with the owner's existing Rainbird Maxicom system, and be capable of operating the number of stations as indicated on the drawings. The system is designed to operate only one section valve at a time, unless otherwise noted. The controller is specified on the drawings. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 328400-7 B. Power source shall be standard 115 volt 60 Cycle AC. Output for operation of companion solenoid actuated valves shall be 24 volts 60 Cycle AC. C. Operation of the controller shall be full automatic, incorporating one 24 hour clock and 14 day calendar per controlled number of electric valves shown on the plan to start the sprinkling cycle any hour or hours of the day or night of any day or days over a repeating 14 day period. D. The controller shall be capable of repeating watering cycles as required with a maximum delay between the ending of one cycle and the beginning of the next not to exceed 2 hours. Control shall provide optional semi -automatic operation whereby the automatic cycle may be started independent of the clock and manual operation whereby any station may be operated by hand independent of all timing mechanism. The choice of automatic day or hour programming shall be available to the operator on the face of the control panel without the use of tools. E. The automatic controller shall be equipped with rainproof housing. 2.10 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Electric remote control valves shall have plastic bodies and covers and shall be globe -type diaphragm valves of normally dosed design. The valves are specified on the drawings. B. Operation shall be accomplished by means of integrally mounted heavy-duty 24-V AC solenoid complying with National Electrical Code, Class II Circuit. Solenoid coil shall be potted in epoxy resin within a plastic coated stainless steel housing. Solenoids shall be completely waterproof, suitable for direct underground burial. C. A flow stem adjustment shall be included in each valve. 2.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTER (DOUBLE CHECK VALVE) A. A double gate valve, double check assembly shall be located and sized as shown on the plans. The double check valve is specified on the drawings. B. Construction shall be all brass for sizes 3/4 inch to 2 inches. C. This assembly shall be installed in a box and shall conform to the City Plumbing Codes. 2.12 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: 1. Agrifim. 2. Aquarius Brands Inc. 3. Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc. 4. Diq Corporation. 5. Geoflow. Inc. 6. Hendrickson Bros. 7. Hit Products Corporation. 8. Irritrol Systems. 9. Maxiiet.Inc. 10. NDS/Raindrio. 11. Netafim USA. 12. Olson Irrigation Systems. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 8 13. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. 14. Rain Bird Corporation. 15. Roberts Irrigation Products, Inc. 16. Salco Products. 17. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Division. B. Freestanding Emitters: Device to deliver water at approximately 20 psig. 18. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control. 19. Riser to Emitter: PE or PVC flexible tubing. 20. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Flow: 0.40 gph at approximately 20 psig. b. Tubing: PE or PVC; 1/8-inch minimum ID. c. Mounting Height: <Insert dimension> aboveground to nozzle. C. Drip Tubes with Direct -Attached Emitters: 21. Tubing: Flexible PE or PVC with plugged end. 22. Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig. a. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control. b. Mounting: Inserted into tubing at set intervals. 23. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Tubing Size: 1/2" b. Length: Varies c. Emitter Spacing: 12" or 18" d. Emitter Flow: 0.26 gph or 0.40 gph D. Drip Tubes with Remote Discharge: 24. Tubing: Flexible PE or PVC with plugged end. 25. Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig. a. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control. b. Mounting: Inserted into tubing at set intervals. 26. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Tubing Size: 1/2" b. Length: Varies c. Emitter Spacing: 12" or 18" d. Emitter Flow: 0.26 gph or 0.40 gph E. Application Pressure Regulators: Brass or plastic housing, NPS 3/4, with corrosion -resistant internal parts; capable of controlling outlet pressure to approximately 20 psig. F. Filter Units: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion -resistant internal parts; of size and capacity required for devices downstream from unit. G. Air Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion -resistant internal parts. H. Vacuum Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion -resistant internal parts. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 9 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Design Pressure: This irrigation system has been designed to operate with a minimum static inlet water pressure as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall take a pressure reading prior to beginning construction. If the pressure reading is 5% less than above, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative. B. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in equipment usage, area dimensions or water pressure exist that might not have been considered in the engineering. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative in writing. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. C. Staking: Before installation is started, place a stake or flag where each sprinkler is to be located, in accordance with drawing. Staking shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before proceeding. D. Piping Layout: Piping layout is diagrammatic. Route piping around existing trees and root zones in such a manner as to avoid damage to plantings. Do not dig within the ball of newly planted trees or shrubs. E. In areas where trees are present, trenches will be adjusted on site to provide a minimum clearance of four times the trunk diameter of the tree (at its base) between any tree and any trench. F. All material and equipment shall be delivered to the Worksite in unbroken reels, cartons or other packaging to demonstrate that such material is new and of a quality and grade in keeping with the intent of these Specifications. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation to the depth indicated in these Specifications and Contract drawings. The banks of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable. Trenches shall be wide enough to allow a minimum of 4" between parallel pipelines or electrical wiring. Where rock excavation is required, or where stones are encountered in the bottom of the trench that would create a concentrated pressure on the pipe, the rock or stones shall be removed to a depth of six (6) inches minimum below the trench depth indicated. The over depth rock excavation and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist earth or sand, thoroughly tamped. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the pipe is encountered in the trench bottom, such shall be removed to a depth and length required, and the trench backfilled to trench bottom grade as hereinafter specified, with course sand, fine gravel or other suitable material. B. Bottom of trench grade shall be continued past ground surface deviations to avoid air pockets and low collection points in the line. The minimum cover specifications shall govern regardless of variations in ground surface profile and the occasional deeper excavation required at banks and other field conditions. Excavation shall be such that a uniform trench grade variation will occur in all cases where variations are necessary. C. Trench excavation shall comprise the satisfactory removal and disposition of all materials, and shall include all shoring and sheeting required to protect the excavation and to safeguard employees. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 -10 D. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back from edge of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling shall be wasted as directed by the Owner's Representative. When excavated material is of a rocky nature and the topsoil or any other layer of excavated material is suitable for pipe bedding and backfill in the vicinity of the pipe, such material shall be separately stockpiled for use in such bedding and pipe backfill operations, unless satisfactory imported material is used. E. All excavations and backfill shall be unclassified and covered in the basic bid. No additional compensation will be allowed for rock encountered. F. Restore all surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original conditions in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. 3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Sprinkler Mains: Sprinkler mains are that portion of piping from water source to electric valves. This portion of piping is subject to surges since it is a closed portion of the sprinkler system. Sprinkler mains shall be installed in a trench with a minimum of 18 inches of cover. B. Lateral Piping: Lateral piping is that portion of piping from electrical valve to sprinkler heads. This portion of piping is not subject to surges since it is an "open end" portion of the sprinkler system. Lateral piping shall be installed in a trench with a minimum of 12 inches of cover. C. Remove lumber, rubbish, and rocks from trenches. Provide firm, uniform bearing for entire length of each pipeline to prevent uneven settlement. Wedging or blocking of pipe will not be permitted. Remove foreign matter or dirt from inside of pipe before welding, and keep piping clean during and after laying pipe. D. PVC pipe shall not be installed where there is water in the trench, nor shall PVC pipe be laid when temperature is 40 deg. F or below or when rain is imminent. PVC pipe will expand and contract as the temperature changes. Therefore, pipe shall be snaked from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. 3.04 PVC PIPE AND FITTING ASSEMBLY A. Solvent: Use only solvent recommended by manufacturer to make solvent -welded joints following standards noted herein. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings of dirt, dust, and moisture with an approved PVC primer before applying solvent. B. PVC to Metal Connection: Work metal connections first. Use a non -hardening pipe dope such as Permatex No. 2 or "Teflon" tape on threaded PVC to metal joints. Use only light wrench pressure. C. Threaded PVC Connections: Where required, use threaded PVC adapters into which pipe may be welded. 3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTS Pressure Test: After the pipe is laid, the joints completed, and the trench partially backfilled, leaving the joints exposed for examination, the newly laid piping or any valved section of main pressure line piping shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected for four hours to a hydrostatic pressure test of normal city water pressure. Each valve shall be opened and closed during the test. Enclosed pipe, joints, fittings, and valves shall be carefully examined during the partially open trench test. Joints showing LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 11 visible leakage shall be replaced or remade, as necessary. Cracked or defective pipe, joints, fittings, or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be repeated until the test results are satisfactory. All replacement and repair shall be at contractor's cost. 3.06 CONTROL WIRE INSTALLATION A. All control wire less than 500 feet in length shall be continuous without splices or joints from the controller to the valves. Connections to the electric valves shall be made within 18 inches of the valve using connectors specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this section, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative in writing. B. All control wires shall be installed at least 18 inches deep. Contractor shall obtain the Owner's Representative's approval for wire routing when installed in a separate ditch. Control wires may be installed in a common ditch with piping; however, wires must be installed a minimum of 4 inches below or to one side of piping. C. All wire passing under existing or future paving, sidewalk, construction, etc., shall be encased in PVC Schedule 40 conduit extending at least 2 feet beyond edges of paving, sidewalks, or construction. 3.07 POP-UP SPRAY, ROTARY AND BUBBLER HEADS A. Provide heads and nozzles as specified and install in locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Pop-up spray heads shall be installed as detailed on the Contract drawings. Rotary heads shall be installed on a double swing joint connected to the lateral pipe as detailed on the drawings. C. Heads shall be installed with underside of flange flush with the finished grade. D. Contractor will be required to adjust heads as necessary after establishment of grass or other plant material. 3.08 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Quick coupling valves shall be installed with the underside of flange flush with the finished grade. B. Quick coupling valves shall be installed on a swing joint assembly as detailed on the drawings. C. Under the warranty, the Contractor shall return after grass is established and adjust valves and valve boxes to proper grade. 3.09 MANUAL VALVES A. Manual valves shall be sized and located where shown on the Contract drawings. B. Valve boxes shall be adjusted to be flush with finished grade. The Contractor will be required to adjust after establishment of grass. C. Valve boxes shall be properly supported and of sufficient construction that tractors and mowers crossing over the boxes will not push boxes down and crush the pipe, valve, or box. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 -12 3.10 VALVE AND VALVE BOX PLACEMENT A. All manual, electric, and quick coupling valves shall be in boxes as specified in Paragraph 2.7 of this section, and shall be set with a minimum of six (6) inches of space between their top surface and the bottom of the valve box. The base of the box shall be filled with pea gravel as B. Valves shall be fully opened and fully closed to ensure that all parts are in operating condition. C. Valve boxes shall be set plumb, vertical, and concentric with the valve stem. D. Any valve box which has moved from this required position so as to prevent the use of the operating wheel of the valve shall be reset by the Contractor at his own expense. 3.11 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. Install freestanding emitters on pipe riser to mounting height indicated. B. Install manifold emitter systems with tubing to emitters. Plug unused manifold outlets. Install emitters on off -ground supports at height indicated. C. Install multiple -outlet emitter systems with tubing to outlets. Plug unused emitter outlets. Install outlets on off -ground supports at height indicated. D. Install drip tubes with direct -attached emitters on ground. E. Install drip tubes with remote -discharge on ground with outlets on off -ground supports at height indicated. F. Install off -ground supports of length required for indicated mounted height of device. G. Install [application pressure regulators] [and] [filter units] in piping near device being protected, and [aboveground] [in control -valve boxes]. H. Install [air relief valves] [and] [vacuum relief valves] in piping, and [aboveground] [in control -valve boxes]. 3.12 ELECTRIC CONTROLLER A. Electric controller shall be located as shown on the plans and shall be capable of operating the number of stations indicated. 3.13 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Remote control valves shall be located and sized as shown on the plans. All electrical connections shall be made when the weather is dry with connection kits as specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this section in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures. All remote control valves shall be installed in a horizontal position, in accordance to the manufacturer's published installation instructions. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish and install the proper size wire on each of the low voltage circuits from the master control center to the various electric remote control valves. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 13 C. Consideration shall be given to each circuit for allowance of voltage drop and economy consistent with accepted practices of electrical installation. Under no circumstances shall the voltage of any branch circuit be reduced more than proper due to length of run exceeding the maximum allowable for the wire size used. 3.14 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION A. After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been made, the trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stone. Rock, broken concrete, or pavement, and large boulders shall not be used as backfill material. The backfill shall be thoroughly compacted and evened with the adjacent soil level. B. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the backfill. Compact all other areas by flooding or hand tamping. The jetting process may be used in areas when flooding. C. Backfill for all trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% density. D. Any trenches improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required for compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade and left in a completed surface condition as described above. E. Specifically tamp backfill under heads and around the flange of heads for one foot (1') by a suitable means after trench backfill has dried from flooding to prevent heads loosening in the ground. 3.15 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. After installation has been completed, make final adjustment of sprinkler system prior to Owner's Representative's final inspection. B. Completely flush system to remove debris from lines by removing nozzle from heads on ends of lines and turning on system. C. Check sprinklers for proper operation and proper alignment for direction of throw. D. Check each section for operating pressure and balance to other sections by use of flow adjustment on top of each valve. E. Check nozzling for proper coverage. Prevailing wind conditions may indicate that arc or angle of spray should be other than as shown on drawings. In this case, change nozzles to provide correct coverage and furnish record data to Owner's Representative with each change. F. After system is thoroughly flushed and ready for operation, each section of sprinklers shall be adjusted to control pressure at heads. Use the following method, one section at a time: 1. Remove last head on section and install a temporary riser above grade. Install tee with pressure gauge attached on top of riser and re -install head with nipple onto tee. 2. Correct operating pressure at last head of each section as follows: Spray Heads - 20-25 psi. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 14 3. After replacing head, at grade, tamp thoroughly around head. 3.16 CLEAN-UP A. The Worksite shall be thoroughly cleaned of all waste materials and all unused or salvaged materials, equipment, tools, etc. B. After completion of the work, areas disturbed shall be leveled and the Worksite shall be raked clean and left in an orderly condition. END OF SECTION LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 5157 32 8400 - 15 SECTION 32 9200 TURFGRASS PLANTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This work includes all labor, materials, and equipment for soil preparation, fertilization, planting, and other requirements regarding turfgrass planting areas shown on the plans. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Earthwork as Specified B. Section 32 8400 - Irrigation System. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Delivery Receipts and Invoices: All delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be subject to checking by the Owner or his representative and shall be subsequently delivered to the office of the Owner. B. Samples and Producers' Specifications: Various samples, certificates, and specifications of seed, fertilizer and other materials shall be submitted for approval as required by subsequent sections of this specification. C. Hybrid Bermuda Sod Certification: Refer to Item 2.01, D. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 TURFGRASS A. Bermudagrass Seed: Turfgrass seed shall be "Cynodon dactylon" (Common Bermudagrass). The seed shall be harvested within one (1) year prior to planting, free of Johnsongrass, field bind weed, dodder seed, and free of other weed seed to the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and applicable seed laws. The seed shall not be a mixture. The seed shall be hulled, extra fancy grade, treated with fungicide, and have a germination and purity that will produce, after allowance for Federal Seed Act tolerances, a pure live seed content of not less than 85%, using the formula: purity % times (germination % times plus hard or sound seed%). Seed shall be labeled in accordance with U. S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations. 1. Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity and germination of seed. B. Ryegrass Seed: Turfgrass seed shall be "Lolium multiflorum" (Italian or Annual Ryegrass). The seed shall be harvested within one (1) year prior to planting and shall be free of perennial ryegrass seed, other grass seed, and weed seed to the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and applicable seed laws. Seed shall be at least 95% pure and shall have a 90% minimum germination rate. 1. Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity and germination of seed. 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 1 C. Turfgrass Grower: Sod shall be supplied by one (or more) of the following growers, alternative growers must be submitted and approved prior to the bid opening per SECTION 01 3300 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS. 1. King Ranch Turfgrass 4020 S. Cooper Arlington, TX 76015 (817) 467-1103 (817) 467-9365 (Fax) 2. Trinity Turf Nursery, Inc. 10815 Foutch Rd. Pilot Point, TX 76258 (940) 686-2000 (940) 686-5523 (Fax) 3. Tri-Tex Grass 134 Gardner Dr. P.O. Box 440 Tioga, TX 76271 (940) 437-9911 (940) 437-9974 (Fax) 4. Lonestar Sod Farm P.O. Box 54160 Hurst, TX 7654 (254) 843-5075 (254) 893-5079 (Fax) D. Hybrid Bermuda Sod: Turfgrass sod shall be certified "Cynodon dactylon" (Hybrid Bermuda grass of the Tifway 419 strain). Sod shall consist of stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and roots with a healthy, virile system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout the soil of the sod for a thickness not Tess than three-quarters (: ") inch. Sod shall be alive, healthy, vigorous, free of insects, disease, stones, and undesirable foreign materials and grasses. The grass shall have been mowed prior to sod cutting so that the height of the grass shall not exceed two (2") inches. Sod shall not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected. All sod is to be harvested, delivered, and planted within a thirty-six (36) hour period of time. Sod shall be protected from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. If sod is stacked, it shall be kept moist and shall be stacked roots -to -roots and grass -to -grass. 1. Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity hybrid strain. 2. Dimensions: All sod placed on athletic fields shall have been machine cut in rolls to uniform soil thickness of one (I") inch plus or minus one -quarter (3") inch. All sod shall be of the same thickness. Rectangular sections of sod may vary in length, but all shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, handled, and rolled without breaking. Typical roll size shall be 42" wide by 100' long. Broken pads and torn, uneven ends will be unacceptable. 3. Landscape Architect/Engineer must approve sod and supplier(s) prior to shipment. E. Common Bermuda Sod: Turfgrass sod shall be certified "Cynondon dactylon" (Common Bermuda grass). Sod shall consist of Sod shall consist of stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and roots with a healthy, virile system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout the soil of 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 2 the sod for a thickness not less than three-quarters (: ") inch. Sod shall be alive, healthy, vigorous, free of insects, disease, stones, and undesirable foreign materials and grasses. The grass shall have been mowed prior to sod cutting so that the height of the grass shall not exceed two (2") inches. Sod shall not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected. All sod is to be harvested, delivered, and planted within a thirty-six (36) hour period of time. Sod shall be protected from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. If sod is stacked, it shall be kept moist and shall be stacked roots -to -roots and grass -to -grass. 1. Certificate Submittal: Prior to planting, provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity. 2. Dimensions: All sod shall be of the same thickness. Rectangular sections of sod may vary in length, but all shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, handled, and rolled without breaking. Typical roll size shall be 42" wide by 100' long. Broken pads and torn, uneven ends will be unacceptable. 3. Landscape Architect/Engineer must approve sod and supplier(s) prior to shipment. 2.02 FERTILIZER A. General: Fertilizer shall be a commercial product, uniform in composition, free flowing, and suitable for application with approved equipment. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in fully labeled original containers. Fertilizer which has been exposed to high humidity and moisture, has become caked or otherwise damaged making it unsuitable for use, will not be acceptable. B. Initial Planting Application: Fertilizer for the initial planting application shall be of N-P-K ratio of 4-5-1 (19-26-5). The phosphorus component must be derived from monoammonium phosphate to stimulate vigorous development of new roots, stolons, and rhizomes. This initial application must be applied and incorporated into the soil immediately prior to sodding or sprigging and applied immediately after seedlings begin to emerge on seeded areas. 1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. C. Post Planting Application: Fertilizer for the post planting application will be a complete fertilizer of chemical base containing by weight the following percentages of nutrients: 27-3-4 +2% Fe (N-P-K) from methylene urea or the nitrogen equivalent of 33-3-10. The application rate should provide 1 lb. of N / 1000 sq. ft. 1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. 2.03 HYDROMULCH MATERIALS A. Mulch: All mulch will be manufactured from hardwoods only and will be refined specifically for turf hydromulch applications. Four approved mulches are manufactured by Conwed, Weyerhauser, Texas Fiber Co., and Filtrexx Compost Vegetated Cover. 1. Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification and a sample packet of the proposed mulch for the Owner=s approval. 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All turfing operations are to be executed across the slope, parallel to finished grade contours. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. Any seed areas not established by September 15 shall be seeded with ryegrass upon completion of construction. All ryegrass areas will be tilled under, regraded and Bermuda grass distributed during the time period between April 15 and September 15 The Contractor will be responsible for producing an acceptable stand of Bermuda grass as specified. B. Grass planting can proceed only after the fine grading, has been approved by the Landscape Architect/Engineer. 3.03 SOIL PREPARATION A. Tillage: Tillage shall be accomplished to loosen the soil, destroy existing vegetation, and prepare an acceptable seed/sod bed. All areas shall be tilled with a heavy duty disc or a chisel -type breaking plow, chisels set not more than ten (10") inches apart. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage shall be five (5") inches. B. Cleaning: Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials, rubbish, weeds, and stones larger than three-quarter (: ") inches in diameter. C. Fine Grading: After tillage and cleaning, all areas to be planted shall be leveled, fine graded, and drug with a weighted spike harrow or float drag. The required result shall be the elimination of ruts, depressions, humps, and objectionable soil clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed before the commencement of fertilizing and planting. D. Rock Removal: During the soil preparation process, a "Rock Pick" or other approved piece of machinery shall be used to gather surface stones as small as three-quarter (: ") inch in diameter. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of collected materials as waste per "Clean Up," Paragraph 3.12. 3.04 FERTILIZING A. Initial Planting Application: The fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of nine (9) pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet (400 pounds per acre). 1. Timing: The initial planting application of fertilizer for seeded areas shall be applied after the soil preparation, but not more than two (2) days prior to turfgrass planting. Fertilizer shall be applied over sodded areas after planting, but not more than two (2) days later. B. Post Planting Application: Thirty (30) days after planting, turfgrass areas shall receive the specified post planting fertilizer at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet (45 pounds per acre). 1. Timing: The Owner or his representative will determine if it is too late in the growing season for the post planting application. In the event that it is, the application shall 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 4 be made in the spring of the next year, or the cost of the application may become a credit due to the Owner. 2. Post Planting Maintenance: See Paragraph 3.9. Areas without a uniform stand (complete coverage) that must be maintained later than thirty (30) days after the initial planting shall receive subsequent applications of fertilizer, as described above, every thirty (30) days until a uniform stand is achieved. 3.05 PLANTING A. Seeding: Within two (2) days of soil preparation and initial fertilizing apply Bermuda grass seed at the rate of three (3) pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet (130 pounds per acre)/ryegrass seed at the rate of eight (8) pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet (350 pounds per acre). Seed shall be uniformly placed with a Brillion seeder-cultipacker. B. Hydromulch Capping: Immediately following seeding operations, all seeded turf areas are to be capped with wood fiber mulch, using conventional AHydro-Mulch@ equipment as manufactured by the Bowie Machine Works, or an approved equal. The hydromulch cap shall be applied at the rate of forty-six (46) pounds per one thousand (1,000) square feet (2,000 pounds per acre), using water at the rate of twenty-three (23) gallons per one thousand (1,000) square feet (1,000 gallons per acre). C. Solid Sodding: 1. Laying sod: Prior to laying the sod, the planting bed shall be raked smooth to true grade and moistened to a depth of four (4") inches, but not to the extent causing puddling. The sod shall be laid smoothly, tightly butted edge to edge, and with staggered joints. 2. Rolling: The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed by rolling so as to eliminate all air pockets, provide a true and even surface, and insure knitting without displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. AD transitions between sod and existing turf areas shall be undercut and rolled to provide a smooth, level transition. 3. Smoothing: Following compaction, fine screened soil of good quality shall be used to fill all cracks between sod sections. Excess soil shall be worked into the grass with suitable equipment and shall be well watered. The quantity of fill soil shall be such that it will cause no smothering of the grass. 4. Topdressing: Approximately one week after initial planting of sod the entire sodded area shall be mowed to a height of one half (2") inch, then topdressed with a fine sandy loam material that is similar to the topsoil on the field. Topdressing shall be applied at a rate of approximately 0.3 cubic yards per thousand square feet, (0.1" deep). Subsequently, the topdressing shall be worked in and smoothed over with a flexible steel drag mater by brushing. 5. Topdressing and/or rolling shall be repeated at no cost to the Owner if the Landscape Architect/Engineer determines additional smoothing is required. 3.06 PROTECTION A. No heavy equipment shall be moved over the planted turf area unless the soil is again prepared, graded, leveled, and replanted. It will be the responsibility of this Contractor to protect all paving surfaces, curbs, utilities, plant materials, and any other existing improvements from damage. Any damages shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 5 Owner. This Contractor will also locate and stake all irrigation heads, valve risers, etc., prior to beginning any soil preparation work. 3.07 IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. The proposed irrigation system must be complete in all respects and must be completely operational before turfgrass planting may begin. After planting, any breakdowns in the irrigation system attributable to warranty items must be immediately repaired by the Contractor. Otherwise, the cost of replacing the lost turf caused by the Contractor=s failure to promptly repair the irrigation system will be fully borne by the Contractor. B. All turf areas not covered by the proposed irrigation systems must be irrigated with a temporary above -ground irrigation system. The above -ground temporary irrigation system shall remain in place until all non -irrigated turf areas have established an acceptable stand of turfgrass. Contractor shall be responsible for installation, operation and removal of the temporary system. All cost associated with the temporary system shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.08 ESTABLISHMENT AND ACCEPTANCE A. Regardless of unseasonable climatic conditions or other adverse conditions affecting planting operations and the growth of the turfgrass, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to establish a uniform stand of turfgrass as herein specified. When adverse conditions such as drought, cold weather, high winds, excessive precipitation, or other factors prevail to such an extent that satisfactory results are unlikely, the Owner may, at his own discretion, stop any phase of the work until conditions change to favor the establishment of turfgrass. B. A uniform stand with complete coverage of the specified grass in seeded areas shall be defined as not less than 80% coverage in a ten foot square area. Growing plants shall be defined as healthy grass plants of two blades or more at least 1 2" inches tall. C. Complete coverage of sodded areas shall be defined as no visible joints showing or felt between individual sections of sod and all sections of sod must be firmly rooted to the prepared subgrade. 3.09 POST -PLANTING MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each grass area is planted. All planted areas will be protected and maintained by watering, weed control, and replanting as necessary for at least thirty (30) days after initial planting and for as long as necessary to establish a UNIFORM STAND OF THE SPECIFIED GRASS and until the entire project has been accepted by the Owner. It is anticipated that a minimum of eight (8) mowings will occur before the grass is accepted by the Owner. All areas which are not completely covered with the specified grass at the end of thirty (30) days will continue to be replanted and maintained by the Contractor until complete coverage and acceptance are achieved. B. Water: Apply at least one-half (2") inch of water over the entire planted area every three days. Contractor shall water thoroughly and infrequently once grass is established to encourage deep root growth. C. Mowing: 1. Athletic Fields: Once grass is established the planted area shall be mowed at least twice a week with a Areel@ type mower during the growing season. Grass shall be mowed to a height of one (1) inch. Mowing during dormant season will be 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 6 done as necessary. Contractor shall include at least eight (8) mowings in his bid. 2. Areas Outside Athletic Fields: Once grass is established the planted area shall be mowed at least once a week during the growing season. Grass shall be mowed to a height of two (2") inches. Mowing during dormant season will be done as necessary. Contractor shall include at least four (4) mowings in his bid. D. Weed Control: No sooner than 45 days after grass has germinated any weed growth shall be arrested by applying MSMA broadcasted over the entire planted area. Additional applications of MSMA will be required to eliminate weed growth that continues to grow after the initial application. MSMA will only be used during the growing season. All weed growth during the dormant season will be controlled with spot applications of ARound-Up.@ ARound-Up@ will not be used until the grass is totally dormant. E. Replanting: All areas that do not produce a UNIFORM STAND OF GRASS must be replanted until a UNIFORM STAND OF GRASS is established. F. Edging: All turf areas adjacent to paved areas or infield surfacing shall be edged to maintain a neat appearance. 3.10 GRADING A. All grading and placing of topsoil on any given area will be done prior to the turfgrass installation. It will be this Contractor's responsibility to maintain the existing grades and leave them in a true and even condition after planting turfgrass. 3.11 EROSION CONTROL A. Throughout the project and the maintenance period for turfgrass, it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain the topsoil in place at specified grades. Topsoil and turfgrass losses due to erosion will be replaced by the Contractor until establishment and acceptance is achieved. 3.12 CLEAN UP A. This Contractor shall remove any excess material or debris brought onto the site or unearthed as a result of his turfgrass operations. 3.13 GUARANTEE A. This Contractor shall guarantee all materials used for this work to be the type, quality, and quantity specified. END OF SECTION 5105 TURFGRASS PLANTING 32 9200 - 7 SECTION 32 9300 SHRUBS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES AND GROUND COVER PLANTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This work includes all final fine grading and minor leveling of planting areas, soil preparation, and planting. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services required as herein specified and indicated on the drawings. B. Contractor must supply owner with qualifications and references of work completed on similar jobs. Landscape contractor must be approved by owner. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Earthwork as Specified B. Section 32 8400 - Irrigation System. C. Section 32 9200 - Turfgrass Planting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MULCH A. Standard Mulch: Shall be shredded cedar bark, free of sticks, stones, clay, or other foreign materials. B. Decomposed Granite shall be provided in free of foreign materials C. Submittal: Submit a one (1) quart sample of proposed mulch for approval by Owner. Label sample with vendor and product name. D. Approved Manufacturer: 1. Soil Building Systems, Dallas, TX, 972-831-8181. 2. Living Earth Technologies, Dallas, TX, 972-869-4332. 3. Approved equal. 2.03 FERTILIZER A. Dry agricultural molasses. 1. 1.42% min. sugar content. 2. Livestock grade. 3. Sample and Specification Submittal: Submit a producer's specification and a one (1) quart sample of the compost proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. 2.04 BIOINOCULANTS A. Mycorrhizal fungi 1. Innoculation containing a blend of 4 erdo mycorrhizal species: Glomus intraradices, Glomus aggregatum. Glomus etunicatum, Glomus mosseae totaling a minimum of 60,000 propagules/pound. 5157 SHRUBS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES AND GROUND COVER PLANTING 329300-1 2.05 COMPOST A. Shall be fully composted at least four (4) months at temperatures exceeding 150 degrees Fahrenheit shall be coarsely screened and free of fungus, or any toxic substances. Compost supplier/producer must be a member of the U.S. Composting Council. 1. Approved products: a. Nature's Blend with Alfalfa and Humate: Back to Nature, Lubbock, TX, 888-282-2000, b. pH Balanced: Soil Building Systems, Dallas, TX, 972-831-8181. c. Organic Compost, Living Earth Technologies, Dallas, TX 972-869-4332. 2. Sample Submittal: a. Insert standard sample language. 2.06 HERBICIDE A. Horticultural Vinegar 1. 20% Acetic acid solution with natural surfactant. 2. Approved manufacturers: a. Garden -Ville, San Antonio, TX, 1-888-655-6115. b. Nature's Guide, email: naturesauideoraanics(amail.com. c. Approved equal. B. Natural Surfactant 1. Orange oil — food grade. 2. Yucca extract — food grade yucca schidigera. C. Corn Gluten Meal 1. 60% protein or 9-0-0 analysis granulated/spreadable. 2. Approved manufacturers: a. Nature's Guide b. Approved equal. 2.07 WATER A. Water shall be available at the site via irrigation system. Water required in connection with planting will be furnished and paid for by the Owner provided it is not used in a wasteful manner. Any hose or other watering equipment shall be provided by the Contractor to water planting areas until the job is accepted by the Owner. 2.08 PLANT MATERIALS A. Plant Name and Location: The names and locations of all plants are noted on the drawings. The nomenclature of all plant materials is per Hortus Third by L. H. Bailey. Plant materials not conforming with these two references will be rejected by the Architect/Engineer. B. Quality and Size: 1. All plant materials shall be first class representatives of their normal species or variety unless otherwise specified. They shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and shall be healthy, shapely, well -rooted, and vigorous. All plant materials shall be free from insect pests, plant diseases, and injuries. The containers and balls of all plants delivered to the site shall be free from any weeds or grasses which could be considered noxious or objectionable; i.e., nutgrass or Johnsongrass. ALL PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR EXCEED THE MEASUREMENTS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANTING PLAN WHICH ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. They shall be measured after pruning with the branches in normal position. The requirements for measurement, branching, grading, quality, balling and burlapping 5157 SHRUBS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES AND GROUND COVER PLANTING 32 9300 - 2 of plants specified generally follow the code of the standards currently recommended by the American Association of Nurserymen, Inc., in the American Standards for Nursery Stock. 2. Rejection of Plants: Owner shall approve plants prior to planting. Plant material having any of the following features will be subject to rejection: a. An excessive amount of abrasions of the bark. b. Dried or damaged root system. c. Dried or damaged top wood of deciduous plants, or dried or damaged foliage and top wood of evergreens. d. Prematurely opened or damaged buds. e. Disease or insect infestation, including eggs or larvae. f. Dry, loose, cracked, broken, and/or undersized balls or containers which do not conform to the sizes shown on the plans. g. Evidence of heating, molding, freezing, wind burn, sun scald, etc. h. Container plants that are overgrown or root -bound. i. Plants with bench balls (roots repacked with soil). j. Plant balls encased in nonbiodegradable plastic or other impervious material. k. Field grown or collected plants transplanted into containers less than six (6) months or more than two (2) years. I. Plants with disfiguring knots or fresh cuts of limbs over one inch that have not completely calloused. m. Plants that do not possess a normal balance between height and spread for the species. n. Plant containers that are not structurally sound (cracked, bent, etc.). o. Plants in containers with less than three -fourths (:) planting medium depth. p. Any other physical damage or adverse conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable appearance. q. Plants that do not meet the standards shown on the plans. 3. Bag grown plants must meet the AAN standards for B&B material. 4. The balls of B&B plants which cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be covered with moist soil or mulch, or other protection from drying winds and sun. Bare rooted plants shall be planted or heeled -in immediately upon delivery. All plants shall be watered as necessary until planting. C. All plants shall conform to the measurements specified in the Plant Schedule as shown on the drawings. Measurements specified shall be minimum size acceptable for each variety. D. Plants meeting the requirements specified in the Plant Schedule but not possessing a normal balance between height and spread will be rejected. E. Nursery grown plants shall be defined as plants which are healthy, vigorous plants, lined out in rows in a nursery and which are annually cultivated, sprayed, pruned and fertilized in accordance with good horticultural practice. F. All plants shall be nursery grown unless otherwise specified. (Ornamental grasses and/or shrubs where specified native and are collected are exempt.) All plants shall be freshly dug; neither heeled -in plants nor plants from cold storage will be accepted. Balled and burlaped plants shall come from soil which will hold a firm ball. G. All plants shall be typical of their species or variety and shall have a normal habit of growth. H. Plants larger in size than specified in the Plant Schedule may be used if approved by the Owner, but use of larger plants shall not increase the Contract Price. If the use of larger plants is approved, the ball of earth shall be increased in proportion to the size of the plant. 5157 SHRUBS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES AND GROUND COVER PLANTING 32 9300 - 3 I. Plants lacking compactness or proper proportions and plants injured by too close planting in nursery rows will not be accepted. J. Packaging: Balled and Burlaped Plants (B&B): Plants designated "B&B" on the plans shall be balled and burlaped. They shall be dug with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with burlap or similar materials and bound with twine, cord, or wire mesh. Where necessary, to prevent breading or cracking of the ball during the process of planting, the ball may be secured to a platform. K. No plant shall be bound with wire or rope at any time so as not to damage the bark or break the branches. L. Substitutions: Substitutions will not be permitted. The contractor must make every effort to locate and acquire the specified plants in a timely manner M. Delivery of Plant Materials: Plants shall be packed and protected during delivery and after arrival at the site, against climatic, seasonal, wind damage, or other injuries, and at no time shall be store on paved surfaces or allowed to dry out. N. Protection of Plant Materials: All plants shall be handled so that roots are adequately protected at all times from drying out and from other injury. The balls of balled plants which cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be "heeled in" for protection with soil mulch, straw, or other acceptable material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LAYOUT A. Location and spacing for plants and outline of areas to be planted shall be as denoted by stem location or by notations on the plan. 3.02 SCARIFICATION A. All bed areas to receive planting shall be tilled to a depth of twelve (12") inches and all debris, stone, rubbish, and weeds shall be removed from the site. B. Weed Control: Prior to scarification the Contractor shall apply Round -Up, herbicide to all bed areas. Follow manufacturer's directions as to timing requirements for effective weed control. 3.03 SETTING THE PLANTS A. All plants shall be planted in pits or beds as shown on the plans, centered, and set to touch such depth that the finished grade level at the plant after settlement will be 1" to 2" above finished grade. Root flare must be visible after planting. Each plant shall be planted upright and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to adjacent plants or structures. Twine or wire shall be cut so that burlap covering the top of the rootball can be pulled back, but burlap shall not be pulled out from under balls or balls broken when taken from containers. All broken or frayed roots shall be cut off cleanly. Soil shall be placed carefully to avoid injury to roots and to fill all voids. When the hole is nearly filled, add water and fertilizer, and allow it to soak away. 3.04 BED PREPARATION AND PLANTING A. In conjunction with earthwork, stockpile native topsoil onsite. 5157 SHRUBS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES AND GROUND COVER PLANTING 32 9300 - 4 B. Excavate beds to a depth of 16". Scarify the bottomland sides to remove any hard pan. C. Install irrigation system and ensure system is fully functional prior to planting. D. Fine grade and level beds to achieve positive drainage as indicated grading plan and eliminate ponding. E. Set plants as indicated on the planting plan. Add mycorrhizal fungi around the root ball. Root flare must be visible and plant elevation should be set so that 1" of mulch covers the root ball when complete. F. Topdress plant bed with 1" compost. G. Evenly spread corn gluten meal and horticultural molasses across the plant bed surface and water into the soil as required by the product label. H. All areas identified as steel edging shall be 5" deep X 1/8" thick. Top of edging shall extend no more than 1" above finish grade. 3.05 MULCHING A. All shrubs, ornamental grasses and ground cover will be mulched after planting with a three (3") inch deep layer of mulch material entirely covering the area around each plant. In shrub and ground cover beds the mulch shall completely cover the entire planting bed. Mulch shall not be piled around trunk. Root flare must be visible after mulching. B. All decomposed granite areas shall be installed with a three (3") inch deep layer of material compacted. 3.06 CLEANUP A. All excess soil, soil preparation materials, fertilizer, or plant containers shall be removed form the site upon completion of the work. All tags, labels and flags should be removed. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor is responsible for watering, weed control, and other necessary maintenance until the completion and final acceptance of all the work. 3.08 GUARANTEE A. Terms: All shrubs, ornamental grasses and ground cover shall be guaranteed for two (2) years. Guarantee begins upon completion of the Contractor's work and Final Acceptance of work by the Owner. B. Plant Replacement: At the end of the guarantee period, inspection will be made by the Owner and the Contractor. Any plant material required under this contract that is dead or not in satisfactory growth condition shall be removed and replaced with the same size and kind of plant specified, at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 5157 SHRUBS, ORNAMENTAL GRASSES AND GROUND COVER PLANTING 32 9300 - 5 FORT WORTH® CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 3 POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY Request for Proposals Submittal Date: October 17, 2013 (NO CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. The following additional General Contractors have indicated that they plan to submit a proposal for this project: • JC Commercial Inc. 1865 McGee Lane Suite 0, Lewisville, TX 75077 Gary Harney, estimatina( iccom.com Ph: 972.436.4622, Fax: 972.436.4822. • Mega Prime Contractors, Inc. 8101 Valcasi Dr., Suite 101 Arlington, TX. 76001 P: 817-572-9467 F: 817-572-9468 Email: bidsCcr�orimeconstructionco.com 2. Refer to GRW, Inc's cover sheet for revisions to construction documents — drawings & specifications. (Attachment No.1) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 3 on your Proposal. Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director, Transportation & Public Works Department By: Alfonso Meza Project Manager, Architectural Services TPW, Facilities Management Division 817-392-8274, FAX 817-392-8488 Alfonso.Mezac flortworthtexas.aov RELEASE DATE: October 10, 2013 Addendum No.3 Police Aviation Division Facility Page 1 of 1 October 2013 GRW I engineering I architecture I geospatial k1161 Corporate Drive West, Suite 170 / Arlington, TX 76006 817, 543.1100 / www.grwinc.com ADDENDUM NO. 3 Issued Date: 10/9/13 Police Aviation Facility at Meacham International Airport Fort Worth, Texas Item #1: Air Compressor. The air compressor is shown on Sheet P-2.1, near columns 8.9 and A.6. It is also shown on Sheet P-1.2 under the Air Compressor Schedule. No specification is provided since this is off -the -shelf equipment. Item #2: This addendum clarifies the floor finish in Room 125, Parts. The Room Finish Schedule, Sheet A-6.0, specifies rubber for the floor surface. There are numerous products that will meet the following specifications: • Material: PVC Rubber • Max Temp: to +70°C/160°F • Min Temp: to-10°C/16°F • Thickness: 2.4-3.2 mm • Width: 48"-60" • Oil and grease resistant • Raised pattern surface • Adhesive back or glue — down (manufacturer's spec.) Item #3: This addendum clarifies the materials finish schedule for lavatory countertops in the men's restroom (Room 104) and women's restroom (Room 106), and Restroorn 130. The countertop adjacent to the lavatories in each room is to be solid surface Corian as described in the finish schedule on Sheets A- 6.0 and A-7.0. The plastic laminate countertop callout note on Millwork Section 7 on Sheet A-7.1 is revised to read "solid surface, Corian, Bisque (B). Item #4: This addendum clarifies "Plain" Piers. Detail 1, Sheet S-2.4 shows 18" Diameter Plain Concrete Piers. Refer to detail 2, Sheet S-2.4 for the section cut through the pier. Item #5: This addendum deletes Section 012100 — Allowances, in it's entirety. Item #6: This addendum clarifies Section 018113 — Sustainable Design Requirements, sub paragraph 3.2.3, Air Quality Testing. Bidders are to include cost of testing in base bid. Item #7: This addendum clarifies the cost of HVAC Test and Balance. Bidders are to include cost of HVAC Test and Balance in the base bid. Item #8: Notice is given that Sections 23 05 53 and 23 05 24 are out of sequence and should be placed between Sections 20 05 13 and 23 05 93. Engineers . Architects • Planners Item #9: This addendum revises plans and specifications for work sink S2 and work sink UT1 as follows: 1) Plan sheet A-7.0, detail 4 has been revised to show a replaced description and model sink, S2, as described in the attached specifications prepared by Summit Consultants, Inc. 2) The attached addendum prepared by Summit Consultants, Inc. contains changes to specification 238126, part 2, section 2.1.A, and addresses work sink S2 and work sink UT1. Any questions regarding these items should be submitted in writing to Charles Willis, AIA, NCARB at cwillisna.erwinc.com or 1161 Corporate Drive W Suite 170, Arlington, Texas 76006. INEU 0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS: MEN'S ROOM 104 0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS: WOMEN'S ROOM 108 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS: RESTROOM 190 7ml_�1j PfEB ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE WASHER/DRYER WATER COOLER 1M.IW' m.smmrtw a x... x..m Sarni ZaL 1588 y 1 c i � 1 I'v'L :.._o... ACCESSIBLE URINAL tow. C f ljT ACCESSIBLE COUNTER TOP LAV ,µ,Ha MIME C '• i i i i iIF 1i Ea01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS: CLEANING 131 5 SEAT WALL SACK CONTROL WALL PLAN SEAT ACCESSIBLE SHOWER (36 x361 iN1•ta FIXTURE GENERAL NOTES: 1. A.oPow we...mm1m.,Nl CowYyHmFTAe<aN. mvreAe.m.oww AuamcAPmmmmH.Aamx.AA.wmx.c>eooe sme m mce vPea N c cAa'u.P>L . MGM amorencamra w1rru.. mvsrm os uumumsawu1402.maszeo amatc�.icv ssc Tancrmurncraoomaxmototurpcom.u.musi ,nFw08c 4 n8TA.xaemm140.4 • . n0A 00.1.4140 Hcx..oew. AA.umArumwxr ALCM T • .ma211n04w.1m1011414.14ee64Nsmro. 1104tAHnA eay.v+4w11C 11..0.v..am..l �sr4M140 nmuxn filT.nmAN wmigmsssiauTm am..m�ms.Mwm.H.+L W �..xo C041140111THTAMIL 1 eRONW®MYm.I..NALCmR 7WMm'Twy0 1.27.,044.114 VMS* avamLsmmeeTwa.aiv. a romaaoiwauM1S..1vm u¢Luomo 0 TILE ACCENT SAND FINISH SCHEDULE: .e.IJ.fAT somN w icn4.em..am.x w.xmm A.o roA1saau ACCESSORY SCHEDULE: nkccarumrt O eunxcxroala • rx.runA ummwua eaaxs.s = Oj 1.10.1" AswA .wNrsmrN SHONERCIATIMI1013 xavAHmaw0AAmsmN. (27 Lammgr mm et.: e.Lcn ELEVATION ea SSD0 40W STANDARD ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL iµ+1a 11.4.11711 LARGE SCALE ACCESSIBLE TOILET TYPICAL DIMENSIONS 1µ.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS rt O 0) as co I- CL /7• 4 W O J a = O rx LL O 0 U 0 g s A8NOTED �A-7.0 ASummit CONS ULTANTS, INC, Addendum, October 9, 2013 1300 Summit Avenue Office 817 878 4242 Suite 500 Facsimile 817 878 4240 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 www.summltmep.com RE: Fort Worth Police Department Aviation Division Facility City of Fort Worth, Texas GRW, Job Number 4035-01 FROM: Summit Consultants, Inc. 1300 Summit Ave., Ste 500 Fort Worth Texas 76063 Summit Consultants, Project Number P12015 This revision forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Construction Documents. This Revision consists of two pages. CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS 1. Specification 238126, Part 2, Section 2.1.A, Manufacturers: Amend the following to the end of section 2.1.A 4. Carrier Corporation. CHANGES TO DRAWINGS: 1. Drawing P-1.2, Plumbing Legends and Schedules, Plumbing Fixture Schedule: Replace description and Model Numbers for Work Sink S2 with the following S2: Work Sink, One -compartment utility sink less drain boards, 39"x28" stainless steel free standing sink, 14 gage, 36"x24"x14"deep bowl, one-piece die formed, integral 8" high rear back splash, 1 1/2"-180° rolled edges at front and ends, welded corners/exposed corners ground and polished to blend with adjacent surfaces, stainless steel legs with adjustable bullet feet. Elkay model WCSF8136 or approved equal. Work Sink Faucet, backsplash mount, chrome plated brass, goose neck spout with integral pre -rinse spray, lever type'/4 turn handles, ANSI A112.18.1 M. Elkay model LK960AF08C or approved equal. 2. Drawing P-1.2, Plumbing Legends and Schedules, Plumbing Fixture Schedule: Replace description and Model Numbers for Utility Sink UT1 with the following UT1: Work Sink, One -compartment utility sink less drain boards, 39"x28" stainless steel free standing sink, 14 gage, 36"x24"x14"deep bowl, one-piece die formed, integral 8" high rear back splash, 1 1/2"-180° rolled edges at front and ends, welded corners/exposed corners ground and polished to blend with adjacent surfaces, stainless steel legs with adjustable bullet feet. Elkay model WCSF8136 or approved equal. Work Sink Faucet, backsplash mount, chrome plated brass, goose neck spout with integral pre -rinse spray, lever type'/4 turn handles, ANSI A112.18.1 M. Elkay model LK960AF08C or approved equal. END OF REVISION T WORTH. Fox CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 4 POLICE AVIATION DIVISION FACILITY Request for Proposals Submittal Date: October 24, 2013 (CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. The following additional General Contractor has indicated that they plan to submit a proposal for this project: Imperial Construction, Inc. 193 Coy Road Weatherford, Texas 76087 Phone: 817-341-8886 Fax: 817-341-0191 Email: mtucker( imoerial-construction.com 2. Refer to GRW, Inc's cover sheet for revisions to construction documents — specifications. (Attachment No.1) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 4 on your Proposal. Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director, Transportation & Public Works Department By: Alfonso Meza Project Manager, Architectural Services TPW, Facilities Management Division 817-392-8274, FAX 817-392-8488 Alfonso. MezaC(fortworthtexas.aov RELEASE DATE: October 15, 2013 Addendum No.4 Police Aviation Division Facility Page 1 of 1 October 2013 rk4)1 GRW I engineering I architecture I geospatial 1161 Corporate Drive West, Suite 170 Arlington, TX 76006 817.543.1100 / www.grwinc.com ADDENDUM NO. 4 Issued Date: 10/15/13 Police Aviation Facility at Meacham International Airport Fort Worth, Texas Item #1: This addendum replaces Divisions 21, 22, 23, 26 and 28 in their entirety. The replacement Divisions are as follows: DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING 211313 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221323 SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221513 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221519 GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221623 NATURAL-GAS PIPING 223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES B. Split -Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep - pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped - steel type with concealed hinge. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass or split - casting brass type with rough -brass finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with rough -brass finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split - plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING 210518 - 2 END OF SECTION 210518 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING 210518 - 3 SECTION 211313 - WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Fire -protection valves. 3. Fire -department connections. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Alarm devices. 6. Pressure gages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. High -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure higher than standard 175 psig, but not higher than 250 psig. B. Standard -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175 psig maximum. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and that is connected to water supply through alarm valve. Water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible Zink or destroys frangible device. Hose connections are included if indicated. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Standard -Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. B. Delegated Design: Design sprinkler system(s), including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 1 C. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water -service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. 2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: a. Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. b. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. c. General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. d. Laundries: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. e. Machine Shops: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2. f. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. g. Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. h. Solvent Cleaning Areas: Extra Hazard, Group 2. 3. Minimum Density for Automatic -Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light -Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. c. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. d. Extra -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.30 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. e. Extra -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.40 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. f. Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Minimum Density for Deluge -Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over entire area. b. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over entire area. c. Extra -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.30 gpm over entire area. d. Extra -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.40 gpm over entire area. e. Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: a. Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft.. b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft.. c. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft.. d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft.. e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated. 6. Total Combined Hose -Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated: a. Light -Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes. b. Ordinary -Hazard Occupancies: 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes. c. Extra -Hazard Occupancies: 500 gpm for 90 to 120 minutes. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. C. Shop Drawings: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. E. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Domestic water piping. 2. Compressed air piping. 3. HVAC Ductwork. 4. Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. F. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer. G. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. H. Welding certificates. I. Fire -hydrant flow test report. J. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." K. Field quality -control reports. L. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinkler specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 3 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire -hydrant flow test. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. NFPA Standards: Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with the following: 1. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems." 2. NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height." 3. NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances." 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including Tight fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall -mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 4 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard Weight, Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Schedule 30, Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135; ASTM A 795/A 795M, Type E; or ASME B36.10M, wrought steel; with wall thickness not less than Schedule 30 and not more than Schedule 40. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. C. Thinwall Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M, threadable, with wall thickness less than Schedule 30 and equal to or greater than Schedule 10. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. D. Schedule 10, Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 5 and smaller; and NFPA 13-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10, plain end. E. Black -Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard -weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. F. Galvanized and Uncoated, Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded. G. Galvanized and Uncoated, Gray -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. H. Malleable- or Ductile -Iron Unions: UL 860. I. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125. J. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. K. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9. L. Grooved -Joint, Steel -Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Corcoran Piping System Co. c. National Fittings, Inc. d. Shurjoint Piping Products. e. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. f. Victaulic Company. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 3. Galvanized and Uncoated, Grooved -End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable -iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile -iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 5 4. Grooved -End -Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel -pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. M. Steel Pressure -Seal Fittings: UL 213, FM -approved, 175-psig pressure rating with steel housing, rubber 0-rings, and pipe stop; for use with fitting manufacturers' pressure -seal tools. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Victaulic Company. 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free. 1. Class 125, Cast -Iron Flanges and Class 150, Bronze Flat -Face Flanges: Full - face gaskets. 2. Class 250, Cast -Iron Flanges and Class 300, Steel Raised -Face Flanges: Ring - type gaskets. B. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. D. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.4 LISTED FIRE -PROTECTION VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Valves shall be UL listed or FM approved. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating for Standard -Pressure Piping: 175 psig. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating for High -Pressure Piping: 250 psig. B. Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Victaulic Company. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 6 2. Standard: UL 1091 except with ball instead of disc. 3. Valves NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 4. Valves NPS 2 and NPS 2-1/2: 'Bronze body with threaded ends or ductile -iron body with grooved ends. 5. Valves NPS 3: Ductile -iron body with grooved ends. C. Bronze Butterfly Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fivalco Inc. b. Global Safety Products, Inc. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. Standard: UL 1091. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Bronze. 5. End Connections: Threaded. D. Iron Butterfly Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Fivalco Inc. c. Global Safety Products, Inc. d. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Pratt, Henry Company. h. Shurjoint Piping Products. i. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. j. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 1091. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 5. Style: Lug or wafer. 6. End Connections: Grooved. E. Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AFAC Inc. b. Anvil International, Inc. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 7 d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. f. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. g. Fire Protection Products, Inc. h. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. i. Matco-Norca. j. Metraflex, Inc. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division. m. NIBCO INC. n. Potter Roemer. o. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. p. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. q. Venus Fire Protection Ltd. r. Victaulic Company. s. Viking Corporation. t. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Standard: UL 312. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 4. Type: Swing check. 5. Body Material: Cast iron. 6. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Bronze OS&Y Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. United Brass Works, Inc. 2. Standard: UL 262. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Bronze. 5. End Connections: Threaded. G. Iron OS&Y Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company; Waterous Company Subsidiary. b. American Valve, Inc. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 8 f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division. h. NIBCO INC. i. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. j. United Brass Works, Inc. k. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Standard: UL 262. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 5. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. H. Indicating -Type Butterfly Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Global Safety Products, Inc. c. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. NIBCO INC. f. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. g. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 1091. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: a. Valve Type: Ball or butterfly. b. Body Material: Bronze. c. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Valves NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: a. Valve Type: Butterfly. b. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. c. End Connections: Flanged, grooved, or wafer. 6. Valve Operation: Integral electrical, 115-V ac, prewired, single -circuit, supervisory switch electrical switch indicating device. I. NRS Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company; Waterous Company Subsidiary. b. American Valve, Inc. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 9 e. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division. f. NIBCO INC. g. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. 2. Standard: UL 262. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast iron with indicator post flange. 5. Stem: Nonrising. 6. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. J. Indicator Posts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company; Waterous Company Subsidiary. b. American Valve, Inc. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. e. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division. f. NIBCO INC. g. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. 2. Standard: UL 789. 3. Type: Horizontal for wall mounting. 4. Body Material: Cast iron with extension rod and locking device. 5. Operation: Wrench. 2.5 TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. B. Angle Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fire Protection Products, Inc. b. United Brass Works, Inc. C. Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 10 a. Affiliated Distributors. b. Anvil International, Inc. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. d. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. e. Fire Protection Products, Inc. f. Flowserve. g. Jomar International, Ltd. h. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. i. Kitz Corporation. j. Metso Automation USA Inc. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. m. Potter Roemer. n. Red -White Valve Corporation. o. Southern Manufacturing Group. p. Stewart, M. A. and Sons Ltd. q. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. r. Victaulic Company. s. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. D. Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fire Protection Products, Inc. b. United Brass Works, Inc. E. Plug Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Southern Manufacturing Group. 2.6 SPECIALTY VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating: a. Standard -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175 psig minimum. b. High -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 250 psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 -11 5. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. B. Alarm Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AFAC Inc. b. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. c. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. d. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. e. Venus Fire Protection Ltd. f. Victaulic Company. g. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 193. 3. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 4. Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, retarding chamber, and fill -line attachment with strainer. 5. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves and separate from main drain piping. C. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AFAC Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. c. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. 2. Standard: UL 1726. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 5. Size: NPS 3/4. 6. End Connections: Threaded. 2.7 FIRE -DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS A. Exposed -Type, Fire -Department Connection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AFAC Inc. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Company, Inc. c. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. d. Fire Protection Products, Inc. e. GMR International Equipment Corporation. f. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 12 g. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. h. Wilson & Cousins Inc. 2. Standard: UL 405. 3. Type: Exposed, projecting, for wall mounting. 4. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 5. Body Material: Corrosion -resistant metal. 6. Inlets: Brass with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire - department sizes and threads. Include extension pipe nipples, brass lugged swivel connections, and check devices or clappers. 7. Caps: Brass, lugged type, with gasket and chain. 8. Escutcheon Plate: Round, brass, wall type. 9. Outlet: Back, with pipe threads. 10. Number of Inlets: Two. 11. Escutcheon Plate Marking: Similar to "AUTO SPKR." 12. Finish: Rough brass or bronze. 13. Outlet Size: NPS 4. 2.8 SPRINKLER SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Branch Outlet Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. National Fittings, Inc. c. Shurjoint Piping Products. d. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. e. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 213. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Ductile -iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts. 5. Type: Mechanical-T and -cross fittings. 6. Configurations: Snap -on and strapless, ductile -iron housing with branch outlets. 7. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. 8. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain -end pipe, or threaded. B. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AGF Manufacturing Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. c. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. d. Victaulic Company. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 -13 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. C. Branch Line Testers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Company, Inc. b. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. c. Potter Roemer. 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Brass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet: Threaded. 7. Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped. 8. Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler. D. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AGF Manufacturing Inc. b. Triple R Specialty. c. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. d. Victaulic Company. e. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with sight glass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. E. Adjustable Drop Nipples: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CECA, LLC. b. Corcoran Piping System Co. c. Merit Manufacturing; a division of Anvil International, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 14 2. Standard: UL 1474. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM-rubber 0-ring seals. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Length: Adjustable. 7. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. F. Flexible, Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fivalco Inc. b. FlexHead Industries, Inc. c. Gateway Tubing, Inc. 2. Standard: UL 1474. 3. Type: Flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 4. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 5. Size: Same as connected piping, for sprinkler. 2.9 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFAC Inc. 2. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 3. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. 4. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. 5. Venus Fire Protection Ltd. 6. Victaulic Company. 7. Viking Corporation. B. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175 psig minimum. C. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat -Responsive Element: 1. Early -Suppression, Fast -Response Applications: UL 1767. 2. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 3. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. D. Sprinkler Finishes: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 15 1. Chrome plated. 2. Bronze. 3. Painted. E. Special Coatings: 1. Wax. 2. Lead. 3. Corrosion -resistant paint. F. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed -type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. G. Sprinkler Guards: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. b. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. c. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.10 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm -device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Water -Motor -Operated Alarm: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. b. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. c. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 753. 3. Type: Mechanically operated, with Pelton wheel. 4. Alarm Gong: Cast aluminum with red -enamel factory finish. 5. Size: 10-inch diameter. 6. Components: Shaft length, bearings, and sleeve to suit wall construction. 7. Inlet: NPS 3/4. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 16 8. Outlet: NPS 1 drain connection. C. Electrically Operated Alarm Bell: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell company. b. Notifier; a Honeywell company. c. Potter Electric Signal Company. 2. Standard: UL 464. 3. Type: Vibrating, metal alarm bell. 4. Size: 8-inch minimum- diameter. 5. Finish: Red -enamel factory finish, suitable for outdoor use. D. Water -Flow Indicators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ADT Security Services, Inc. b. McDonnell & Miller; ITT Industries. c. Potter Electric Signal Company. d. System Sensor; a Honeywell company. e. Viking Corporation. f. Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Water -Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Two single -pole, double -throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory - set, field -adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 5. Type: Paddle operated. 6. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 7. Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical. E. Pressure Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AFAC Inc. b. Barksdale, Inc. c. Detroit Switch, Inc. d. Potter Electric Signal Company. e. System Sensor; a Honeywell company. f. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. g. United Electric Controls Co. h. Viking Corporation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 17 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised water -flow switch with retard feature. 4. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design Operation: Rising pressure signals water flow. F. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell company. b. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. c. Potter Electric Signal Company. d. System Sensor; a Honeywell company. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. G. Indicator -Post Supervisory Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company. b. System Sensor; a Honeywell company. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design: Signals that controlled indicator -post valve is in other than fully open position. 2.11 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AMETEK; U.S. Gauge Division. 2. Ashcroft, Inc. 3. Brecco Corporation. 4. WIKA Instrument Corporation. B. Standard: UL 393. C. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. D. Pressure Gage Range: 0 to 300 psig. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 18 E. Water System Piping Gage: Include "WATER" or "AIR/WATER" label on dial face. F. Air System Piping Gage: Include retard feature and "AIR" or "AIR/WATER" label on dial face. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire -hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 SERVICE -ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect sprinkler piping to water -service piping for service entrance to building. Comply with requirements for exterior piping in Division 21 Section "Facility Fire - Suppression Water -Service Piping." B. Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water -service piping. C. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gage, and drain at connection to water service. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. B. Piping Standard: Comply with requirements for installation of sprinkler piping in NFPA 13. C. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. E. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 19 F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. H. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. I. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire -department connection, to drain piping between fire -department connection and check valve. Install drain piping to and spill over floor drain or to outside building. J. Install alarm devices in piping systems. K. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. L. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they will not be subject to freezing. M. Fill sprinkler system piping with water. N. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 21 Section "Escutcheons for Fire - Suppression Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intel Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 20 G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Twist -Locked Joints: Insert plain end of steel pipe into plain -end -pipe fitting. Rotate retainer Tugs one -quarter turn or tighten retainer pin. I. Steel -Piping, Pressure -Sealed Joints: Join lightwall steel pipe and steel pressure -seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. J. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. ' 1. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for galvanized -steel pipe. K. Steel -Piping, Cut -Grooved Joints: Cut square -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe joints. L. Steel -Piping, Roll -Grooved Joints: Roll rounded -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe grooved joints. M. Steel -Piping, Pressure -Sealed Joints: Join Schedule 5 steel pipe and steel pressure - seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. N. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire -protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water -supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable -water -supply sources. D. Specialty Valves: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 21 1. General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Alarm Valves: Include bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain -line connection. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Install dry -type sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet -type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. C. Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.7 FIRE -DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. install wall -type, fire -department connections. B. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire -department connection. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Start and run excess -pressure pumps. 6. Coordinate with fire -alarm tests. Operate as required. 7. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire -department equipment. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'i Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 22 C. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. 3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Piping between Fire -Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard -weight steel pipe with threaded ends; cast-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control vales, instead of specified fittings. C. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with plain ends; uncoated, plain -end -pipe fittings; and twist -locked joints. 3. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with cut- or roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 4. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. D. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with cut- or roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 23 4. Thinwall or Schedule 10 black -steel pipe with roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 5. Thinwall or Schedule 10 black -steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints. E. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 5 and larger, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with cut- or roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. 4. Thinwall or Schedule 10 black -steel pipe with roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 5. Thinwall or Schedule 10 black -steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints. 3.13 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE 1. Refer to fire sprinkler drawings for sprinkler head requirements. END OF SECTION 211313 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 24 SECTION 220500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section .includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Painting and finishing. 10. Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 1 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 3. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Escutcheons. B. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 2 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for plumbing installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in - place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 3 2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full -face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated. C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general - duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138. I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. 2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div. c. Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div. d. JCM Industries. e. Smith -Blair, Inc. f. Viking Johnson. 2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. 3. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve -type coupling. 4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting. B. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent -cement -joint end. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 4 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Eslon Thermoplastics. C. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent -cement - joint end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Thompson Plastics, Inc. D. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include brass end, solvent -cement -joint end, rubber 0-ring, and union nut. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCO INC. b. NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div. E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion -resistant metal band on each end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Fernco, Inc. c. Mission Rubber Company. d. Plastic Oddities, Inc. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder -joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Eclipse, Inc. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Hart Industries, International, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 5 D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory -fabricated, companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300- psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. E. Dielectric -Flange Kits: Companion -flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full -face- or ring -type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Perfection Corp. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America. 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Available Manufacturers: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 6 a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.7 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. 2.8 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome - plated finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. E. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome -plated finish. F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome -plated finish. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 7 G. One -Piece, Floor -Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split -Casting, Floor -Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.9 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 8 L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep - pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome - plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type and set screw. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with rough -brass finish. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass type. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type with set screw or spring clips. I. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor - plate type. M. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast- iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 9 b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum - board partitions. c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. Q. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. R. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. S. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 -10 3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 3. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. I. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. J. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 11 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.5 PAINTING A. Painting of plumbing systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting." B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.6 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 12 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive -strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.8 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor plumbing materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied bads. 3.9 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 220500 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 13 SECTION 220517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack -sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve -seal systems. 4. Sleeve -seal fittings. 5. Grout. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. D. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. E. Molded -PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 1 2.2 STACK -SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. 2. Zurn Specification Drainage Operation; Zurn Plumbing Products Group. B. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 5, Proco Products, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE -SEAL FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Presealed Systems. B. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve -type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit has plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 2 2.5 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded -PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 3 3.2 STACK -SLEEVE -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack -sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using grout, seal the space around outside of stack -sleeve fittings. B. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE -SEAL -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve -seal fittings. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 4 a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION 220517 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 5 SECTION 220518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated and rough -brass finish and setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. C. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. D. Split -Casting Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated and rough -brass finish and with concealed hinge and setscrew. E. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With chrome -plated finish, concealed and exposed - rivet hinge, and spring -clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 - 1 B. Split -Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep - pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome - plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped - steel type with concealed hinge. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split - plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION 220518 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 - 2 SECTION 220523 - GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze angle valves. 2. Brass ball valves. 3. Bronze ball valves. 4. Iron, single -flange butterfly valves. 5. Bronze lift check valves. 6. Bronze swing check valves. 7. Iron swing check valves. 8. Bronze globe valves. 9. Iron globe valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 3. Division 33 water distribution piping Sections for general -duty and specialty valves for site construction piping. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrite rubber. D. NRS: Nonrising stem. E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. F. RS: Rising stem. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 1 G. SWP: Steam working pressure. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 2 B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: For quarter -turn valves NPS 8 and larger. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 3. Handlever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller except plug valves. 4. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 5 plug valves, for each size square plug -valve head. 5. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article. E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features: 1. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. 2. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. F. Valve -End Connections: 1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. 2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1. G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE ANGLE VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 3 g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.3 BRASS BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. DynaQuip Controls. d. Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc. e. Hammond Valve. f. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. g. Jomar International, LTD. h. Kitz Corporation. i. Legend Valve. j. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. m. Red -White Valve Corporation. n. RuB Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. c. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. j. Port: Full. 2.4 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. One -Piece, Reduced -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. NIBCO INC. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 4 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. CWP Rating: 400 psig. c. Body Design: One piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Bronze. h. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. i. Port: Reduced. B. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Hammond Valve. e. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. f. Legend Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Red -White Valve Corporation. j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. c. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Bronze. I. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. j. Port: Full. 2.5 IRON, SINGLE -FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. 200 CWP, Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 5 a. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. f. DeZurik Water Controls. g. FIo Fab Inc. h. Hammond Valve. i. Kitz Corporation. j. Legend Valve. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. m. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. n. Red -White Valve Corporation. o. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. p. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. B. 200 CWP, Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with NBR Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. f. DeZurik Water Controls. g. FIo Fab Inc. h. Hammond Valve. i. Kitz Corporation. j. Legend Valve. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. m. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. n. Red -White Valve Corporation. o. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. p. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 6 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: NBR. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. 2.6 BRONZE LIFT CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Flo Fab Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Kitz Corporation. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. f. NIBCO INC. g. Red -White Valve Corporation. h. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 7 b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: NBR, PTFE, or TFE. 2.7 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Hammond Valve. f. Kitz Corporation. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Powell Valves. j. Red -White Valve Corporation. k. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. I. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Red -White Valve Corporation. i. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 8 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. 2.8 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Legend Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCOINC. i. Powell Valves. j. Red -White Valve Corporation. k. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. I. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. m. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. B. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic -to -Metal Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. 2. Description: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 9 a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Composition. g. Seat Ring: Bronze. h. Disc Holder: Bronze. i. Disc: PTFE or TFE. j. Gasket: Asbestos free. 2.9 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES WITH CLOSURE CONTROL A. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Lever- and Spring -Closure Control: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. h. Closure Control: Factory -installed, exterior lever and spring. B. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Lever- and Weight -Closure Control: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 10 c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. h. Closure Control: Factory -installed, exterior lever and weight. 2.10 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. c. Hammond Valve. d. Kitz Corporation. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Powell Valves. h. Red -White Valve Corporation. i. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. j. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. B. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. c. NIBCO INC. d. Red -White Valve Corporation. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 11 c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.11 IRON GLOBE VALVES A. Class 125, Iron Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Powell Valves. i. Red -White Valve Corporation. j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. k. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 12 D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Center -Guided and Plate -Type Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. 2. Butterfly Valve Dead -End Service: Single -flange (lug) type. 3. Throttling Service: Globe valves. 4. Pump -Discharge Check Valves: a. b. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze dis NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check lever and weight or with spring or iron, center -guided, metal seat check valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX c. valves with or resilient - same types GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 13 C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder - joint valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 3.5 LOW-PRESSURE, COMPRESSED -AIR VALVE SCHEDULE (150 PSIG OR LESS) A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder -joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with bronze trim. 3. Bronze Lift Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 1. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. 2. Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, NBR seat, aluminum -bronze disc. 3. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic -to -metal seats. 3.6 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder -joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 3. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with bronze trim. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 5. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS. 6. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. END OF SECTION 220523 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 14 SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for plumbing system piping and equipment: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Pipe stands. 7. Pipe positioning systems. 8. Equipment supports. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural -steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Division 21 Section "Water -Based Fire -Suppression Systems" for pipe hangers for fire -suppression piping. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Fiberglass pipe hangers. 3. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 4. Powder -actuated fastener systems. 5. Pipe positioning systems. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components. 2. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code --Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code --Reinforcing Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 2 B. Manufacturers: 1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. 2. Bergen -Power Pipe Supports. 3. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 5. Empire Industries, Inc. 6. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. 8. Grinnell Corp. 9. GS Metals Corp. 10. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. 11. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 12. PHS Industries, Inc. 13. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 14. Tolco Inc. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.3 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Description: 100-psig- minimum, compressive -strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. B. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 3. PHS Industries, Inc. 4. Pipe Shields, Inc. 5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Value Engineered Products, Inc. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with vapor barrier. D. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass. E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 3 G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. e. Powers Fasteners. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. c. Hilti, Inc. d. ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. 2.5 PIPE STAND FABRICATION A. Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field -fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion -resistant components to support roof -mounted piping. B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral -rod -roller, pipe clamps, or V- shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. b. MIRO Industries. C. Low -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: One-piece stainless -steel base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. MIRO Industries. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 4 D. High -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. b. MIRO Industries. c. Portable Pipe Hangers. 2. Base: Stainless steel. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel, continuous -thread rods. 4. Horizontal Member: Cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel rod with plastic or stainless -steel, roller -type pipe support. E. High -Type, Multiple -Pipe Stand: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. Portable Pipe Hangers. 2. Bases: One or more plastic. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective -coated -steel channels. 4. Horizontal Member: Protective -coated -steel channel. 5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized -steel, clevis-type pipe hangers. F. Curb -Mounting -Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe support made from structural -steel shape, continuous -thread rods, and rollers for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. 2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural -steel shapes. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. F. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. 4. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off -center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 5. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 6. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 7. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2. 9. Split Pipe -Ring with or without Turnbuckle -Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 10. Extension Hinged or 2-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 11. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 12. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 13. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 6 14. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 15. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 16. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 17. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. 19. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24, if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. 20. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30, if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. G. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. I. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar - joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 7 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if Toads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel 1-beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I -beams for heavy Toads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I -beams for heavy loads, with Zink extensions. 11. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated Toads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 Ib. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 ib. 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. K. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint -Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light Toads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches. 3. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 8 5. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated Toad and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load - adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical -type supports and one trapeze member. L. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. N. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. O. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field -assembled metal framing systems. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 9 D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb -Mounting Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. 2. Curb -Mounting -Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. Refer to Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for curbs. G. Pipe Positioning System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for plumbing fixtures. H. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. I. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. J. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. K. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. L. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. M. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. N. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by AS ME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. O. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 10 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not Tess than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. 6. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 7. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 11 C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 220529 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 12 SECTION 220553 — IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Stencils. 5. Valve tags. 6. Warning tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. D. Valve numbering scheme. E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch in mechanical spaces, stainless steel, 0.025-inch minimum thickness in all pool equipment rooms, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11- inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 2 B. Letter Color: Red. C. Background Color: White. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three - fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.4 STENCILS A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1. Stencil Material: Aluminum. 2. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray -can form. 3. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 3 2.5 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers. 1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch in all spaces with the exception of Stainless steel, 0.025-inch minimum thickness in pool equipemt rooms and swimming pool areas, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass wire -link or beaded chain; or S-hook. B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal -operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve -tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident -prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches minimum. 2. Fasteners: Reinforced grommet and wire or string. 3. Nomenclature: Large -size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 4 B. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A13.1, on each piping system. 1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking. C. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. D. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Domestic Water Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. 2. Compressed Air Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. 3. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. 3.4 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory -fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn -watering hose connections; and similar roughing -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. B. Valve -Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1. Valve -Tag Size and Shape: a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round. b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, square. c. Compressed Air: 1-1/2", round 2. Valve -Tag Color: a. Cold Water: Natural. b. Hot Water: Natural. c. Compressed Air: Green. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 5 3. Letter Color: a. Cold Water: Black. b. Hot Water: Black. c. Compressed Air: Red 3.5 WARNING -TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 220552 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 6 SECTION 220700 — PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field -applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. Paint per other Sections of these specifications. Not all listed systems may be utilized for this project. Use applicable systems, as required. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 1. Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at pipe hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Attachment and covering of heat trace inside insulation. 3. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Removable insulation at piping specialties and equipment connections. 6. Application of field -applied jackets. C. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread rating of 25 or Tess, and smoke - developed rating of 50 or less. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 1 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread rating of 75 or Tess, and smoke - developed rating of 150 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified. B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. C. Coordinate installation and testing of steam or electric heat tracing. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat -trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Molded Mineral -Fiber Insulation: a. Johns -Manville Insulation, Inc. b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Rubatex Corp. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Molded Mineral -Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory - applied, all-purpose, vapor -retarder jacket. 2. Fire -Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and grades: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 2 a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass -fiber insulation, for sealing edges of glass -fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass -fiber insulation. b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass -fiber insulation to metal surfaces. 3. Vapor -Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor -retarder mastic for indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 4. Mineral -Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. 5. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 196. 6. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. Ultraviolet -Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. 2.3 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass -fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.. 1. Tape Width: 4 inches. B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick. C. Wire: 0.062-inch, soft -annealed, stainless steel. 2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 3 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each piping system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. E. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Seal joints and seams with vapor -retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder. H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. 1. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. K. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties. L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -retarder mastic. 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. 3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 4 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. O. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder. 4. Vapor -Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. 5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor -retarder mastic. P. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing. 1. Seal penetrations with vapor -retarder mastic. 2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. 3. Extend metal jacket of exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor -retarder mastic. Q. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors. R. Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions per UL requirements for the construction of the partition/wall. 3.4 MOLDED MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vapor -retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 5 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -retarder mastic. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlapping seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with vapor -retarder mastic. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered sections of pipe insulation, or glass -fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. 3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When premolded insulation sections are not available, apply glass -fiber blanket insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor -retarder mastic. 5. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. 3.5 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 6 B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation and attached according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow access to stainer basket. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. 3.6 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A. Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. B. Apply metal jacket where indicated, with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless -steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.7 FINISHES A. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of the insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. B. Color: Final color shall comply with the master color chart as specified in another section. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 7 3.8 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Vibration -control devices. 3. Fire -suppression piping. 4. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Below -grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel injury. 7. Air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators. 3.9 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor retarders, and field -applied jackets. B. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and material, thickness, and jacket requirements. 3.10 INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Domestic cold water. 1. Operating Temperature: 55 to 65 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Molded Mineral fiber, with jacket 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Pipe, Up to 2": 1" 4. Field -Applied Jacket: PVC in mechanical rooms, cloth jacket elsewhere inside building, Aluminum for outdoor applications 5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 6. Finish: Painted. B. Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. Operating Temperature: 60 to 140 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Molded Mineral fiber, with jacket 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Pipe, Up to 1-1/2": 1-1/2" 4. Field -Applied Jacket: PVC in mechanical rooms, cloth jacket elsewhere inside building. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 6. Finish: Painted. C. Service: Condensate drain piping. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric 3. Insulation Thickness: 1/2" Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 8 4. Field -Applied Jacket: None. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 6. Finish: Painted. END OF SECTION 220700 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 9 SECTION 221116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Under -building slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and specialties inside the building. 2. Encasement for piping. 3. Specialty valves. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Escutcheons. 6. Sleeves and sleeve seals. B. Related Section: 1. Division 22 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water -service piping and water meters outside the building from source to the point where water -service piping enters the building. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following products: 1. Specialty valves. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Backflow preventers and vacuum breakers. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Sleeves and sleeve seals. B. Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article. C. Coordination Drawings: For piping in equipment rooms and other congested areas, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 1 1. Fire -suppression -water piping. 2. Domestic water piping. 3. Compressed air piping. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. 1. Cast -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. 2. Wrought -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. 3. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. 4. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder -joint or threaded ends. B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K and ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 2 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, unless otherwise indicated; full -face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING A. Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. B. Form: Sheet or Tube. C. Material: LLDPE film of 0.008-inch minimum thickness or high -density, cross - laminated PE film of 0.004-inch minimum thickness. D. Color: Black or Natural. 2.5 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general -duty metal valves. 2.6 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 2.7 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 3 B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. EPCO Sales, Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 180 deg F. b. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corporation. 2. Description: a. Galvanized -steel coupling. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F. c. End Connections: Female threaded. d. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 2. Flexicraft Industries. 3. Flex Pression, Ltd. 4. Flex -Weld, Inc. 5. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 6. Mercer Rubber Co. 7. Metraflex, Inc. 8. Proco Products, Inc. 9. Tozen Corporation. 10. Unaflex, Inc. 11. Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan company Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 4 B. Bronze -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated -bronze tubing with bronze wire -braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain -end copper tube. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged copper alloy. C. Stainless -Steel -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated -stainless -steel tubing with stainless -steel wire -braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel -pipe nipple. 2.9 ESCUTCHEONS A. General: Manufactured ceiling, floor, and wall escutcheons and floor plates. B. One Piece, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome -plated or rough -brass finish with setscrews. C. One Piece, Deep Pattern: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish. D. One Piece, Stamped Steel: Chrome -plated finish with setscrew or spring clips. E. Split Casting, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome -plated or rough -brass finish with concealed hinge and setscrew. F. Split Plate, Stamped Steel: Chrome -plated finish with concealed exposed -rivet hinge, setscrew or spring clips. G. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. H. Split -Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. 2.10 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Wall Pipes: Fabricated of cast iron, and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. C. Molded -PE Sleeves: Reusable, PE, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. D. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc -coated, with plain ends. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 5 E. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.11 SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Calpico, Inc. 3. Metraflex, Inc. 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, used to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.12 WALL PENETRATION SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. SIGMA. B. Description: Wall -sleeve assembly, consisting of housing and gland, gaskets, and pipe sleeve. 1. Carrier -Pipe Deflection: Up to 5 percent without leakage. 2. Housing: Ductile -iron casting with hub, waterstop, anchor ring, and locking devices. Include gland, bolts, and nuts. 3. Housing -to -Sleeve Gasket: EPDM rubber. 4. Housing -to -Carrier -Pipe Gasket: AWWA C111, EPDM rubber. 5. Pipe Sleeve: AWWA C151, ductile -iron pipe or ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, zinc -coated steel pipe. 2.13 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 6 C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install ductile -iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. D. Install underground copper tube and ductile -iron pipe in PE encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. E. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages and Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for drain valves and strainers. F. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. G. Install water -pressure -reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for pressure - reducing valves. H. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain without pitch and plumb. I. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. J. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 7 K. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. L. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. M. Install piping to permit valve servicing. N. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. O. Install piping free of sags and bends. P. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Q. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. R. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages. S. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for thermostats. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Extruded -Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. F. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 8 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 1. Hose -End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Stop -and -Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose -end drain valves where indicated. D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for balancing valves. 3.5 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting -type coupling. 2. NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve -type coupling. 3.6 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples. 3.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION A. Install flexible connectors in suction and discharge piping connections to each domestic water pump. B. Install bronze -hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing. C. Install stainless -steel -hose flexible connectors in steel domestic water piping. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 9 3.8 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet If Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. F. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold -water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 10 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. 3.10 ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.. B. Escutcheons for New Piping: 1. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern. 2. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome -plated finish. 3. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome -plated finish. 4. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One piece, stamped steel with set screw or spring clips. 5. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One piece, stamped steel with set screw or spring clips. 6. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece floor plate. 3.11 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces unless otherwise indicated. E. Install sleeves in new partitions, slabs, and walls as they are built. F. For interior wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. G. For exterior wall penetrations above grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. H. For exterior wall penetrations below grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using sleeve seals specified in this Section. I. Seal space outside of sleeves in concrete slabs and walls with grout. J. Install sleeve materials according to the following applications: 1. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs: Steel pipe. 2. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs of Mechanical Equipment Areas or Other Wet Areas: Steel pipe. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 11 a. Extend sleeves 2 inches above finished floor level. b. For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing, extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 3. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Gypsum -Board Partitions: a. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Galvanized -steel sheet sleeves for pipes NPS 6 and larger. c. Exception: Sleeves are not required for water supply tubes and waste pipes for individual plumbing fixtures if escutcheons will cover openings. 4. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Roof Slabs: Steel pipe. 5. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Exterior Concrete Walls: a. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Cast-iron wall pipe sleeves for pipes NPS 6 and larger. c. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation when sleeve seals are used. d. Do not use sleeves when wall penetration systems are used. 6. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Interior Concrete Walls: a. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Galvanized -steel sheet sleeves for pipes NPS 6 and larger. K. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for firestop materials and installations. 3.12 SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve seals in sleeves in exterior concrete walls at water -service piping entries into building. B. Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble sleeve seal components and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.13 WALL PENETRATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install wall penetration systems in new, exterior concrete walls. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 12 B. Assemble wall penetration system components with sleeve pipe. Install so that end of sleeve pipe and face of housing are flush with wall. Adjust locking devices to secure sleeve pipe in housing. 3.14 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation. B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Piping Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Piping Tests: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for Teaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 13 5. Repair Teaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. D. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.16 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.17 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 14 c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. 3.18 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Under -building -slab, domestic water, building service piping, NPS 3 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought -copper solder -joint fittings; and brazed joints. D. Under -building -slab, domestic water, building -service piping, NPS 4 to NPS 8 and larger, shall be one of the following: 1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought -copper solder -joint fittings; and brazed joints. 2. Mechanical -joint, ductile -iron pipe; standard- pattern mechanical -joint fittings; and mechanical joints (provide thrust restraint at each joint). 3. Push -on -joint, ductile -iron pipe; standard- pattern push -on -joint fittings; and gasketed joints. 4. PVC, Schedule 80 pipe; PVC, Schedule 80 socket fittings; and solvent -cemented joints. E. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought- copper solder -joint fittings; and soldered joints. 2. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure -seal -joint fittings; and pressure -sealed joints. 3. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper push -on -joint fittings; and push -on joints. 3.19 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'l Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 15 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot -Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. END OF SECTION 221116 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116- 16 SECTION 221119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure -reducing valves. 4. Balancing valves. 5. Temperature -actuated water mixing valves. 6. Strainers. 7. Hose bibbs. 8. Wall hydrants. 9. Drain valves. 10. Water hammer arresters. 11. Air vents. 12. Trap -seal primer valves. 13, Trap -seal primer systems. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures" for water tempering equipment. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig, unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field quality -control test reports. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 1 D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Pipe -Applied, Atmospheric -Type Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Cash Acme. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. e. Rain Bird Corporation. f. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1001. 3. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3, as required to match connected piping. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 6. Finish: Rough bronze Chrome plated. B. Hose -Connection Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arrowhead Brass Products, Inc. b. Cash Acme. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. Legend Valve. e. MIFAB, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 2 f. Prier Products, Inc. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. h. Woodford Manufacturing Company. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. j. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1011. 3. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. 4. Outlet Connection: Garden -hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7. 5. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated. C. Pressure Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1020. 3. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type, on inlet and outlet. 2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced -Pressure -Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1013. 3. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron or ductile iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 3 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 7. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate -type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger. b. Air -Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. B. Double -Check Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1015. 3. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron or ductile iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 7. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet ofNPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate -type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger. C. Hose -Connection Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. c. Woodford Manufacturing Company. 2. Standard: ASSE 1052. 3. Operation: Up to 10-foot head of water back pressure. 4. Inlet Size: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4. 5. Outlet Size: Garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Capacity: At least 3-gpm flow. D. Backflow-Preventer Test Kits: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 4 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. c. Flomatic Corporation. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test -procedure instructions. 2.3 WATER PRESSURE -REDUCING VALVES A. Water Regulators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1003. 3. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig. 4. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3. 5. Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3. B. Water Control Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CLA-VAL Automatic Control Valves. b. Flomatic Corporation. c. OCV Control Valves. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Ames Fluid Control Systems. e. Watts industries, Inc.; Watts ACV. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Description: Pilot -operation, diaphragm -type, single -seated main water control valve. 3. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig minimum with AWWA C550 or FDA -approved, interior epoxy coating. Include small pilot -control valve, restrictor device, specialty fittings, and sensor piping. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int', Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 5 4. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile -iron body with AWWA C550 or FDA -approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless -steel body. 5. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2.4 BALANCING VALVES A. Copper -Alloy Calibrated Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div. d. NIBCO INC. e. TAC Americas. f. Taco, Inc. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Type: Ball valve with two readout ports and memory setting indicator. 3. Body: Brass or bronze, 4. Size: Same as connected piping, but not larger than NPS 2. 5. Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case. B. Cast -Iron Calibrated Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div. d. NIBCO INC. e. TAC Americas. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Type: Adjustable with Y-pattern globe valve, two readout ports, and memory - setting indicator. 3. Size: Same as connected piping, but not smaller than NPS 2-1/2. C. Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case. D. Memory -Stop Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 6 a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Hammond Valve. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Red -White Valve Corp. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110 for two-piece, copper -alloy ball valves. 3. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP. 4. Size: NPS 2 or smaller. 5. Body: Copper alloy. 6. Port: Standard or full port. 7. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 8. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 9. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded. 10. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel with memory -setting device. 2.5 TEMPERATURE -ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES A. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. c. Leonard Valve Company. d. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. e. Symmons Industries, Inc. 2. Standard: ASSE 1017. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Type: Exposed -mounting Cabinet -type, thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion -resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold -water supplies, and adjustable, temperature -control handle. 8. Valve Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Valve Finish: Chrome plated bronze. 10. Piping Finish: Copper. 11. Cabinet: Factory -fabricated, stainless steel, for surface mounting and with hinged, stainless -steel door. B. Manifold, Thermostatic, Water -Mixing -Valve Assemblies: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 7 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Leonard Valve Company. b. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. c. Symmons Industries, Inc. 2. Description: Factory -fabricated, cabinet -type exposed -mounting, thermostatically controlled, water -mixing -valve assembly in two -valve parallel arrangement. 3. Large -Flow Parallel: Thermostatic water mixing valve and downstream pressure regulator with pressure gages on inlet and outlet. 4. Small -Flow Parallel: Thermostatic water mixing valve. 5. Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Comply with ASSE 1017. Include check stops on hot- and cold -water inlets and shutoff valve on outlet. 6. Water Regulator(s): Comply with ASSE 1003. Include pressure gage on inlet and outlet. 7. Component Pressure Ratings: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Cabinet: Factory -fabricated, stainless steel, for surface mounting and with hinged, stainless -steel door. 9. Thermostatic Mixing Valve and Water Regulator Finish: Rough bronze. 10. Piping Finish: Copper. C. Individual -Fixture, Water Tempering Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. e. Leonard Valve Company. f. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1016, thermostatically controlled water tempering valve. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Body: Bronze body with corrosion -resistant interior components. 5. Temperature Control: Adjustable. 6. Inlets and Outlet: Threaded. 7. Finish: Rough or chrome -plated bronze. 8. 2.6 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 8 2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or FDA -approved, epoxy coating and for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smailer;flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Perforation Size: a. StrainersNPS 2 and Smaller: 0.033 inch. b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.062 inch. c. Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.125 inch. 6. Drain: Factory -installed, hose -end drain valve. 2.7 OUTLET BOXES A. Clothes Washer Outlet Boxes: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company. b. Guy Gray Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. IPS Corporation. d. LSP Products Group, Inc. e. Oatey. f. Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies. g. Symmons Industries, Inc. h. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. i. Whitehall Manufacturing; a div. of Acorn Engineering Company. j. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. 2. Mounting: Recessed. 3. Material and Finish: Enameled -steel or epoxy -painted -steel box and faceplate. 4. Faucet: Combination, valved fitting or separate hot- and cold -water, valved fittings complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 on outlets. 5. Supply Shutoff Fittings: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valves and NPS 1/2 copper, water tubing. 6. Drain: NPS 2 standpipe and P-trap for direct waste connection to drainage piping. 7. Inlet Hoses: Two 60-inch- long, rubber household clothes washer inlet hoses with female, garden -hose -thread couplings. Include rubber washers. 8. Drain Hose: One 48-inch- long, rubber household clothes washer drain hose with hooked end. B. Icemaker Outlet Boxes: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 9 a. Acorn Engineering Company. b. IPS Corporation. c. LSP Products Group, Inc. d. Oatey. e. Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies. 2. Mounting: Recessed. 3. Material and Finish: Enameled -steel or epoxy -painted -steel box and faceplate. 4. Faucet: Valved fitting complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include NPS 1/2 or smaller copper tube outlet. 5. Supply Shutoff Fitting: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valve and NPS 1/2 copper, water tubing. 2.8 HOSE BIBBS A. Hose Bibbs: 1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets. 2. Body Material: Bronze. 3. Seat: Bronze, replaceable. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 threaded or solder -joint inlet. 5. Outlet Connection: Garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 7. Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose -connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011. 8. Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. 9. Finish for Service Areas: Rough bronze. 10. Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated. 11. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key. 12. Operation for Service Areas: Wheel handle. 13. Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key. 14. Include operating key with each operating -key hose bibb. 15. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel -plated hose bibb. 2.9 WALL HYDRANTS A. Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. Prier Products, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. f. Watts Drainage Products Inc. g. Woodford Manufacturing Company. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 10 h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for exposed -outlet, self -draining wall hydrants. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Operation: Loose key. 5. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. 6. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1. 7. Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 8. Box: Deep, flush mounting with cover. 9. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 10. Outlet: Exposed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 11. Nozzle and Wall -Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 12. Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant. 2.10 DRAIN VALVES A. Ball -Valve -Type, Hose -End Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard -port, two-piece ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP. 3. Size: NPS 3/4. 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 7. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel. 8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain. B. Stop -and -Waste Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for ball valves or MSS SP-80 for gate valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 200-psig minimum CWP or Class 125. 3. Size: NPS 3/4. 4. Body: Copper alloy or ASTM B 62 bronze. 5. Drain: NPS 1/8 side outlet with cap. 2.11 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 11 b. Josam Company. c. MIFAB, Inc. d. PPP Inc. e. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. f. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. g. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. h. Watts Drainage Products Inc. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201. 3. Type: Copper tube with piston. 4. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F. 2.12 TRAP -SEAL PRIMER VALVES A. Supply -Type, Trap -Seal Primer Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. MIFAB, Inc. b. PPP Inc. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1018. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 threaded, union, or solder joint. 6. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 threaded or solder joint. 7. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished. 2.13 TRAP -SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMS A. Trap -Seal Primer Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. PPP Inc. 2. Standard: ASSE 1044, 3. Piping: NPS 3/4, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper, water tubing. 4. Cabinet: Surface -mounting steel box with stainless -steel cover. 5. Electric Controls: 24-hour timer, solenoid valve, and manual switch for 120-V ac power. 6. Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting, fixed air -gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air -gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application. 3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. C. Install water control valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. D. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted. E. Install temperature -actuated water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. 1. Install thermometers and water regulators if specified. 2. Install cabinet -type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified. F. Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each control valve, water pressure -reducing valve, solenoid valve, and pump. G. Install outlet boxes recessed in wall. Install 2-by-4-inch fire -retardant -treated -wood blocking wall reinforcement between studs. Fire -retardant -treated -wood blocking is specified in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." H. Install draining -type post hydrants with 1 cu. yd. of crushed gravel around drain hole. Set post hydrants in concrete paving or in 1 cu. ft. of concrete block at grade. I. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201. J. Install supply -type, trap -seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor -drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. K. Install trap -seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor -drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust system for proper flow. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 13 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. B. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic -laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: 1. Pressure vacuum breakers. 2. Intermediate atmospheric -vent backflow preventers. 3. Reduced -pressure -principle backflow preventers. 4. Double-check backflow-prevention assemblies. 5. Water pressure -reducing valves. 6. Calibrated balancing valves. 7. Primary, thermostatic, water mixing valves. 8. Manifold, thermostatic, water -mixing -valve assemblies. 9. Outlet boxes. 10. Hose stations. 11. Supply -type, trap -seal primer valves. 12. Trap -seal primer systems. B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and prepare test reports: 1. Test each pressure vacuum breaker, reduced -pressure -principle backflow preventer double-check backflow-prevention assembly according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified above. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable pressure set points of water pressure -reducing valves. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 14 B. Set field -adjustable flow set points of balancing valves. C. Set field -adjustable temperature set points of temperature -actuated water mixing valves. END OF SECTION 221119 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 15 SECTION 221123 - DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following all -bronze and bronze -fitted centrifugal pumps for domestic cold- and hot-water circulation: 1. Close -coupled, in -line, sealless centrifugal pumps. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of domestic water pump specified. Include certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves; and rated capacities of selected models, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of domestic water pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor -operated water pumps. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221123 - 1 B. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. C. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CLOSE COUPLED, IN -LINE, SEALLESS CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong Pumps Inc. 2. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Industries. 3. Grundfos Pumps Corp. 4. Taco, Inc. B. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, single -stage, close -coupled, in -line, sealless centrifugal pumps as defined in HI 5.1-5.6. 1. Pump and Motor Assembly: Hermetically sealed, replaceable -cartridge -type unit with motor and impeller on common shaft and designed for installation with pump and motor shaft mounted horizontally. 2. Casing: Bronze, with threaded companion -flange connections. 3. Impeller: Corrosion -resistant material. 4. Motor: Single speed, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." 2.3 CONTROLS A. Thermostats: Electric; adjustable for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Manufacturers: a. Honeywell International, Inc. b. Square D. c. White -Rodgers Div.; Emerson Electric Co. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221123 - 2 2. Type: Water -immersion sensor, for installation in hot-water circulation piping. 3. Range: 65 to 200 deg F <Insert other>. 4. Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 120 V, ac. 7. Settings: Start pump at 105 deg F and stop pump at 120 deg F. B. Timers: Electric time clock for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Manufacturers: a. Honeywell International, Inc. b. Intermatic, Inc. c. Johnson Controls, Inc. d. Maple Chase Company. e. TORK. 2. Type: Programmable, seven-day clock with manual override on -off switch. 3. Enclosure: Suitable for wall mounting. 4. Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 120 V, ac. 7. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Up to two on -off cycles each day for seven days. 2.4 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 3. Flexicraft Industries. 4. Flex-Pression, Ltd. 5. Flex -Weld, Inc. 6. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 7. Mercer Rubber. 8. Metraflex, Inc. 9. Proco Products, Inc. 10. Tozen America Corporation. 11. Unaflex Inc. B. Description: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include copper -tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze -welded to tubing. Include 125-psig minimum working -pressure rating and ends matching pump connections. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221123 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of domestic -water -piping system to verify actual locations of connections before pump installation. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4, B. Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D. Install in -line, sealless in -line centrifugal pumps with motor and pump shafts horizontal. E. Install continuous -thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 22 Section Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Fabricate brackets or supports as required. Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." F. Suspend vertically mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps independent of piping. Install pumps with motor and pump shafts vertical. Use continuous -thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 21 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire - Suppression Piping and Equipment." Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.3 CONTROL INSTALLATION A. Install immersion -type thermostats in hot-water return piping. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to pumps to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to pumps. Install suction and discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump nozzles. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221123 - 4 1. Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in suction and discharge piping of the following pumps: a. Close -coupled, horizontally mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps. b. Close -coupled, vertically mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps. 2. Install shutoff valve and strainer on suction side of pumps, and check valve and throttling valve on discharge side of pumps. Install valves same size as connected piping. Refer to Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general -duty valves for domestic water piping and Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties' for strainers. 3. Install pressure gages at suction and discharge of pumps. Install at integral pressure -gage tappings where provided or install pressure -gage connectors in suction and discharge piping around pumps. Refer to Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages and gage connectors. D. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." E. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." F. Connect thermostats timers to pumps that they control. G. Interlock pump with water heater burner and time delay relay. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. 4. Set thermostats and timers for automatic starting and stopping operation of pumps. 5. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. c. Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction. 6. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for operation. 7. Start motor. 8. Open discharge valve slowly. 9. Adjust temperature settings on thermostats. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221123 - 5 10. Adjust timer settings. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain controls and pumps. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 221123 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS 221123 - 6 SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the building: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Special pipe fittings. 3. Encasement for underground metal piping. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. C. LLDPE: Linear, low -density polyethylene plastic. D. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. E. PE: Polyethylene plastic. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 1 B. Field quality -control inspection and test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF -drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF -tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping; and "NSF -sewer" for plastic sewer piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 2.3 HUB -AND -SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class(es). B. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. C. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. 2.4 HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. B. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion - resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 2 1. Standard, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless -steel corrugated shield; stainless -steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) ANACO. 2) Fernco, Inc. 3) Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. 4) Mission Rubber Co. 5) Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div. 2. Heavy -Duty, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: With stainless -steel shield, stainless -steel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) ANACO. 2) Clamp -All Corp. 3) Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. 4) Mission Rubber Co. 5) Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div. 2.5 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder -joint fittings. B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought -copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2. Copper Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, cast copper with solder -joint end. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body with ball-and- socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder -joint or threaded ends. C. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought -copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2.6 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. 1.. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 3 2.7 SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS A. Flexible, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve -type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring, ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. b. Fernco, Inc. c. Logan Clay Products Company (The). d. Mission Rubber Co. e. NDS, Inc. f. Plastic Oddities, Inc. 2. Sleeve Materials: a. For Cast -Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. b. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. c. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. B. Shielded Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion -resistant outer shield and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Mission Rubber Co. C. Flexible Ball Joints: Ductile -iron fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical - joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include gasketed ball -joint section and ductile -iron gland, rubber gasket, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. D. Expansion Joints: Two or three-piece, ductile -iron assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve(s) with gaskets and restrained -type, ductile -iron, bell -and -spigot end sections complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Select and assemble components for expansion indicated. Include AWWA C111, ductile -iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. b. Romac Industries, Inc. c. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 4 2.8 ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND METAL PIPING A. Description: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, high -density, crosslaminated PE film of 0.004-inch or LLDPE film of 0.008-inch minimum thickness. B. Form: Sheet or tube. C. Color: Black or natural. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Refer to Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless -steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. 3. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. 4. Dissimilar Pipe -Material Couplings: Flexible, nonpressure pipe couplings for joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD. C. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless -steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. 3. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. a. Option for Vent Piping, NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3-1/2: Hard copper tube, Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 4. Dissimilar Pipe -Material Couplings: Flexible, nonpressure pipe couplings for joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty shielded, stainless -steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. 3. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'l Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 5 4. Dissimilar Pipe -Material Couplings: Flexible, nonpressure pipe couplings for joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 22 Section "Facility Sanitary Sewers." B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." C. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers. D. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." E. Install wall -penetration fitting at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. F. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1, Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. G. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and Tong -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. H. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. I. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 6 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. J. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs -on - grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. K. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665. L. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321. M. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." B. Join hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. C. Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints. D. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead- free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. E. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Seismic -restraint devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 7 D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. F. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod. G. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. H. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod. I. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet. J. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 4. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod. K. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. L. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod. M. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches. N. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 8 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing -in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 9 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair Teaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water -based latex paint. END OF SECTION 221316 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 -10 SECTION 221323 - SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Oil interceptors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FRP: Fiberglass -reinforced plastic. B. PP: Polypropylene plastic. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of interceptor indicated. Include materials of fabrication, dimensions, rated capacities, retention capacities, operating characteristics, size and location of each pipe connection, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For each type and size of precast -concrete interceptor indicated. 1. Include materials of construction, dimensions, rated capacities, retention capacities, location and size of each pipe connection, furnished specialties, and accessories. C. Coordination Drawings: Interceptors, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from Installers of the items involved: 1. Interceptors. 2. Piping connections. Include size, location, and elevation of each. 3. Interface with underground structures and utility services. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OIL INTERCEPTORS A. Oil Interceptors: Precast concrete comply with ASTM C 913. 1. Include rubber-gasketed joints, vent connections, manholes, compartments or baffles, and piping or openings to retain grease and to permit wastewater flow. 2. Structural Design Loads: a. Heavy -Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C 890, A-16 (ASSHTO HS20-44). 3. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into interceptor walls, for each pipe connection. 4. Steps: Individual FRP steps or FRP ladder, wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of interceptor to finished grade is less than 60 inches. 5. Grade Rings: Reinforced -concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. 6. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4- inch- minimum width flange and 26-inch- diameter cover. a. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, unless otherwise indicated. b. Gray Iron: ASTM A 48, Class 35, unless otherwise indicated. c. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to " OIL INTERCEPTOR." 2.2 PRECAST -CONCRETE MANHOLE RISERS A. Precast -Concrete Manhole Risers: ASTM C 478, with rubber -gasket joints. 1. Structural Design Loads: a. Light -Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C 890, A-8 (ASSHTO HS10-44). b. Medium -Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C 890, A-12 (ASSHTO HS15- 44). c. Heavy -Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C 890, A-16 (ASSHTO HS20-44). d. Walkway Load: Comply with ASTM C 890, A-03. 2. Length: From top of underground concrete structure to grade. 3. Riser Sections: 3-inch minimum thickness and 36-inch diameter. 4. Top Section: Eccentric cone, unless otherwise indicated. Include top of cone to match grade ring size. 5. Gaskets: ASTM C 443, rubber. 6. Steps: Individual FRP steps or FRP ladder, wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch intervals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 2 B. Grade Rings: Reinforced -concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch total thickness, diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and height as required to adjust the manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. C. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4-inch- minimum width flange and 26-inch- diameter cover. 1. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Gray Iron: ASTM A 48, Class 35, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to the following: a. Oil Interceptors in Sanitary Sewerage System: "OIL INTERCEPTOR." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install precast -concrete interceptors according to ASTM C 891. Set level and plumb. B. Install manhole risers from top of underground concrete interceptors to manholes and gratings at finished grade. C. Set tops of manhole frames and covers flush with finished surface in pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finish surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. D. Set tops of grating frames and grates flush with finished surface. E. Set interceptors level and plumb. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Make piping connections between interceptors and piping systems. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identification materials and installation are specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground interceptors. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 3 1. Use warning tapes or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning 'tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. END OF SECTION 221323 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 4 SECTION 221513 - GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes piping and related specialties for general -service compressed -air systems operating at 200 psig or less. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 22 Section "General -Service Packaged Air Compressors and Receivers" for general -service air compressors and accessories. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. B. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber. C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. D. HDPE: High -density polyethylene plastic. E. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. F. PE: Polyethylene plastic. G. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. H. High -Pressure Compressed -Air Piping: System of compressed -air piping and specialties operating at pressures between 150 and 200 psig. I. Low -Pressure Compressed -Air Piping: System of compressed -air piping and specialties operating at pressures of 150 psig or less. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 1 1. Dielectric fittings. 2. Flexible pipe connectors. 3. Safety valves. 4. Pressure regulators. Include rated capacities and operating characteristics. 5. Automatic drain valves. 6. Filters. Include rated capacities and operating characteristics. 7. Quick couplings. B. Brazing and welding certificates. C. Qualification Data: For Installers. D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For general -service compressed -air piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Brazing: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications," or to AWS B2.2, "Standard for Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification." B. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. C. ASME Compliance: 1. Comply with ASME B31.1, "Power Piping," for high-pressure compressed -air piping. 2. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for low-pressure compressed -air piping. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Schedule 40, Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B, black or hot -dip zinc coated with ends threaded according to ASME B1.20.1. 1. Steel Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method. 2. Malleable -Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150 or 300, threaded. 3. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150 or 300, threaded. 4. Steel Flanges: ASME B16.5, Class 150 or 300, carbon steel, threaded. 5. Wrought -Steel Butt -Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, Schedule 40. 6. Steel Flanges: ASME B16.5, Class 150 or 300, carbon steel. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 2 B. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K or L seamless, drawn -temper, water tube. 1. Wrought -Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, solder -joint pressure type or MSS SP- 73, wrought copper with dimensions for brazed joints. 2. Cast -Copper -Alloy Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150 or 300. 3. Copper Unions: ASME B16.22 or MSS SP-123. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for compressed -air piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated. E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.3 VALVES A. Metal Ball, Butterfly, Check, Gate, and Globe Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Hart Industries International, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 3 d. Jomar International Ltd. e. Matco-Norca, Inc. f. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. g. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. h. Wilkins; a Zurn company. 2. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. c. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 2.5 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 2. Flexicraft Industries. 3. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 4. Mercer Rubber Co. 5. Metraflex, Inc. 6. Proco Products, Inc. 7. Unaflex, Inc. 8. Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan Company B. Stainless -Steel -Hose Flexible Pipe Connectors: Corrugated -stainless -steel tubing with stainless -steel wire -braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: [200 psig] [250 psig] minimum. 2. End Connections, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel pipe nipple. 3. End Connections, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged steel nipple. 2.6 SPECIALTIES A. Safety Valves: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," construction; National Board certified, labeled, and factory sealed; constructed of bronze body with poppet -type safety valve for compressed -air service. 1. Pressure Settings: Higher than discharge pressure and same or lower than receiver pressure rating. B. Air -Main Pressure Regulators: Bronze body, direct acting, spring -loaded manual pressure -setting adjustment, and rated for 250-psig inlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Type: Pilot operated. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 4 C. Air -Line Pressure Regulators: Diaphragm or pilot operated, bronze body, direct acting, spring -loaded manual pressure -setting adjustment, and rated for 200-psig minimum inlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. D. Air -Line Pressure Regulators: Diaphragm operated, aluminum alloy or plastic body, direct acting, spring -loaded manual pressure -setting adjustment, and rated for 200-psig minimum inlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. E. Automatic Drain Valves: Stainless -steel body and internal parts, rated for 200-psig minimum working pressure, capable of automatic discharge of collected condensate. Include mounting bracket if wall mounting is indicated. F. Coalescing Filters: Coalescing type with activated carbon capable of removing water and oil aerosols; with color -change dye to indicate when carbon is saturated and warning Tight to indicate when selected maximum pressure drop has been exceeded. Include mounting bracket if wall mounting is indicated. G. Mechanical Filters: Two -stage, mechanical -separation -type, air -line filters. Equip with deflector plates, resin -impregnated -ribbon -type filters with edge filtration, and drain cock. Include mounting bracket if wall mounting is indicated. 2.7 QUICK COUPLINGS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Aeroquip Corporation; Eaton Corp. 2. Bowes Manufacturing Inc. 3. Foster Manufacturing, Inc. 4. Milton Industries, Inc. 5. Parker Hannifin Corp.; Fluid Connectors Group; Quick Coupling Div. 6. Rectus Corp. 7. Schrader -Bridgeport; Amflo Div. 8. Schrader-Bridgeport/Standard Thomson. 9. Snap-Tite, Inc.; Quick Disconnect & Valve Division. 10. TOMCO Products Inc. 11. Tuthill Corporation; Hansen Coupling Div. C. General Requirements for Quick Couplings: Assembly with locking -mechanism feature for quick connection and disconnection of compressed -air hose. D. Automatic -Shutoff Quick Couplings: Straight -through brass body with 0-ring or gasket seal and stainless -steel or nickel -plated -steel operating parts. 1. Socket End: With one-way valve and threaded inlet for connection to piping or threaded hose fitting. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 5 2. Plug End: Flow -sensor -bleeder, check -valve type with barbed outlet for attaching hose. E. Valveless Quick Couplings: Straight -through brass body with stainless -steel or nickel - plated -steel operating parts. 1. Socket End: With 0-ring or gasket seal, without valve, and with barbed inlet for attaching hose. 2. Plug End: With barbed outlet for attaching hose. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Compressed -Air Piping between Air Compressors and Receivers: Use one of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 40, black -steel pipe; threaded, malleable -iron fittings; and threaded joints. 2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Type K or L, copper tube; wrought -copper fittings; and brazed joints. B. Low -Pressure Compressed -Air Distribution Piping: Use one of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 40, black -steel pipe; threaded, malleable -iron fittings; and threaded joints. 2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Type K or L, copper tube; wrought -copper fittings; and brazed or soldered joints. C. Drain Piping: Use the following piping materials: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Type M copper tube; wrought -copper fittings; and brazed or soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General -Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for metal general -duty valves. Use metal valves, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal General -Duty Valves: Use valve types specified in "Valve Applications" Article in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" according to the following: a. Low -Pressure Compressed Air: Valve types specified for low-pressure compressed air. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 6 b. High -Pressure Compressed Air: Valve types specified for medium - pressure compressed air. c. Equipment Isolation NPS 2 and Smaller: Safety -exhaust, copper -alloy ball valve with exhaust vent and pressure rating at least as great as piping system operating pressure. d. Grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping and grooved joints. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of compressed -air piping. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, air -compressor sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal and to coordinate with other services occupying that space. E. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. F. Install air and drain piping with 1 percent slope downward in direction of flow. G. Install nipples, flanges, unions, transition and special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating, unless otherwise indicated. H. Equipment and Specialty Flanged Connections: 1. Use steel companion flange with gasket for connection to steel pipe. 2. Use cast -copper -alloy companion flange with gasket and brazed or soldered joint for connection to copper tube. Do not use soldered joints for connection to air compressors or to equipment or machines producing shock or vibration. I. Flanged joints may be used instead of specified joint for any piping or tubing system. J. Install eccentric reducers where compressed -air piping is reduced in direction of flow, with bottoms of both pipes and reducer fitting flush. K. Install branch connections to compressed -air mains from top of main. Provide drain leg and drain trap at end of each main and branch and at low points. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 7 L. Install thermometer and pressure gage on discharge piping from each air compressor and on each receiver. M. Install piping to permit valve servicing. N. Install piping free of sags and bends. O. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. P. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints for Steel Piping: Join according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M. E. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Join according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Join according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." G. Dissimilar Metal Piping Material Joints: Use dielectric fittings. 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." B. Install shutoff valves and unions or flanged joints at compressed -air piping to air compressors. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 8 C. Install shutoff valve at inlet to each automatic drain valve, filter, lubricator, and pressure regulator. D. Install check valves to maintain correct direction of compressed -air flow to and from compressed -air piping specialties and equipment. 3.6 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 3.7 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION A. Install flexible pipe connectors in discharge piping and in inlet air piping from remote air -inlet filter of each air compressor. B. Install bronze -hose flexible pipe connectors in copper compressed -air tubing. C. Install stainless -steel -hose flexible pipe connectors in steel compressed -air piping. 3.8 SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. Install safety valves on receivers in quantity and size to relieve at least the capacity of connected air compressors. B. Install air -main pressure regulators in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors. C. Install air -line pressure regulators in branch piping to equipment and tools. D. Install automatic drain valves on aftercoolers, receivers, and dryers. Discharge condensate onto nearest floor drain. E. Install coalescing filters in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors and upstream from mechanical filters. Mount on wall at locations indicated. F. Install mechanical filters in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors and downstream from coalescing filters. Mount on wall at locations indicated. G. Install quick couplings at piping terminals for hose connections. H. Install hose assemblies at hose connections. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 9 3.9 CONNECTIONS A. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment and machine. B. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment and machine. 3.10 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment " for seismic -restraint devices. B. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support devices. C. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. D. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: 1. 100 Feet or Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. 2. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. E. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. F. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. G. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. H. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. 1. Install hangers for Schedule 40, steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1/4 to NPS 1/2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3/4 to NPS 1-1/4: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2: 12 feet with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2: 13 feet with 3/8-inch rod. J. Install supports for vertical, Schedule 40, steel piping every 15 feet. K. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/8 and NPS 1/2: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3/4: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 1-1/4: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 5. NPS 1-1/2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 10 6. NPS 2: 11 feet with 3/8-inch rod. L. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. 3.11 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Install identifying labels and devices for general -service compressed -air piping, valves, and specialties. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Piping Leak Tests for Metal Compressed -Air Piping: Test new and modified parts of existing piping. Cap and fill general -service compressed -air piping with oil -free dry air or gaseous nitrogen to pressure of 50 psig above system operating pressure, but not less than 150 psig. Isolate test source and let stand for four hours to equalize temperature. Refill system, if required, to test pressure; hold for two hours with no drop in pressure. 2. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Inspect filters and pressure regulators for proper operation. C. Prepare test reports. END OF SECTION 221513 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 221513 - 11 SECTION 221519 - GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lubricated, reciprocating air compressors. 2. Inlet -air filters. 3. Air-cooled, compressed -air aftercoolers. 4. Refrigerant compressed -air dryers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Actual Air: Air delivered from air compressors. Flow rate is delivered compressed air measured in acfm. B. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote -control, signaling power -limited circuits. C. Standard Air: Free air at 68 deg F and 1 atmosphere (29.92 in. Hg) before compression or expansion and measured in scfm. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For compressed -air equipment to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label receivers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Air -Compressor, Inlet -Air -Filter Elements: Equal to 25 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than 4 units. 2. Belts: Two for each belt -driven compressor. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS A. General Description: Factory -assembled, -wired, -piped, and -tested; electric -motor - driven; air-cooled; continuous -duty air compressors and receivers that deliver air of quality equal to intake air. B. Control Panels: Automatic control station with load control and protection functions. Comply with NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508. 1. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, Type 12 control panel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Motor Controllers: Full -voltage, combination magnetic type with undervoltage release feature and motor -circuit -protector -type disconnecting means and short- circuit protective device. 3. Control Voltage: 120-V ac or Tess, using integral control power transformer. 4. Motor Overload Protection: Overload relay in each phase. 5. Starting Devices: Hand -off -automatic selector switch in cover of control panel, plus pilot device for automatic control. 6. Instrumentation: Include discharge -air pressure gage, air -filter maintenance indicator, hour meter, compressor discharge -air and coolant temperature gages, and control transformer. 7. Alarm Signal Device: For connection to alarm system to indicate when backup air compressor is operating. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 2 C. Receivers: Steel tank constructed according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 1. Pressure Rating: At least as high as highest discharge pressure of connected compressors, and bearing appropriate code symbols. 2. Interior Finish: Corrosion -resistant coating. 3. Accessories: Include safety valve, pressure gage, drain, and pressure -reducing valve. D. Mounting Frame: Fabricate mounting and attachment to pressure vessel with reinforcement strong enough to resist packaged equipment movement during a seismic event when base is anchored to building structure. 2.2 Lubricated, RECIPROCATING AIR COMPRESSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. comparable product by one of the following: 1. Atlas Copco. 2. CompAir, Ltd. 3. Curtis -Toledo. 4. Gardner Denver, Inc. 5. General Air Products, Inc. 6. Ingersoll-Rand; Air Solutions Group. 7. Kaeser Compressors, Inc. 8. Powerex, Inc. 9. Quincy Compressor; an EnPro Industries company. 10. Saylor -Beall Manufacturing Company. C. Compressor(s): Lubricated, reciprocating -piston type with lubricated compression chamber and crankcase. 1. Submerged gear -type oil pump. 2. Oil filter. 3. Combined high discharge -air temperature and low lubrication -oil pressure switch. 4. Belt guard totally enclosing pulleys and belts. D. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Air Compressor(s): One; single stage. 2. Receiver: ASME construction steel tank. a. Arrangement: Horizontal. b. Capacity: 120. c. Interior Finish: Epoxy coating. d. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum. e. Drain: Automatic valve. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 3 2.3 INLET -AIR FILTERS A. Description: Combination inlet -air filter -silencer, suitable for remote installation, for each air compressor. 1. Construction: Weatherproof housing for replaceable, dry -type filter element, with silencer tubes or other method of sound reduction. 2. Capacity: Match capacity of air compressor, with filter having collection efficiency of 99 percent retention of particles larger than 10 micrometers. B. Description: Combination inlet -air filter -silencer, suitable for remote installation, for multiple air compressors. 1. Construction: Weatherproof housing for replaceable, dry -type filter element, with silencer tubes or other method of sound reduction. 2. Capacity: Match total capacity of connected air compressors, with filter having collection efficiency of 99 percent retention of particles larger than 10 micrometers. 2.4 Air -Cooled, Compressed -Air Aftercoolers A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air/Tak, Inc. 2. Arrow Pneumatics, Inc. 3. Curtis -Toledo. 4. Gardner Denver, Inc. 5. Hankison International. 6. Ingersoll-Rand; Air Solutions Group. 7. Pneumatech Inc. 8. Saylor -Beall Manufacturing Company. 9. Van Air Systems, Inc. 10. Zeks Compressed Air Solutions. B. Description: Electric -motor -driven, fan -operation, finned -tube unit; rated at 250 psig and leak tested at 350-psig minimum air pressure; in capacities indicated. Size units to cool compressed air in compressor -rated capacities to 10 deg F above summertime maximum ambient temperature. Include moisture separator and automatic drain. 2.5 Refrigerant Compressed -Air Dryers A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air/Tak, Inc. 2. Arrow Pneumatics, Inc. 3. Atlas Copco. 4. Curtis -Toledo. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 4 5. Domnick Hunter Limited; ZANDER, Inc. 6. Donaldson Company, Inc.; Donaldson Ultrafilter Co. 7. Hankison International. 8. Ingersoll-Rand; Air Solutions Group. 9. Kaeser Compressors, Inc. 10. Numatics, Incorporated. 11. Pioneer Air Systems, Inc. 12. Pneumatech Inc. 13. SPX Air Treatment. 14. Van Air Systems, Inc. 15. Wilkerson Operations; Pneumatic Division. 16. Zeks Compressed Air Solutions. B. Description: Noncycling, air-cooled, electric -motor -driven unit with steel enclosure and capability to deliver 35 deg F, 100-psig air at dew point. Include automatic ejection of condensate from airstream, step-down transformers, disconnect switches, inlet and outlet pressure gages, thermometers, automatic controls, and filters. 2.6 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 22 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: Install air compressors , aftercoolers, and air dryers on concrete bases using elastomeric pads. Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast - in -Place Concrete." Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 3. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 5 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. B. Equipment Mounting: Install air compressors , aftercoolers, and air dryers using elastomeric pads. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch. C. Install compressed -air equipment anchored to substrate. D. Arrange equipment so controls and devices are accessible for servicing. E. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. F. Install the following devices on compressed -air equipment: 1. Thermometer, Pressure Gage, and Safety Valve: Install on each compressed -air receiver. 2. Pressure Regulators: Install downstream from air compressors and dryers. 3. Automatic Drain Valves: Install on aftercoolers, receivers, and dryers. Discharge condensate over nearest floor drain. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 22 Section "General -Service Compressed -Air Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify general -service air compressors and components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check for lubricating oil in lubricated -type equipment. 3. Check belt drives for proper tension. 4. Verify that air -compressor inlet filters and piping are clear. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 6 5. Check for equipment vibration -control supports and flexible pipe connectors and verify that equipment is properly attached to substrate. 6. Check safety valves for correct settings. Ensure that settings are higher than air - compressor discharge pressure but not higher than rating of system components. 7. Check for proper seismic restraints. 8. Drain receiver tanks. 9. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 10. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air compressors, aftercoolers, and air dryers. END OF SECTION 221519 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GENERAL -SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS 221519 - 7 SECTION 221623 - NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. B. Natural -Gas System Pressures within Building: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Piping specialties. 2. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 3. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. 4. Dielectric fittings. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Escutcheons. B. Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved. C. Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other services and utilities. D. Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer. E. Welding certificates. F. Field quality -control reports. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 2 C. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory -applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility -locating service for area where Project is located. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind finished surfaces. Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4. Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a. Material Group: 1.1. b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. c. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. d. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o- rings, and spiral -wound metal gaskets. e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. 5. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory -applied, three -layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a. Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat -shrink PE sleeves. 6. Mechanical Couplings: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 3 a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dresser Piping Specialties; Division of Dresser, Inc. 2) Smith -Blair, Inc. b. Steel flanges and tube with epoxy finish. c. Buna-nitrile seals. d. Steel bolts, washers, and nuts. e. Steel body couplings installed underground on plastic pipe shall be factory equipped with anode. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. 2. Indoor, Movable -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69. 3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 4. Operating -Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig. 5. End Fittings: Zinc -coated steel. 6. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 7. Maximum Length: 72 inches B. Quick -Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41. 1. Copper -alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. 2. Nitrile seals. 3. Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. 4. For indoor or outdoor applications. 5. Adjustable, retractable restraining cable. C. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. D. Basket Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, high -tensile cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 4 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. E. T-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: Ductile or malleable iron with removable access coupling and end cap for strainer maintenance. 2. End Connections: Grooved ends. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 57 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 750 psig. F. Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable -iron increaser fitting with corrosion - resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross -sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded -end connection. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. C. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38.. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 5 3. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4. Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body. D. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. c. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. d. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. e. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome -plated bronze. 4. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6. Packing: Threaded -body packnut design with adjustable -stem packing. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 8. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. E. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Lee Brass Company. b. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Plug: Bronze. 4. Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 6. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 7. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 6 F. Cast -Iron, Nonlubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. b. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. c. Xomox Corporation; a Crane company. 2. Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. 3. Plug: Bronze or nickel -plated cast iron. 4. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. 5. Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas. 6. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 8. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. G. Cast -Iron, Lubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Flowserve. b. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. c. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. d. Milliken Valve Company. e. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. f. R&M Energy Systems, A Unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc. 2. Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. 3. Plug: Bronze or nickel -plated cast iron. 4. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. 5. Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas. 6. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 8. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 7 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion -resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger. B. Service Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Actaris. b. American Meter Company. c. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. d. Invensys. e. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 8. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field -installed, stainless -steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 100 psig. C. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Actaris. b. American Meter Company. c. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. d. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. e. Invensys. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 8 f. Maxitrol Company. g. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 8. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field -installed, stainless -steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 2 psig. D. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Canadian Meter Company Inc. b. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. c. Harper Wyman Co. d. Maxitrol Company. e. SCP, Inc. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber. 6. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 7. Factory -Applied Finish: Minimum three -layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. 8. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 1 psig. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 9 a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Hart Industries International, Inc. d. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. e. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. f. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Minimum Operating -Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. 4. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. 5. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed - joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials. B. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. d. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Minimum Operating -Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. 4. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. 5. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed - joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials. C. Dielectric -Flange Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Minimum Operating -Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Companion -flange assembly for field assembly. 4. Include flanges, full -face- or ring -type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or PE bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 5. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. 6. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed - joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 10 2.7 SLEEVES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe and sleeve. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one nut and bolt for each sealing element. 2.9 ESCUTCHEONS A. General Requirements for Escutcheons: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with ID to fit around pipe or tube, and OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Escutcheons: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome -plated finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Escutcheons: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Escutcheons: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. E. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Escutcheons: With set screw or spring clips and chrome - plated finish. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 -11 F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Escutcheons: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome -plated finish. G. One -Piece, Floor -Plate Escutcheons: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split -Casting, Floor -Plate Escutcheons: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.10 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. B. Inspect natural-gas piping according to NFPA 54 the International Fuel Gas Code to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C. Comply with NFPA 54 the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 54 the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 12 1. If natural-gas piping is installed Tess than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in containment conduit. C. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. D. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. E. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. F. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. G. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. H. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each service regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 54 the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 -13 E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Locate valves for easy access. H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. I. Install piping free of sags and bends. J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. K. Install escutcheons at penetrations of interior walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep - pattern type. b. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. c. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. d. Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. e. Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge and set screw or spring clips. f. Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass type. g. Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor -plate type. L. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." M. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. N. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas -fired appliances and equipment for roughing -in requirements. O. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service -meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 14 P. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. Q. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. R. Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural- gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1. Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. 2. In Floors: Install natural-gas piping with welded or brazed joints and protective coating in cast -in -place concrete floors. Cover piping to be cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick -set additives or cinder aggregate. 3. In Floor Channels: Install natural-gas piping in floor channels. Channels must have cover and be open to space above cover for ventilation. 4. In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports. a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers. 5. Prohibited Locations: a. Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. b. Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions. S. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. T. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. U. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. V. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. W. Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. X. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 15 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless - steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. D. Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing. E. Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. 3.6 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: 1. Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. 2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3. Patch factory -applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. G. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 16 H. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch. B. Install hangers for horizontal drawn -temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/8: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1/2 and NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 3/4 and NPS 7/8: Maximum span, 84 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 1: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas -fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification.Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 17 3.10 PAINTING A. Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for painting interior and exterior natural-gas piping. B. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. 1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1 D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (flat). d. Color: Gray. C. Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. 1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1 Q. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (flat). d. Color: Gray. 2. Alkyd System: MP1 INT 5.1 E. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior alkyd (flat). d. Color: Gray. D. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves. 3.12 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 -18 B. Branch Piping in Cast -in -Place Concrete to Single Appliance: Annealed -temper copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. Install piping embedded in concrete with no joints in concrete. C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.13 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. D. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded or wrought -steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.14 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints. C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. D. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded or wrought -steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.15 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 19 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve. B. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger at service meter shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. 3. Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve. C. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve. D. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. 3. Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve. E. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve. END OF SECTION 231123 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 20 SECTION 223300 - ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, light -duty, storage, electric, domestic -water heaters. 2. Thermostatic electric, tankless, domestic -water heaters. 3. Domestic -water heater accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of domestic -water heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 7, "Service Water Heating." C. Shop Drawings: 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. D. Product Certificates: For each type of commercial and tankless, electric, domestic - water heater, from manufacturer. E. Domestic -Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. Source quality -control reports. G. Field quality -control reports. H. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electric, domestic -water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. I. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. C. ASME Compliance: Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic -water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. D. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects." 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of electric, domestic -water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. b. Faulty operation of controls. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Light -Duty, Storage, Electric, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1) Storage Tank: Three years. 2) Controls and Other Components: Two years. b. Electric, Tankless, Domestic -Water Heaters: One year(s). c. Compression Tanks: Five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Commercial, Light -Duty, Storage, Electric, Domestic -Water Heaters: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 2 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lochinvar Corporation. b. Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation. c. State Industries. 2. Standard: UL 174. 3. Storage -Tank Construction: Steel, vertical arrangement. a. Tappings: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. c. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable -water tank linings, including extending lining material into tappings. 4. Factory -Installed Storage -Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium. b. Dip Tube: Required unless cold -water inlet is near bottom of tank. c. Drain Valve: ASSE 1005. d. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2. e. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish. f. Heat -Trap Fittings: Inlet type in cold -water inlet and outlet type in hot-water outlet. g. Heating Elements: Two; electric, screw -in immersion type; wired for simultaneous operation unless otherwise indicated. Limited to 12 kW total. h. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. i. Safety Control: High -temperature -limit cutoff device or system. j. Relief Valve: ASME rated and stamped for combination temperature -and - pressure relief valves. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. Select relief valve with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 5. Special Requirements: NSF 5 construction with legs for off -floor installation. 2.2 ELECTRIC, TANKLESS, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS A. Thermostat -Control, Electric, Tankless, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chronomite Laboratories, Inc. b. Eemax c. E-Tankless Water Heaters Corp. d. Keltech, Inc. e. Niagara Industries, Inc. 2. Standard: UL 499 for electric, tankless, (domestic -water heater) heating appliance. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 3 3. Construction: Copper piping or tubing complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable water, without storage capacity. a. Connections: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. c. Heating Element: Resistance heating system. d. Temperature Control: Thermostat. e. Safety Control: High -temperature -limit cutoff device or system. f. Jacket: Aluminum or steel with enameled finish or plastic. 4. Support: Bracket for wall mounting. 2.3 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Domestic -Water Compression Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL Inc. b. Flexcon Industries. c. Honeywell International Inc. d. Pentair Pump Group (The); Myers. e. Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation. f. State Industries. g. Taco, Inc. 2. Description: Steel pressure -rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory -installed butyl -rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system -operating pressure at tank. 3. Construction: a. Tappings: Factory -fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable -water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. c. Air -Charging Valve: Factory installed. B. Drain Pans: Corrosion -resistant metal with raised edge. Comply with ANSI/CSA LC 3. Include dimensions not less than base of domestic -water heater, and include drain outlet not Tess than NPS 3/4 with ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads or with ASME B1.20.7 garden -hose threads. C. Piping -Type Heat Traps: Field -fabricated piping arrangement according to ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2. D. Heat -Trap Fittings: ASHRAE 90.2. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 4 E. Pressure -Reducing Valves: ASSE 1003 for water. Set at 25-psig- maximum outlet pressure unless otherwise indicated. F. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. G. Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped. Include pressure setting Tess than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. H. Vacuum Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. I. Shock Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 2O1, Size A water hammer arrester. J. Domestic -Water Heater Stands: Manufacturer's factory -fabricated steel stand for floor mounting, capable of supporting domestic -water heater and water. Include dimension that will support bottom of domestic -water heater a minimum of 18 inches above the floor. K. Domestic -Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's factory -fabricated steel bracket for wall mounting, capable of supporting domestic -water heater and water. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect domestic -water heaters specified to be ASME-code construction, according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Hydrostatically test commercial domestic -water heaters to minimum of one and one- half times pressure rating before shipment. C. Electric, domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Electric, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial, electric, domestic -water heaters on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete bases specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 5 1. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial, electric, domestic -water heaters if installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or directly on floor is indicated. 2. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 3. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 6. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 8. Anchor domestic -water heaters to substrate. B. Electric, Tankless, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install electric, tankless, domestic -water heaters at least 18 inches above floor on wall bracket. 1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 2. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 5. Anchor domestic -water heaters to substrate. C. Install electric, domestic -water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. 1. Install shutoff valves on domestic -water -supply piping to domestic -water heaters and on domestic -hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." D. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend commercial -water -heater relief -valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. E. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in water piping for electric, domestic -water heaters without storage. Extend commercial -water -heater relief -valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. F. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water piping for electric, domestic -water heaters that do not have tank drains. Comply with Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 6 requirements for hose -end drain valves specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." G. Install thermometers on outlet piping of electric, domestic -water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." H. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of residential, solar, electric, domestic - water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." I. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple electric, domestic - water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each electric, domestic -water heater. Include shutoff valve and thermometer in each domestic -water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each electric, domestic - water heater outlet. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping," and comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." J. Install pressure -reducing valve with integral bypass relief valve in electric, domestic - water booster -heater inlet piping and water hammer arrester in booster -heater outlet piping. Set pressure -reducing valve for outlet pressure of 25 psig. Comply with requirements for pressure -reducing valves and water hammer arresters specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." K. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of electric, domestic -water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting -type heat traps. L. Fill electric, domestic -water heaters with water. M. Charge domestic -water compression tanks with air. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to electric, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 7 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no Teaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Electric, domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain commercial and tankless, electric, domestic - water heaters. END OF SECTION 223330 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223330 - 8 SECTION 223400 - FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gas -fired, tankless, domestic -water heaters. 2. Domestic -water heater accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of domestic -water heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Product Certificates: For each type of gas -fired, tankless, domestic -water heater, from manufacturer. D. Domestic -Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Source quality -control reports. F. Field quality -control reports. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. H. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Fabricate and label fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. C. ASME Compliance: 1. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic -water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 2. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, finned -tube, domestic -water heaters to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV. D. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects." 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. b. Faulty operation of controls. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. d. Gas -Fired, Tankless, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1) Heat Exchanger: Five years. 2) Controls and Other Components: Three years. e. Compression Tanks: Five years. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GAS -FIRED, TANKLESS, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by' one of the following: 1. NORITZ America Corp. 2. Rheem Manufacturing Company; Rheem Water Heating. 3. Rinnai Corporation. 4. Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation. 5. State Industries. B. Standard: ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 for gas -fired, instantaneous, domestic -water heaters for indoor application. C. Construction: Copper piping or tubing complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable water, without storage capacity. 1. Tappings: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. 2. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Heat Exchanger: Copper tubing. 4. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2. 5. Jacket: Metal, with enameled finish, or plastic. 6. Burner: For use with tankless, domestic -water heaters and natural-gas fuel. 7. Automatic Ignition: Manufacturer's proprietary system for automatic, gas ignition. 8. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. D. Support: Bracket for wall mounting. 2.2 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Domestic -Water Compression Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL Inc. b. Flexcon Industries. c. Honeywell International Inc. d. Pentair Pump Group (The); Myers. e. Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation. f. State Industries. g. Taco, Inc. 2. Description: Steel, pressure -rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory -installed butyl -rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system -operating pressure at tank. 3. Construction: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 3 a. Tappings: Factory -fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable -water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. c. Air -Charging Valve: Factory installed. B. Piping -Type Heat Traps: Field -fabricated piping arrangement according to ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2. C. Heat -Trap Fittings: ASHRAE 90.2. D. Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1-M, manually operated. Furnish for installation in piping. E. Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18/CSA 6.3, appliance type. Include 2-psig pressure rating as required to match gas supply. F. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21/CSA 6.5, appliance, electrically operated, on -off automatic valve. G. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 1. Gas -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4-M. 2. Oil -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ASME rated and stamped. H. Pressure Relief Valves: Include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. 1. Gas -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4-M. 2. Oil -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ASME rated and stamped. I. Vacuum Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4-M. J. Domestic -Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's factory -fabricated steel bracket for wall mounting, capable of supporting domestic -water heater and water. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect assembled domestic -water heaters specified to be ASME-code construction, according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Hydrostatically test commercial domestic -water heaters to minimum of one and one- half times pressure rating before shipment. C. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 4 for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Tankless, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install tankless, domestic -water heaters at least 18 inches above floor on wall bracket. 1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 2. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 5. Anchor domestic -water heaters to substrate. B. Install domestic -water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. 1. Install shutoff valves on domestic -water -supply piping to domestic -water heaters and on domestic -hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." C. Install gas -fired, domestic -water heaters according to NFPA 54. 1. Install gas shutoff valves on gas supply piping to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters without shutoff valves. 2. Install gas pressure regulators on gas supplies to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters without gas pressure regulators if gas pressure regulators are required to reduce gas pressure at burner. 3. Install automatic gas valves on gas supplies to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters if required for operation of safety control. 4. Comply with requirements for gas shutoff valves, gas pressure regulators, and automatic gas valves specified in Division 23 Section "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." D. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in water piping for domestic - water heaters without storage. Extend commercial -water -heater relief -valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. E. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water piping Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 5 for domestic -water heaters that do not have tank drains. Comply with requirements for hose -end drain valves specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." F. Install thermometer on outlet piping of domestic -water heaters. G. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple domestic -water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each domestic -water heater. Include shutoff valve and thermometer in each domestic -water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each domestic -water heater outlet. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping ." H. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of domestic -water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting -type heat traps. I. Fill domestic -water heaters with water. J. Charge domestic -water compression tanks with air. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for domestic -water piping specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping." B. Comply with requirements for ga piping specified in Division 23 Section "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." C. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. D. Where installing piping adjacent to fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 6 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gas -fired, tankless domestic -water heaters. END OF SECTION 223400 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400 - 7 SECTION 224000 — PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components: 1. Faucets for lavatories 2. Faucets for sinks. 3. Flushometers. 4. Toilet seats. 5. Protective shielding guards. 6. Fixture supports. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 10 Section "Toilet, and Shower Accessories." 2. Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers, floor drains, and specialty fixtures not included in this Section. 3. Division 31 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for exterior plumbing fixtures and hydrants. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. B. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. C. Cast Polymer: Cast -filled -polymer -plastic material. This material includes cultured - marble and solid -surface materials. D. Cultured Marble: Cast -filled -polymer -plastic material with surface coating. E. Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general - duty valves are included where indicated. F. FRP: Fiberglass -reinforced plastic. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 1 G. PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic. H. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. I. Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast -polymer -plastic material with heat-, impact-, scratch-, and stain -resistance qualities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow -control rates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures unless indicated for lower flow fixtures. E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components --Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. Enameled, Cast -Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M. 2. Porcelain -Enameled, Formed -Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M. 3. Slip -Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462. 4. Solid -Surface -Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1. 5. Vitreous -China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. 6. Water -Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 2 H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory and sink faucets: 1. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose -Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M. 2. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1. 3. Hose -Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011. 4. Hose -Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 5. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 6. NSF Potable -Water Materials: NSF 61. 7. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 8. Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1. 9. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2. I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for shower faucets: 1. Backflow Protection Devices for Hand -Held Showers: ASME A112.18.3M. 2. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1. 3. Hand -Held Showers: ASSE 1014. 4. High -Temperature -Limit Controls for Thermal -Shock -Preventing Devices: ASTM F 445. 5. Hose -Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 6. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 7. Pressure -Equalizing -Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016. 8. Thermostatic -Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016. J. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous fittings: 1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1. 3. Dishwasher Air -Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021. 4. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2. K. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Dishwasher Air -Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021. 2. Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6. 3. Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3. 4. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446. 5. Hose -Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 6. Off -Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M. 7. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 8. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5. 9. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranties: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of whirlpools that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 3 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures of unit shell. b. Faulty operation of controls, blowers, pumps, heaters, and timers. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Period for Commercial Applications: Three year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Washers and 0-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Faucet Cartridges and 0-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 3. Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 12 of each type. 4. Provide hinged -top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above. 5. Toilet Seats: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Refer to drawing P-1.2 for plumbing fixture specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation. B. Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Install off -floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall -mounting fixtures. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 4 1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back -outlet fixtures. 2. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping. 3. Use chair -type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures. C. Install back -outlet, wall -mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports. D. Install floor -mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. E. Install wall -mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports. F. Install counter -mounting fixtures in and attached to casework. G. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. H. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. 1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture. Valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." I. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. J. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system. K. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. L. Install toilet seats on water closets. M. Install faucet -spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. N. Install water -supply flow -control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. O. Install faucet flow -control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. P. Install shower flow -control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms. Q. Install traps on fixture outlets. 1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 5 2. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated. R. Install dishwasher air -gap fitting at each sink indicated to have air -gap fitting. Install in sink deck. Connect inlet hose to dishwasher and outlet hose to disposer. S. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." T. Set service basins in leveling bed of cement grout. Grout is specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." U. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary -type, one - part, mildew -resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL and Bonding for Electrical Power A. Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 6 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream. C. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. B. After completing installation of exposed, factory -finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224000 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 7 SECTION 230513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general- purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel -cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe -duty motors. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 1 indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. C. Service Factor: 1.15. D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E. Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed. F. Rotor: Random -wound, squirrel cage. G. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. H. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. I. Insulation: [Class F] <Insert class>. J. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. K. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced -Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture -resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 2. Energy- and Premium -Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 2 3. Inverter -Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. C. Severe -Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841, with 1.15 minimum service factor. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Multispeed Motors: Variable -torque, permanent -split -capacitor type. C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded -pole type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal -protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 230513 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 3 SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Pipe stands. 7. Equipment supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for structural -steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. 3. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -1 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Metal framing systems. 3. Fiberglass strut systems. 4. Pipe stands. 5. Equipment supports. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for designing trapeze hangers. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -2 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon -steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.3 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cooper B-Line. Inc. b. Thomas & Betts Corporation. c. Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd. 2. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 3. Standard: MFMA-4. 4. Channels: Continuous slotted steel channel with inturned lips. 5. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped steel nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 6. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 7. Metallic Coating: Electroplated zinc, Hot -dipped galvanized, or Mill galvanized. 2.4 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Carpenter & Paterson. Inc. 2. Clement Support Services. 3. ERICO International Corporation. 4. National Pipe Hanaer Corporation. 5. PHS Industries. Inc. 6. Pipe Shields. Inc.; a subsidiary of Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 7. Pioina Technoloay & Products, Inc. 8. Rilco Manufacturina Co.. Inc. 9. Value Enaineered Products. Inc. B. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -3 C. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength. D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.5 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, [zinc -coated] [stainless-] steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.6 PIPE STANDS A. General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion -resistant components to support roof -mounted piping. B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral -rod roller, pipe clamps, or V- shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. C. Low -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic or stainless -steel base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration. D. High -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Base: Plastic or Stainless steel. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel, continuous -thread rods. 4. Horizontal Member: Cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel rod with plastic or stainless -steel, roller -type pipe support. E. High -Type, Multiple -Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Bases: One or more; plastic. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective -coated -steel channels. 4. Horizontal Member: Protective -coated -steel channel. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -4 5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized -steel, clevis-type pipe hangers. F. Curb -Mounted -Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe supports made from structural -steel shapes, continuous -thread rods, and rollers, for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. 2.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon -steel shapes. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field - fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field -assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -5 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs Tess than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb -Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. 2. Curb -Mounted -Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. See Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for curbs. G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. H. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. I. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. J. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. K. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead Toads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. N. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -6 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium -silicate -insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -7 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting". C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports, metal trapeze pipe hangers, and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. F. Use copper -plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless -steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -8 G. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. H. Use thermal -hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. I. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F, pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off -center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 9. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 11. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single -Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -9 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. J. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. K. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy Toads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. L. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar - joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel l-beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I -beams for heavy Toads. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 10 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I -beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated Toads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 Ib. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 Ib. 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. M. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel -Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. N. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint -Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches. 3. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated Toad and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 11 equipment Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load - adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical -type supports and one trapeze member. O. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. P. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int') Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 12 SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.2 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels. 5. Stencils. 6. Valve tags. 7. Warning tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of produ B. Samples: For color, letter style, identification material and device. C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include proposed content for each label. Valve numbering scheme. D. E. ct indicated. and graphic a listing of all representation required for each equipment to be labeled with the Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11- inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: White. C. Background Color: Red. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three - fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 H. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.4 DUCT LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: White. C. Background Color: Black. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is Tess than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three - fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. H. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 3 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 incheshigh. 2.5 STENCILS A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 2. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, alkyd enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray -can form. 3. Identification Paint: Exterior, alkyd enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident -prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches. 2. Fasteners: Reinforced grommet and wire or string. 3. Nomenclature: Large -size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and/or Section 099600 "High Performance Coatings" Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'1 Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 4 B. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels with painted, color -coded bands or rectangles, complying with ASME A13.1, on each piping system. 1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking. C. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. D. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Refrigerant Piping: a. Background Color: Black. b. Letter Color: White. 3.4 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install plastic -laminated duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Blue: For cold -air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. 3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed -air ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust. B. Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels, showing service and flow direction, may be provided instead of plastic -laminated duct labels, at Installer's option, if lettering larger than 1 inch high is needed for proper identification because of distance from normal location of required identification. C. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 5 3.5 WARNING -TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 230553 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 6 SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Constant -volume air systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 15 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 15 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. D. Certified TAB reports. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1 E. Sample report forms. F. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. B. TAB Conference: Meet with Enginner on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: a. The Contract Documents examination report. b. The TAB plan. c. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Engineer. E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." F. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." G. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system -effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 3 F. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. H. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. I. Examine heat -transfer coils for correct piping connections and for dean and straight fins. J. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. K. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system -readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical -power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in certifying agency and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 4 3. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation," Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, fan -speed -control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements. D. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air dampers through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. E. Locate start -stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. H. Check for airflow blockages. I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. J. Check for proper sealing of air -handling -unit components. K. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT -VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 5 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air -handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air -handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat -recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system -effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air -handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air - handling -unit performance. 7. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan -speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan -motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full -cooling, full -heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 6 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct -reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal -protection -element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable -Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number, and nameplate data. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures. C. Record compressor data. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT -TRANSFER COILS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil: 1. Nameplate data. 2. Airflow. 3. Entering- and leaving -air temperature at full load. 4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage. 5. Calculated kilowatt at full load. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 7 6. Fuse or circuit -breaker rating for overload protection. B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil: 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 3. Airflow. 4. Air pressure drop. 5. Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature. 3.9 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3.10 REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. 3.11 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 8 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable -air -volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static -pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Terminal units. 4. Balancing stations. 5. Position of balancing devices. E. Air -Handling -Unit Test Reports: For air -handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 9 f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total air flow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static -pressure differential in inches wg. f. Preheat -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. g. Cooling -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. h. Heating -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. i. Outdoor airflow in cfm. j. Return airflow in cfm. k. Outdoor -air damper position. I. Return -air damper position. m. Vortex damper position. F. Apparatus -Coil Test Reports: 1. Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NPS. i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 10 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. c. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outdoor -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Water flow rate in gpm. i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. j. Entering -water temperature in deg F. k. Leaving -water temperature in deg F. I. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. m. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. o. Inlet steam pressure in psig. G. Gas -Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Fuel type in input data. g. Output capacity in Btu/h. h. Ignition type. i. Burner -control types. j. Motor horsepower and rpm. k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz. I. Motor full -load amperage and service factor. m. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. n. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total air flow rate in cfm. b. Entering -air temperature in deg F. c. Leaving -air temperature in deg F. d. Air temperature differential in deg F. e. Entering -air static pressure in inches wg. f. Leaving -air static pressure in inches wg. g. Air static -pressure differential in inches wg. h. Low -fire fuel input in Btu/h. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 11 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - i. High -fire fuel input in Btu/h. j. Manifold pressure in psig. k. High -temperature -limit setting in deg F. I. Operating set point in Btu/h. m. Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. o. Heating value of fuel in Btu/h. H. Electric -Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central -station air -handling units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btu/h. e. Number of stages. f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Air flow rate in cfm. i. Face area in sq. ft.. j. Minimum face velocity in fpm. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Heat output in Btu/h. b. Air flow rate in cfm. c. Air velocity in fpm. d. Entering -air temperature in deg F. e. Leaving -air temperature in deg F. f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. I. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 12 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number, make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. J. Round, Flat -Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air -handling -unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft.. g. Indicated air flow rate in cfm. h. Indicated velocity in fpm. i. Actual air flow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig. K. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.12 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 13 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230593 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 14 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and genera! provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water - vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application of field -applied jackets. 4. Detail application at linkages of control devices. C. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. Sample sizes are as follows: 1. Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches square. 2. Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches square. 3. Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range of colors available for each type of finish material. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 1 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or Tess, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke - developed index of 150 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 2 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin having a minimum R-value of R-5. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory -applied FSK jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 1. products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.: SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville: Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation: Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. d. Manson insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Cornina: SOFrR All -Service Duct Wrap. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand. Specialty Construction Brands. Inc,. a business of I--l. 8 Fuller Company: CP-127.EaCje Bridcies -Marathon Industries; 225. b. Foster Brand__ Specialty Construction Brands, Inc,, a business of !-i. is Fuller Company; 85e60/85-70.Mon-Eco Industries, Inc. 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or Tess when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 3 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand. Specialty Construction Brands. Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company: CP-82. b. Eaale Bridaes - Marathon Industries: 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Comaanv: 85-50.Mon-Eco Industries. Inc.: 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or Tess when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.3 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Foster Brand, SDS iaiiv,_Construction Braggy :is, .jnc„. a business t_ H. Fuller Comoanv; 30-60/30-90. b. Virnasco Corporation: 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43- mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.4 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 4 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands. Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company: CP-76.Eacile Bridaes - Marathon Industries: 405. b. Foster Brand. Specialty Construction Brands. Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company: 95-44. c. Mon-Eco Industries. Inc.: 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.5 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.6 TAPES A. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. AEii. Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. c. Corripac Corporation: 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape: 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. 2.7 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 5 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ITVV Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products. Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor -discharge welding, 0.106-inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. 2) GEMCO: CD. 3) Midwest Fasteners. Inc.; CD. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS. 2. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. ='roducts: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Perforated Base Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low -carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106- inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 3. Self -Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industriesinc.; Tactoo Self -Adhering Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Peel & Press. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 6 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick. b. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low -carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106- inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive -backed base with a peel -off protective cover. 4. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick, galvanized -steel or aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners. Inc.; WA-150. 4) Nelson Stud Weldina; Speed Clips. b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. C. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monet. 2.8 CORNER ANGLES A. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 7 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 8 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. C. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 50 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Install insulation pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 9 a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 3. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory - or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 4. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.6 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 10 DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 2. Factory -insulated flexible ducts. 3. Fact'cry-insulated plenums and casings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration -control devices. 6. Factory -insulated access panels and doors. 3.7 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, round, supply/return -air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. B. Concealed, round exhaust -air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-Ib/cu. ft nominal density. END OF SECTION 230713 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 11 DUCT INSULATION 230713 - SECTION 232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes refrigerant piping used for air-conditioning applications. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-410A: 1. Suction Lines for Air -Conditioning Applications: 300 psig. 2. Suction Lines for Heat -Pump Applications: 535 psig. 3. Hot -Gas and Liquid Lines: 535 psig. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show layout of refrigerant piping and specialties, including pipe, tube, and fitting sizes, flow capacities, valve arrangements and locations, slopes of horizontal runs, oil traps, double risers, wall and floor penetrations, and equipment connection details. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping and equipment. 1. Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1 foot. 2. Refrigerant piping indicated on Drawings is schematic only. Size piping and design actual piping layout, including oil traps, double risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Field quality -control test reports. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 1 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." B. Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems." C. Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components." 1.8 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store piping in a clean and protected area with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, Type ACR. B. Wrought -Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. C. Wrought -Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. E. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in ppm. 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 2 F. Permanent Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted -steel shell. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless -steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated [alumina] [charcoal]. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat -pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: [2 psig] <Insert value>. 8. Rated Flow: <Insert tons.> 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. 2.2 REFRIGERANTS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Atofina Chemicals, Inc. 2. DuPont Company; Fluorochemicals Div. 3. Honeywell. Inc.: Genetron Refriaerants. 4. INEOS Fluor Americas LLC. C. ASHRAE 34, R-410A: Pentafluoroethane/Difluoromethane. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A A. Suction Lines NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller for Conventional Air -Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR, annealed -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed joints. B. Hot -Gas and Liquid Lines: Copper, Type ACR, annealed- or drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed joints. C. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube. D. Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve, and in the suction line at the compressor. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 3 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings. B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings. K. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install access doors or panels as specified in Section 083113 "Access Doors and Frames" if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces. L. Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed belowground. M. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury. N. Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot -gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 4 O. When brazing, remove solenoid -valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion -valve bulb. P. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation. Q. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." R. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." S. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." T. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide), during brazing or welding, to prevent scale formation. D. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." 1. Use Type BcuP, copper -phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg, cadmium -free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger, support, and anchor products are specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs Tess than 20 feet long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 5 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Copper -clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. D. Support multifloor vertical runs at least at each floor. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. 2. Test refrigerant piping, specialties, and receivers. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. 3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test. c. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. 3.6 SYSTEM CHARGING A. Charge system using the following procedures: 1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 4. Charge system with a new filter -dryer core in charging line. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 6 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat. B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure. C. Adjust set -point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled -water controllers to the system design temperature. D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor -motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and bearings. E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established. END OF SECTION 232300 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 7 SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single -wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single -wall round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Duct liner. 5. Sealants and gaskets. 6. Hangers and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound -control devices, duct - mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article. B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity Toads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible". C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 1 1. Liners and adhesives. 2. Sealants and gaskets. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory- and shop -fabricated ducts and fittings. 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static -pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: 1. Sheet metal thicknesses. 2. Joint and seam construction and sealing. 3. Reinforcement details and spacing. 4. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire -rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Perimeter moldings. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 2 B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum," for aluminum supports. 3. AWS D9.1 M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE -WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3 2.2 SINGLE -WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SE MCO Incorporated. d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. e. Spiral Manufacturing Co.. Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt -welded longitudinal seams. 2. Fabricate flat -oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt -welded longitudinal seams. D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: MiII phosphatized. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4 C. Factory- or Shop -Applied Antimicrobial Coating: 1. Apply to the surface of sheet metal that will form the interior surface of the duct. An untreated clear coating shall be applied to the exterior surface. 2. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 3. Coating containing the antimicrobial compound shall have a hardness of 2H, minimum, when tested according to ASTM D 3363. 4. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame -spread index of 25 and maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. 5. Shop -Applied Coating Color: [Black] [White]. 6. Antimicrobial coating on sheet metal is not required for duct containing liner treated with antimicrobial coating. D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized -steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.4 DUCT LINER A. Fibrous -Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; insulation Group. b. Johns Manville. c. Knauf insulation. d. Owens Corning.. 2. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 1) Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature. 3. Antimicrobial Erosion -Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion - resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 4. Water -Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 5 a. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or Tess when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). b. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small - Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Insulation Pins and Washers: 1. Cupped -Head, Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor -discharge welding, 0.106-inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon -steel washer. 2. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick galvanized steel or aluminum; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. C. Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. 2. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. 3. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. 4. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted -edge overlapping. 5. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm. 7. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. 8. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a. Fan discharges. b. Intervals of Tined duct preceding unlined duct. c. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm or where indicated. 9. Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform distance from outer shell without compressing insulation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 6 a. Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32-inch diameter, with an overall open area of 23 percent. 10. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire -damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. 2.5 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface -burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. C. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single -component, acid -curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: 0. 6. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." D. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. E. Round Duct Joint 0-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg and shall be rated for 10-inch wg static -pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM 0-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 7 3. Double -lipped, EPDM 0-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory -fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium -plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all -thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc -chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. E. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless -steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air -handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory- or shop -fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 8 G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. J. Where ducts pass through non -fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. K. Where ducts pass through fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static -pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX METAL DUCTS 233113 - 9 B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull- out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 PAINTING A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized - steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." B. Paint exterior of metal ducts exposed in space. Coordinate color and finish with Architect. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 10 METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3.7 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static - pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air -handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum -collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 11 METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4. Clean fibrous -glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous -glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash -down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA -registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.8 START UP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.9 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated. B. Supply Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. 2. Ducts Connected to Constant -Volume Air -Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. C. Return Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. 2. Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. D. Exhaust Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 12 METAL DUCTS 233113 - a. Pressure Class: Negative 1-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure. E. Outdoor -Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. F. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. G. Liner: 1. Supply Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I, 1-1/2 inches thick. 2. Return Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I, 1-1/2 inches thick. 3. Exhaust Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I, 1 inch thick. 4. Transfer Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I, 1 inch thick. H. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio. b. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Minimum Radius -to -Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3-1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Radius -to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. c. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Welded. 1. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 13 METAL DUCTS 233113 - b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Conical spin in. 2. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals,". a. Velocity 2000 fpm or lower: 45-degree lateral. END OF SECTION 233113 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 14 METAL DUCTS 233113 - SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Control dampers. 3. Fire dampers. 4. Flange connectors. 5. Turning vanes. 6. Duct -mounted access doors. 7. Flexible connectors. 8. Flexible ducts. 9. Duct accessory hardware. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 233723 "HVAC Gravity Ventilators" for roof -mounted ventilator caps. 2. Section 283111 "Digital, Addressable Fire -Alarm System" for duct -mounted fire and smoke detectors. 3. Section 283112 "Zoned (DC -Loop) Fire -Alarm System" for duct -mounted fire and smoke detectors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. c. Control -damper installations. d. Fire -damper installations, including sleeves; and duct -mounted access doors and remote damper operators. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1 e. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling - mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. B. Source quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 5 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Exposed -Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 2 C. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Air Balance Inc.: a division of Mestek. Inc. b. Flexmaster U.S.A.. Inc. c. McGill AirFlow LLC. d. Nailor Industries Inc. e. Pottorff. f. Ruskin Company. 2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Frame: Hat -shaped, 0.094-inch- thick, galvanized sheet. b. Mitered and welded corners. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed -blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized -steel, 0.064 inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Oil -impregnated bronze. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or Tess shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. B. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc -plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zinc - plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating -rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 3 2.4 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Pottorff. 5. Ruskin Company. 6. Youna Reaulator Company. B. Frames: 1. Hat shaped. 2. 0.094-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. 3. Mitered and welded corners. C. Blades: 1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 6 inches. 2. Opposed -blade design. 3. Galvanized -steel. 4. 0.064 inch thick single skin. 5. Blade Edging: Closed -cell neoprene. 6. Blade Edging: Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals. D. Blade Axles: 1/2-inch- diameter; galvanized steel; blade -linkage hardware of zinc - plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. 1. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. E. Bearings: 1. Oil -impregnated bronze. 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3. Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2.5 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Nailor Industries Inc. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. 5. Ward Industries, Inc.: a division of Hart & Cooley. Inc. B. Type: Static; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 4 C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm velocity. D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours. E. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll -formed, 0.034- inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field -installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.05, 0.138 inch, or 0.39 inch thick, as indicated, and of length to suit application. 2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper -frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements. G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. H. Blades: Roll -formed, interlocking, 0.024-inch - thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized -steel blade connectors. I. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless -steel closure spring. J. Heat -Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links. 2.6 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Ductmate Industries. Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ: Division of Shilco Holdinas Inc. 3. Ward Industries. Inc.: a division of Hart & Cooley. Inc. B. Description: Add -on, factory -fabricated, slide -on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.7 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Ductmate Industries. Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 5 3. METALAIRE. Inc. 4. SEMCO Incoroorated. 5. Ward Industries. Inc.: a division of Hart & Cooley. Inc. B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. C. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." D. Vane Construction: Single wall. E. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 48 inches wide and double wall for larger dimensions. 2.8 REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Pottorff. 2. Ventfabrics. Inc. 3. Youna Reaulator Company. B. Description: Cable system designed for remote manual damper adjustment. C. Tubing: Aluminum. D. Cable: Steel. E. Wall -Box Mounting: Recessed. F. Wall -Box Cover -Plate Material: Steel. 2.9 DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Ductmate Industries. Inc. 2. Flame Gard. Inc. 3. 3M. B. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL. C. Panel and Frame: Minimum thickness 0.0528-inch carbon steel. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 6 Project site. Comply with requirements in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC" for wind -load requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of RTUs. B. Examine roughing -in for RTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections before equipment installation. C. Examine roofs for suitable conditions where RTUs will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Roof Curb: Install on roof structure or concrete base, level and secure, according to NRCA's "Low -Slope Membrane Roofing Construction Details Manual," Illustration "Raised Curb Detail for Rooftop Air Handling Units and Ducts." Install RTUs on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete base with anchor bolts. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap and indirect connection as shown on plumbing documents. B. Install piping adjacent to RTUs to allow service and maintenance. 1. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in specification section 22. Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service. C. Duct installation requirements are specified in other HVAC Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb. 2. Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire roof curb. 3. Connect supply ducts to RTUs with flexible duct connectors specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Fort Worth, TX 237413 - 9 4. Install return -air duct continuously through roof structure. 5. Install sound damping per drawing detail. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. Report results in writing. B. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing RTUs and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie -down straps. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the following: 1. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. 2. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber. 3. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans. 4. Inspect internal insulation. 5. Verify that labels are clearly visible. 6. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. 7. Verify that controls are connected and operable. 8. Verify that filters are installed. 9. Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris. 10. Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris. 11. Connect and purge gas line. 12. Remove packing from vibration isolators. 13. Inspect operation of barometric relief dampers. 14. Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 10 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - D. Fasteners: Carbon steel. Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall. E. Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease -tight, high -temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum 2000 deg F. F. Minimum Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg, positive or negative. 2.10 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Ductmate Industries. Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Elaen Manufacturing. 4. Ventfabrics. Inc. 5. Ward Industries. Inc.: a division of Hart & Cooley. Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal -Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 5-3/4 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf/inch in the warp and 360 Ibf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 2.11 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A.. Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries. Inc.: a division of Hart & Coolev. Inc. B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring -steel wire; fibrous -glass insulation; aluminized vapor -barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with IECC 2009. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 7 2.12 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct -insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless -steel accessories in stainless -steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated. D. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. E. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. F. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. G. Install fire dampers according to UL listing. H. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. I. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 8 J. Label access doors according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door. K. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. L. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and more, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. M. Connect diffusers to ducts with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. N. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. O. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat -response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. END OF SECTION 233300 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 9 SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 2. Centrifugal wall ventilators. 3. Ceiling -mounted ventilators. 4. Propeller fans. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Project Altitude: Base fan -performance ratings on actual Project site elevations. B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Also include the following: 1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. 2. Certified fan sound -power ratings. 3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories. 4. Material thickness and finishes, including color charts. 5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. 6. Roof curbs. 7. Fan speed controllers. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 1 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: 1. Roof framing and support members relative to duct penetrations. 2. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling -mounted items including light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For power ventilators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Belts: One set(s) for each belt -driven unit. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA-Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. C. UL Standards: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. Power ventilators for use for restaurant kitchen exhaust shall also comply with UL 762. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of structural -steel support members. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Hartzell Fan Incorporated. 3. Loren Cook Company. 4. PennBarrv. 5. TwinCities B. Housing: Removable, spun -aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. 1. Hinged Subbase: Galvanized -steel hinged arrangement permitting service and maintenance. C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward -inclined blades. D. Belt Drives: 1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 3. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self -aligning ball bearings. 4. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable -pitch motor pulley. 5. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. E. Accessories: 1. Variable -Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent. 2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal -overload protection mounted inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit. 3. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel -blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base; factory set to close when fan stops. F. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch- thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. 1. Configuration: Built-in cant and mounting flange. 2. Overall Height: 18 inches. 3. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. 4. Metal Liner: Galvanized steel. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 3 2.2 CENTRIFUGAL WALL VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Hartzell Fan Incorporated. 3. Loren Cook Company. 4. PennBarrv. 5. TwinCities B. Housing: Heavy -gage, removable, spun -aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; venturi inlet cone. C. Fan Wheel: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward -inclined blades. D. Belt Drives: 1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 3. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self -aligning ball bearings. 4. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable -pitch motor pulley. 5. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. E. Accessories: 1. Variable -Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent. 2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal -overload protection mounted inside fan housing, factory wired through internal aluminum conduit. 3. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel -blade, backdraft dampers mounted in wall sleeve; factory set to close when fan stops. 2.3 CEILING -MOUNTED VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Loren Cook Company. 3. PennBarrv. B. Housing: Steel, Tined with acoustical insulation. C. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service. D. Grille: Painted aluminum, louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 4 E. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and receptacle for motor plug-in. F. Accessories: 1. Variable -Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent. 2. Isolation: Rubber -in -shear vibration isolators. 3. Manufacturer's standard wall cap, and transition fittings. 2.4 PROPELLER FANS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Loren Cook Company. 3. PennBarrv. 4. TwinCities B. Housing: Galvanized -steel sheet with flanged edges and integral orifice ring with baked -enamel finish coat applied after assembly. C. Steel Fan Wheels: Formed -steel blades riveted to heavy -gage steel spider bolted to cast-iron hub. D. Fan Wheel: Replaceable, extruded -aluminum, airfoil blades fastened to cast -aluminum hub; factory set pitch angle of blades. E. Fan Drive: Motor mounted in airstream, factory wired to disconnect switch located on outside of fan housing. F. Fan Drive: 1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Selected for continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower, with final alignment and belt adjustment made after installation. 4. Extend grease fitting to accessible location outside of unit. 5. Service Factor Based on Fan Motor Size: 1.4. 6. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 7. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self -aligning ball bearings. a. Ball -Bearing Rating Life: ABMA 9, Lio of 100,000 hours. 8. Pulleys: Cast iron with split, tapered bushing; dynamically balanced at factory. 9. Motor Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use with motors through 5 hp; fixed pitch for use with larger motors. Select pulley so pitch adjustment is at the middle of adjustment range at fan design conditions. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 5 10. Belts: Oil resistant, nonsparking, and nonstatic; matched sets for multiple belt drives. 11. Belt Guards: Fabricate of steel for motors mounted on outside of fan cabinet. G. Accessories: 1. Gravity Shutters: Aluminum blades in aluminum frame; interlocked blades with nylon bearings. 2. Motor -Side Back Guard: Galvanized steel, complying with OSHA specifications, removable for maintenance. 3. Wall Sleeve: Galvanized steel to match fan and accessory size. 4. Weathershield Hood: Galvanized steel to match fan and accessory size. 5. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal -overload protection mounted inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit. 2.5 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify sound -power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators level and plumb. B. Secure roof -mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium -plated hardware. See Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 6 C. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use manufacture provided supports. D. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. E. Label units according to requirements specified in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal -overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature -control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature -control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 7 C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Adjust belt tension. C. Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. E. Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION 233423 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 8 SECTION 233433 - AIR CURTAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes air curtains. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For air curtains. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For air curtains indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of air -curtain mounting assemblies. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air curtains to include in maintenance manuals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR CURTAINS 233433 - 1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish one set of filters. 2. Furnish one set of fan belts for each unit. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with AMCA 220, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Air Curtains for Aerodynamic Performance Ratings," for airflow, outlet velocity, and power consumption. C. Comply with ARI 410, "Forced -Circulation Air -Cooling and Air -Heating Coils," for components, construction, and rating. 1. Certify coils according to ARI 410. D. Comply with NSF 37, "Air Curtains for Entranceways in Food and Food Service Establishments." 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of air curtains that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period (Nonheating Units): 24 months. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR -CURTAIN UNIT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Loren Cook Company. 2. Mars Air Products: Dvnaforce ;Division. 3. Mars Air Products: Mars Air Door Division. B. Housing: 1. Materials: Galvanized steel with electrostatically -applied epoxy -enamel finish over powdered mirror. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR CURTAINS 233433 - 2 2. Discharge Nozzle: Integral part of the housing, containing air -directional vanes adjustable in 5-degree increments through a 45-degree sweep front to back. C. Mounting Brackets: Steel, for wall mounting. D. Air -Intake Grille: 1. Grille: Integral part of and same material as the housing. E. Fans: 1. Centrifugal, forward curved, double width, double inlet. 2. Galvanized steel. 3. Statically and dynamically balanced. 4. Direct drive. F. Motors: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Single speed. 3. Resiliently mounted. 4. Continuous duty. 5. Open, dripproof. 6. Integral thermal -overload protection. 7. Bearings: Permanently sealed, lifetime, prelubricated, ball bearings. 8. Disconnect: Internal power cord with plug and receptacle. G. Controls: 1. Automatic Door Switch: Plunger type installed in door area to activate air curtain when door opens and to deactivate air curtain when door closes. 2. Start -Stop, Push -Button Switch: Manually activates and deactivates air curtain. 3. Three -Speed Switch: Manually activates, deactivates, and controls air -curtain fan speed. 4. Time -Delay Relay: Factory installed and adjustable to allow air curtain to operate from 0.5 seconds to 10 hours. 5. Motor -Control Panel: Complete with motor starter, 115-V ac transformer with primary and secondary fuses, terminal strip, and NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure with door -mounted hands -off -auto switch. H. Accessories: 1. Mounting Brackets: Adjustable mounting brackets for drum -type roll -up doors. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Source Quality Control: Test to 300 psig and to 200 psig underwater. B. Testing: Test and inspect steam coils according to ASHRAE 33. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR CURTAINS 233433 - 3 C. Steam coils will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install air curtains with clearance for equipment service and maintenance. B. Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing air curtains completely, perform visual and mechanical check of individual components. 2. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start unit to confirm motor rotation and unit operation. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Inspect for water leaks. 4. Test gas train and verify that there are no gas leaks. 5. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Air -curtain unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust belt tension. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR CURTAINS 233433 - 4 B. Adjust motor and fan speed to achieve specified airflow. C. Adjust discharge louver and dampers to regulate airflow. D. Adjust air -directional vanes. END OF SECTION 233433 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX AIR CURTAINS 233433 - 5 SECTION 235523.13 - LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes low -intensity, gas -fired, forced -draft radiant heaters. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Signed, sealed, and prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer. 2. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting/attachment details. 3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 4. Detail fabrication and assembly of high -intensity, gas -fired, radiant heaters, as well as procedures and diagrams. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, elevations, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members to which equipment will be attached. 2. Gas piping to heater installations 3. Thermostats and wiring to heaters. 4. Heater locations and clearance requirements. 5. Other suspended ceiling components including the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 235523.13 -1 a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Sprinklers. B. Field quality -control reports. C. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For gas -fired, radiant heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Igniter: One hot -surface burner igniter(s) for each style of high -intensity, gas - fired, radiant heater furnished. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of radiant heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: All warranty periods listed below are from date of Substantial Completion. a. Burner Assembly: 10 years. b. Combustion and Emitter Tubes: Five years. c. Heater Controls: One year(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. CSA certified, with CSA Seal and certification number clearly visible on units indicating compliance with ANSI Z83.20/CSA 2.34. B. UL listed and labeled, with UL label clearly visible on units indicating compliance with ANSI Z83.20/CSA 2.34. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 235523.13 - 2 C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 FORCED -DRAFT HEATERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Detroit Radiant Products Company. 2. Roberts -Gordon. LLC. 3. Schwank Group. 4. Space -Ray: Division of Gas Fired Products. Inc. 5. Sterling Heating. Ventilation & Air -Conditioning Products; a Mestek company. B. Description: Factory -assembled, indoor, overhead -mounted, electrically controlled, low -intensity, infrared radiant heating units using gas combustion. Heater to have all necessary factory -installed wiring and piping required prior to field installation and startup. C. Fuel Type: Design burner for natural gas having characteristics same as those of gas available at Project site. D. Burner Assembly: 1. Combustion -Air Inlet: Non -ducted, unvented. 2. Burner: Stainless steel. 3. Ignition System: Silicon carbide hot -surface igniter with flame rod sensing capabilities and self -diagnostic control module]. 4. Combustion Blower Fan: Dynamically balanced, direct -driven, forward -curved fan with cast -aluminum -alloy impeller and aluminized -steel housing, with a minimum temperature rating of 450 deg F. 5. Motors: General requirements for motors are specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a. Motor: Resilient -mounted, capacitor -start -capacitor -run type with sealed ball bearings; totally enclosed, nonventilated type with internal thermal protection. b. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. E. Combustion Chamber: 4-inch- diameter, 16-gage, aluminized -steel tubing with high - emissivity, high -temperature, corrosion -resistant external finish. Chambers shall be equipped with sight glass for burner and pilot flame observation. F. Emitter Tube: 4-inch diameter, 16-gage, aluminized -steel tubing with high -emissivity, high -temperature, corrosion -resistant external finish Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 235523.13 - 3 1. Tubing Connections: Compression couplings made from aluminized or stainless steel. 2. Exhaust Vent Termination: Vertical through roof with vent caps. G. Reflector: Polished aluminum, with end caps. Shape to control radiation from tubing for uniform intensity at floor level with 100 percent cutoff above centerline of tubing. Reflectors or entire heater shall accommodate rotational adjustment from horizontal to a minimum 30-degree tilt from vertical. H. Accessories: 1. Reflector Extension Shields: Same material as reflectors, arranged for fixed connection to lower reflector lip and rigid support to provide 100 percent cutoff of direct radiation from tubing at angles greater than 30 degrees from vertical. 2. Protective grilles mounted to reflectors to protect emitter tubing. 3. Stainless -steel flexible connector with manual valve for gas supply. 4. Hanger chain with "S" hooks. 5. 3/16-inch- diameter, galvanized -steel wire tubing hangers and reflector supports. 6. Rigid mounting kits. 7. Outdoor use conversion kit. 8. Clearance warning plaque. 2.3 CONTROLS AND SAFETIES A. Gas Control Valve: Two -stage, regulated redundant 24-V ac gas valve that contains pilot solenoid valve, electric gas valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff all in one body. B. Failure Safeguards: 100 percent shutoff of gas flow in the event of flame or power failure. C. Prepurge of 30 seconds of air control system prior to burner ignition. D. Safety lockout of burner after three consecutive ignition failures. E. Blocked Vent Safety: Differential pressure switch in burner safety circuit to stop burner operation with high discharge or suction pressure. F. Control Panel Interlock: Stops burner if panel is open. G. Indicator Lights: "Airflow -on" and "burner -on" indicator lights. H. Thermostat: Two -stage, wall -mounted type with 50 to 90 deg F operating range and fan on switch. 1. Control Transformer: Integrally mounted. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 235523.13 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine structures, substrates, areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, required clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for fuel -gas piping to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Installation: Install gas -fired, radiant heaters and associated gas features and systems according to NFPA 54. B. Suspended Units: Suspend from substrate using chain hanger kits and building attachments. 1. Restrain the unit to resist seismic acceleration. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 2. Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Maintain manufacturers' recommended clearances for combustibles. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Gas Piping: Comply with Section 231123 "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to gas train inlet; provide union with enough clearance for burner removal and service. 1. Gas Connections: Connect gas piping to radiant heaters according to NFPA 54. B. Where installing piping adjacent to gas -fired, radiant heaters, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Vent Connections: Comply with Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" and with Section 235100 "Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks." D. Electrical Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 260519 "Low - Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 235523.13 - 5 1. Install electrical devices furnished with heaters but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 2. Verify bearing lubrication. 3. Verify proper motor rotation. 4. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: a. Test procedures used. b. Test results that comply with requirements. c. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. C. Gas -fired, radiant heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust initial -temperature set points. B. Adjust burner and other unit components for optimum heating performance and efficiency. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gas -fired, radiant heaters. END OF SECTION 235523.13 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX LOW -INTENSITY, GAS -FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS 235523.13 - 6 SECTION 237413 - PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged, outdoor, central -station air -handling units (rooftop units) with the following components and accessories: 1. Direct -expansion cooling. 2. Gas furnace. 3. Economizer outdoor- and return -air damper section (RTU-2). 4. Integral, space temperature controls. 5. Roof curbs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct -digital controls. B. ECM: Electrically commutated motor. C. Outdoor -Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the outdoor -air stream to reject heat during cooling operations and to absorb heat during heating operations. "Outdoor air" is defined as the air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not previously circulated through the system. D. Outdoor -Air Refrigerant -Coil Fan: The outdoor -air refrigerant -coil fan in RTUs. "Outdoor air" is defined as the air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not previously circulated through the system. E. RTU: Rooftop unit. As used in this Section, this abbreviation means packaged, outdoor, central -station air -handling units. This abbreviation is used regardless of whether the unit is mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground. F. Supply -Air Fan: The fan providing supply air to conditioned space. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. G. Supply -Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the supply -air stream to absorb heat (provide cooling) during cooling operations and to reject heat (provide heating) during Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Fort Worth, TX 237413 - 1 heating operations. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air- conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. H. VVT: Variable -air volume and temperature. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design RTU supports to comply with wind performance requirements, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each RTU, including rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For RTU supports indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail mounting, securing, and flashing of roof curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating requirements with roof membrane system. 2. Wind Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of wind restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, .diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members to which RTUs will be attached. 2. Roof openings 3. Roof curbs and flashing. B. Manufacturer Wind Loading Qualification Certification: Submit certification that specified equipment will withstand wind forces identified in "Performance Requirements" Article and in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 2 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculations. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of wind force and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that RTUs, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in "Performance Requirements" Article and in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For RTUs to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fan Belts: One set for each belt -driven fan. 2. Filters: One set of filters for each unit. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ARI Compliance: 1. Comply with ARI 203/110 and ARI 303/110 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs. 2. Comply with ARI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 3 2. Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." C. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. E. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995. F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace components of RTUs that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not Tess than five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Gas Furnace Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Warranty Period for Solid -State Ignition Modules: Manufacturer's standard, but not Tess than three years from date of Substantial Completion. 4. Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AAON.Inc. 2. McQuav International. 3. Trane: American Standard Companies. Inc. 4. Johnson Controls. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 4 2.2 CASING A. General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: Formed and reinforced double -wall insulated panels, fabricated to allow removal for access to internal parts and components, with joints between sections sealed. B. Exterior Casing Material: Galvanized steel with factory -painted finish, with pitched roof panels and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections and lifting Tugs. 1. Exterior Casing Thickness: 0.052 inch thick. C. Casing Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I. 2. Thickness: 1 inch. 3. Liner materials shall have air -stream surface coated with an erosion- and temperature -resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric. 4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. D. Condensate Drain Pans: Formed sections of stainless -steel sheet, a minimum of 2 inches deep. 1. Drain Connections: Threaded nipple. E. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 2.3 FANS A. Direct -Driven Supply -Air Fans: Double width, forward curved or backward inclined, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, multispeed motor resiliently mounted in the fan inlet. Aluminum or painted -steel wheels, and galvanized- or painted -steel fan scrolls. B. Belt -Driven Supply -Air Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, single -speed motor installed on an adjustable fan base resiliently mounted in the casing. Aluminum or painted -steel wheels, and galvanized - or painted -steel fan scrolls. C. Condenser -Coil Fan: Propeller, mounted on shaft of permanently lubricated motor. D. Fan Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2.4 COILS A. Supply -Air Refrigerant Coil: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 5 1. Aluminum -plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing -type vertical distributor. 2. Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or condensate pan. 3. Coil Split: Interlaced. 4. Condensate Drain Pan: Stainless steel formed with pitch and drain connections. B. Outdoor -Air Refrigerant Coil: 1. Aluminum -plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing -type vertical distributor. 2. Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or condensate pan. 2.5 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS A. Number of Refrigerant Circuits: One for units 6 tons or less and two units 7.5 tons and larger. B. Compressor: Hermetic, scroll, mounted on vibration isolators; with internal overcurrent and high -temperature protection, internal pressure relief, and crankcase heater. C. Refrigeration Specialties: 1. Refrigerant: R-410A. 2. Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element. 3. Refrigerant filter/dryer. 4. Manual -reset high-pressure safety switch. 5. Automatic -reset low-pressure safety switch. 6. Minimum off -time relay. 7. Automatic -reset compressor motor thermal overload. 8. Brass service valves installed in compressor suction and liquid lines. 9. Low -ambient kit high-pressure sensor. 2.6 AIR FILTRATION A. Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Pleated: Minimum 90 percent arrestance, and MERV 13. 2.7 GAS FURNACE A. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired; complying with ANSI Z21.47 and NFPA 54. 1. CSA Approval: Designed and certified by and bearing label of CSA. B. Burners: Stainless steel. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 6 1. Fuel: Natural gas. 2. Ignition: Electronically controlled electric spark or hot -surface igniter with flame sensor. C. Heat -Exchanger and Drain Pan: Stainless steel. D. Power Vent: Integral, motorized centrifugal fan interlocked with gas valve. E. Safety Controls: 1. Gas Control Valve: Single stage. 2. Gas Train: Single -body, regulated, redundant, 24-V ac gas valve assembly containing pilot solenoid valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff. 2.8 DAMPERS A. Outdoor -Air Damper: Linked damper blades, for 0 to 25 percent outdoor air, with manual damper filter. B. (RTU-2) Outdoor- and Return -Air Mixing Dampers: Motorized opposed -blade galvanized -steel dampers mechanically fastened to cadmium plated for galvanized - steel operating rod in reinforced cabinet. Connect operating rods with common linkage and interconnect linkages so dampers operate simultaneously. 1. Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position. 2. Relief -Air Damper: Gravity actuated or motorized, as required by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, with bird screen and hood. 2.9 ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION A. Provide for single connection of power to unit with unit -mounted disconnect switch accessible from outside unit and control -circuit transformer with built-in overcurrent protection. 2.10 CONTROLS A. Basic Unit Controls: 1. Control -voltage transformer. 2. Wall -mounted 7-day programmable thermostat with the following features: a. Heat -cool -off switch. b. Fan on -auto switch. c. Fan -speed switch. d. Manual or Automatic] changeover. e. Adjustable deadband. f. Exposed set point. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 7 g. Exposed indication. h. Degree F indication. i. Unoccupied -period -override push button. 2.11 ACCESSORIES A. Duplex, 115-V, ground -fault -interrupter outlet with 15-A overcurrent protection. Include transformer if required. Outlet shall be energized even if the unit main disconnect is open. B. Low -ambient kit using staged or variable -speed condenser fans for operation down to 35 deg F. C. Filter differential pressure switch with sensor tubing on either side of filter. Set for final filter pressure loss. D. Hail guards of galvanized steel, painted to match casing. 2.12 ROOF CURBS A. Roof curbs with vibration isolators and wind or seismic restraints are specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Materials: Galvanized steel with corrosion -protection coating, watertight gaskets, and factory -installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards. 1. Curb Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. a. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I or II. b. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Application: Factory applied with adhesive and mechanical fasteners to the internal surface of curb. a. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. b. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment, mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in cabinet. c. Liner materials applied in this location shall have air -stream surface coated with a temperature -resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric depending on service air velocity. d. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. C. Curb Height: 24 inches. D. Wind and Seismic Restraints: Metal brackets compatible with the curb and casing, painted to match RTU, used to anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 8 15. Inspect fan -wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding. 16. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. 17. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. a. Start refrigeration system. b. Do not operate below recommended low -ambient temperature. c. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report. 18. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences. 19. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer. 20. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing. Adjust burner for peak efficiency. a. Measure gas pressure on manifold. b. Inspect operation of power vents. c. Measure combustion -air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber. d. Measure flue -gas temperature at furnace discharge. e. Perform flue -gas analysis. Measure and record flue -gas carbon dioxide and oxygen concentration. f. Measure supply -air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air. 21. Calibrate thermostats. 22. Adjust and inspect high -temperature limits. 23. Inspect outdoor -air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return -air dampers. 24. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient is a minimum of 15 deg F above return -air temperature: a. Coil leaving -air, dry- and wet -bulb temperatures. b. Coil entering -air, dry- and wet -bulb temperatures. c. Outdoor -air, dry-bulb temperature. d. Outdoor -air -coil, discharge -air, dry-bulb temperature. 25. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown. 26. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve. a. Supply -air volume. b. Return -air volume. c. Relief -air volume. d. Outdoor -air intake volume. 27. Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following: a. Compressor refrigerant suction and hot -gas pressures. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX 11 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413- b. Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to outdoor -air intake. 28. Verify operation of remote panel including pilot -light operation and failure modes. Inspect the following: a. High -temperature limit on gas -fired heat exchanger. b. Low -temperature safety operation. c. Filter high-pressure differential alarm. d. Economizer to minimum outdoor -air changeover. e. Relief -air fan operation. f. Smoke and firestat alarms. 29. After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion, replace existing filters with new filters. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to site during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose. B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTU and air - distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain RTUs. Refer to Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 237413 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX 12 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237413 - SECTION 238126 — DUCTLESS SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes split -system air-conditioning and heat -pump units consisting of separate evaporator -fan and compressor -condenser components. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split -system air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 -1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of wall penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split -system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Six year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Mitsubishi Electric & Electronics USA, Inc.; HVAC Advanced Products Division. 2.2 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS) A. The indoor unit shall be factory assembled and pre -wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. Both liquid and suction lines must be individually insulated between the outdoor and indoor units. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 - 2 B. Unit Cabinet: 1. The indoor unit shall have a white, "flat screen" finish. 2. The drain and refrigerant piping shall be accessible from six (6) positions for flexible installation (right side, right back, and right bottom; and left side, left back, and left bottom. 3. The cabinet shall be supplied with a mounting plate to be installed onto a wall for securely mounting the cabinet. 4. The cabinet includes an "intelligent -eye" motion sensor capable of setting back the set point temperature for energy savings. This feature may be disengaged on the wireless remote controller. C. Fan: 1. The evaporator fan shall be an assembly consisting of a direct -driven fan by a single motor. 2. The fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced and operate on a motor with permanent lubricated bearings. 3. An auto -swing louver for adjustable air flow (both vertically and horizontally) is standard via the wireless remote control furnished with each system. 4. The indoor fan shall offer a choice of five speeds, plus quiet and auto settings. D. Filter: 1. The return air filter provided will be a mildew proof, removable and washable filter. Optional photo catalytic, air purifying filters are available. E. Coil: 1. The evaporator coil shall be a nonferrous, aluminum fin on copper tube heat exchanger. 2. All tube joints shall be brazed with silver alloy or phoscopper. 3. All coils will be factory pressure tested. 4. A condensate pan shall be provided under the coil with a drain connection. F. Electrical: 1. The outdoor unit shall be powered with 208-230 volts, 1 phase, and 60 hertz power. The indoor unit shall receive 208-230 volt, 1 phase, 60 hertz power from the outdoor unit. 2. The allowable voltage range shall be 187 volts to 253 volts. G. Control: 1. The unit shall have a backlit, wireless remote infra -red controller capable to operate the system. It shall have Cooling Operation, Heating Operation, Automatic Operation, Dry Operation and Fan Only Operation. 2. The infrared remote controller shall consist of an On/Off Power switch, Mode Selector, Silent Button (for outdoor unit), Fan Setting, Swing Louver, On/Off Timer Setting, Temperature Adjustment, °C or °F Temperature Display, "Intelligent Eye" sensor, Home Leave Operation and Powerful Operation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 - 3 3. On/Off switch powers the system on or off. 4. Mode selector shall operate the system in auto, cool, heat, fan or dry operation 5. Silent operation shall lower the sound level of the outdoor unit by slowing the inverter driven fan speed. 6. Fan setting shall provide five fan speeds, plus quiet and auto settings. 7. Swing louver shall adjust the airflow (horizontal and vertical) blades. 8. On/Off timer is used for automatically switching the unit on or off. 9. Temperature adjustment allows for the increase or decrease of the desired temperature. 10. Intelligent eye provides an infrared sensor which detects movement and adjusts the temperature by 3.6°F up or down depending on operating mode. 11. Home leave operation allows you to record your favorite temperature and airflow setting and allows the system to set back to a user defined setting. 12. Powerful operation allows quick cool down or heating up in the desired space to achieve maximum desired temperature in the shortest allowable time period. 13. The infrared remote control shall perform Fault Diagnostic functions which may be system related, indoor unit or outdoor unit related depending on the fault code. 14. Temperature range on the remote control shall be 64°F to 90°F in cooling mode and 50°F to 86°F in heating mode. 15. The indoor unit microprocessor has the capability to receive and process commands via return air temperature and indoor coil temperature sensors enabled by commands from the remote control. H. Sound: 1. Indoor unit sound levels shall not exceed: 40 dB(A) 2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS) A. Air -Cooled, Compressor -Condenser Components: 1. The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled and pre -wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. The refrigeration circuit of the condensing unit shall consist of scroll compressors, motors, fans, condenser coil, electronic expansion valves, solenoid valves, 4-way valve, distribution headers, capillaries, filters, shut off valves, oil separators, service ports and refrigerant regulator. 2. High/low pressure gas line, liquid and suction lines must be individually insulated between the outdoor and indoor units. 3. The sound pressure level shall be 63 dBA or less at 3 feet from the front of the unit. 4. The system shall automatically restart operation after a power failure and shall retain all settings, eliminating the need for reprogramming. 5. The unit shall incorporate an auto -charging feature and a refrigerant charge check function. 6. The following safety devices shall be included on the condensing unit; high pressure switch, control circuit fuses, crankcase heaters, fusible plug, high pressure switch, overload relay, inverter overload protector, thermal protectors Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 - 4 for compressor and fan motors, over current protection for the inverter and anti - recycling timers. 7. Oil recovery cycle shall be automatic occurring 2 hours after start of operation and then every 8 hours of operation. 8. The outdoor unit shall be capable of heating operation at 0°F dry bulb ambient temperature. 9. The system shall continue to provide heat to the indoor units while in the defrost mode. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. The outdoor unit shall be completely weatherproof and corrosion re- sistant. The unit shall be constructed from rust -proofed mild steel panels coated with a baked enamel finish. C. Fan: 1. The condensing unit shall consist of one or more propeller type, direct - drive fans that have variable speed operation via a DC (digitally commu- tating) inverter. 2. The condensing unit fan shall have 0.32" of external static pressure avail- able. 3. Nominal sound pressure levels shall be 63 dBA or less. 4. The fan motor shall have inherent thermal overload protection and per- manently lubricated bearings. D. Condenser Coil: 1. The condenser coil shall be manufactured from copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins to form a mechanical bond. 2. The heat exchanger coil shall be of a waffle louver fin and rifled bore tube design to ensure high efficiency performance. 3. The heat exchanger on the condensing units shall be manufactured from Hi-X seamless copper tube with N-shape internal grooves mechanically bonded on to aluminum fins to an e-Pass Design. 4. The fins shall be covered with an anti -corrosion acrylic resin and type E1, hydrophilic film. 5. The pipe plates shall be treated with powdered polyester resin for corro- sion prevention. The thickness of the coating must be between 2.0 to 3.0 microns. E. Compressor: 1. The scroll compressors shall be variable speed PAM inverter to follow the variations in total cooling and heating load as determined by the suction gas pressure as measured in the condensing unit. In addition, samplings of evaporator and condenser temperatures shall be made so that the high/low pressures detected are read every 20 seconds and calculated. With each reading, the compressor capacity (INV frequency or STD ON/OFF) shall be controlled to eliminate deviation from target value. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 - 5 2. The inverter driven compressor in each condensing unit shall be of highly efficient reluctance DC (digitally commutating), hermetically sealed scroll type. 3. The capacity control range shall be from 100% to as low as 6%. 4. Each compressor shall be equipped with a crankcase heater, high pres- sure safety switch, and internal thermal overload protector. 5. Oil separators shall be standard with the equipment together with an intel- ligent oil management system. 6. The compressor shall be spring mounted to avoid the transmission of vi- bration. F. Electrical: 1. The control voltage between the indoor and outdoor unit shall be 16VDC non - shielded, stranded 2 conductor cable. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features: 1. Compressor time delay. 2. 24-hour time control of system stop and start. 3. Liquid -crystal display indicating temperature, set -point temperature, time setting, operating mode, and fan speed. 4. Fan -speed selection including auto setting. B. Automatic -reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. C. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft -annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory -insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. D. Drain Hose: For condensate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator -fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install ground -mounted, compressor -condenser components on 5-inch- thick, reinforced concrete base that is 4 inches larger, on each side, than unit. Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 - 6 D. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick -connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER 238126 - 7 SECTION 238126 - SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes split -system heat -pump units consisting of separate evaporator -fan and compressor -condenser components. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, Toads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied color finishes. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split -system air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: One set(s) for each air -handling unit. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - " Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Coordinate sizes and locations of equipment pads and wall penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split -system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trane; a business of American Standard companies. 2. Johnson Controls companv. 3. McQuay 2.2 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS) A. Evaporator -Fan Components: 1. Chassis: Galvanized steel with flanged edges, removable panels for servicing, and insulation on back of panel. 2. Insulation: Faced, glass -fiber duct liner. 3. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal -expansion valve. Comply with ARI 206/110. 4. Electric Coil: Helical, nickel -chrome, resistance -wire heating elements; with refractory ceramic support bushings, automatic -reset thermal cutout, built-in magnetic contactors, manual -reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection. 5. Fan: Forward -curved, double -width wheel of galvanized steel; directly connected to motor. 6. Fan Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. c. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection. 7. Airstream Surfaces,: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 8. Filters: Pleated: Minimum 90 percent arrestance, and MERV 13. 9. Condensate Drain Pans: a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. b. Single -wall, plastic. c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 3 2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS) A. Air -Cooled, Compressor -Condenser Components: 1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current - sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Two -speed compressor motor with manual -reset high-pressure switch and automatic -reset low-pressure switch. c. Refrigerant Charge R-410A. d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Heat -Pump Components: Reversing valve and low -temperature -air cutoff thermostat. 4. Fan: Aluminum -propeller type, directly connected to motor. 5. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal -overload protection. 6. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F. 7. Mounting Base: Polyethylene. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified in Section 230900 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" and Section 230993 "Sequence and Operations for HVAC Controls." B. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. C. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features: 1. Compressor time delay. 2. 24-hour time control of system stop and start. 3. Liquid -crystal display indicating temperature, set -point temperature, time setting, operating mode, and fan speed. 4. Fan -speed selection including auto setting. D. Automatic -reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. E. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft -annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory -insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. F. Drain Hose: For condensate. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 4 G. Additional Monitoring: 1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads. 2. Monitor variable -frequency -drive operation. 3. Monitor economizer cycle. 4. Monitor cooling load. 5. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator -fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install roof -mounted, compressor -condenser components on equipment supports specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium -plated fasteners. D. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install ground -mounted, compressor -condenser components on cast -in -place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." E. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick -connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 1. Water Coil Connections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 Hydronic Piping Specialties." Connect hydronic piping to supply and return coil connections with shutoff -duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling -duty valve and union or flange on the return connection. 2. Remote, Water -Cooled Condenser Connections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 Hydronic Piping Specialties." Connect hydronic piping to supply and return connections with shutoff -duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling -duty valve and union or flange on the return connection. B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 5 C. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and return ducts to split -system air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct connectors are specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for Teaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 6 SECTION 238239.16 - PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes propeller unit heaters with electric -resistance heating coils. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. B. CWP: Cold working pressure. C. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. D. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include location and size of each field connection. 4. Include details of anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. 5. Include equipment schedules to indicate rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 6. Indicate location and arrangement of integral controls. 7. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 238239.16 - 1 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which propeller unit heaters will be attached. 3. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For propeller unit heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. McQuav international. 2. Rosemex Products. 3. Ruffneck Heaters: a division of Lexa Corporation. 4. Trane inc. 5. QMark 2.2 DESCRIPTION A. Assembly including casing, coil, fan, and motor in horizontal discharge configuration with adjustable discharge louvers. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with UL 2021. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 238239.16 - 2 D. Comply with UL 823. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." 2.4 HOUSINGS A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked enamel applied to factory -assembled and - tested propeller unit heaters before shipping. B. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. C. Discharge Louver: Adjustable fin diffuser for horizontal units and conical diffuser for vertical units. 2.5 COILS A. Electric -Resistance Heating Coil: Nickel -chromium heating wire, free from expansion noise and 60-Hz hum, embedded in magnesium oxide refractory and sealed in steel or corrosion -resistant metallic sheath with fins no closer than 0.16 inch (4 mm). Element ends shall be enclosed in terminal box. Fin surface temperature shall not exceed 550 deg F (288 deg C) at any point during normal operation. 1. Circuit Protection: One-time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection and limit controls for high -temperature protection of heaters. 2. Wiring Terminations: Stainless -steel or corrosion -resistant material. 2.6 FAN AND MOTOR A. Fan: Propeller type with aluminum wheel directly mounted on motor shaft in the fan venturi. B. Motor: Permanently lubricated, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2.7 CONTROLS A. Control Devices: 1. Unit -mounted thermostat. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 238239.16 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive propeller unit heaters for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for electrical connections to verify actual locations before unit - heater installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install propeller unit heaters to comply with NFPA 90A. B. Install propeller unit heaters level and plumb. C. Suspend propeller unit heaters from structure with all -thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers. Hanger rods and attachments to structure are specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. 3. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 238239.16 - 4 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust initial temperature set points. B. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain propeller unit heaters. END OF SECTION 238239.16 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 238239.16 - 5 SECTION 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electrical installation requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast -in -place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 -1 C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel, include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 -2 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ETECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall -mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 -3 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants.". J. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." K. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using [steel] [cast-iron] pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX END OF SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 -4 SECTION 260519 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Field quality -control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Set sleeves in cast -in -place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth,TX LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Senator Wire & Cable Company. 5. Southwire Company. B. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. C. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth,TX LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -2 2.4 SLEEVE SEALS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Calpico, Inc. 3. Metraflex Co. 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates: Plastic, include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. E. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth,TX LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -3 G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. H. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. Class 2 Control Circuits: Power -limited cable, concealed in building finishes. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth,TX LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -4 D. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. I. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." K. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground exterior -wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth,TX LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -5 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 260519 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth,TX LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -6 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as -built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. C. Field quality -control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned -copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intel Airport Fort Worth, TX GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -1 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. C. Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 2 inches in cross section, unless otherwise indicated; with insulators. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure -type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Stainless steel, - 3/4 inch byl0 feet in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned -copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. C. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus on insulated spacers 2 inch, minimum, from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -2 D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING OVERHEAD LINES A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Install 2 parallel ground rods if resistance to ground by a single, ground -rod electrode exceeds 25 ohms. C. Drive ground rods until tops are 12 inches below finished grade in undisturbed earth. D. Ground -Rod Connections: Install bolted connectors for underground connections and connections to rods. E. Lightning Arrester Grounding Conductors: Separate from other grounding conductors. F. Secondary Neutral and Transformer Enclosure: Interconnect and connect to grounding conductor. G. Protect grounding conductors running on surface of wood poles with molding extended from grade level up to and through communication service and transformer spaces. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct - mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. C. Water Heater, Heat -Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat -tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. D. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -3 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. E. Ufer Ground (Concrete -Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70, using a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. 1. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. 2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -4 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 5 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 1 ohm. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -5 SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. C. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Nonmetallic slotted support systems. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -1 B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Nonmetallic slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 4. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -2 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural -grade, factory -formed, glass -fiber -resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,, but are not limited to, the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. d. Seasafe, Inc. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 3. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles. 4. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non -armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. G. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -3 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -4 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site - fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -5 C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive -strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." C. Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -6 SECTION 260530 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. D. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. E. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. F. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. G. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. H. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. I. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260530-1 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets. C. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency. D. Source quality -control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 4. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 5. Electri-Flex Co. 6. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 7. Maverick Tube Corporation. 8. O-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 9. Wheatland Tube Company. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. IMC: ANSI C80.6. D. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. E. EMT: ANSI C80.3. F. FMC: Zinc -coated steel. G. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYS'IEMS 260530-2 C. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. F. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, round. G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. H. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. I. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic. J. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.6 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 2.7 SLEEVE SEALS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260530-5 B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. includes raceways in the following locations: a. Mechanical rooms. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 7. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable in Spaces Used for Environmental Air: Plenum -type, optical fiber/communications cable raceway. 8. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable Risers in Vertical Shafts: Riser - type, optical fiber/communications cable raceway. 9. Raceways for Concealed General Purpose Distribution of Optical Fiber or Communications Cable: General -use, optical fiber/communications cable raceway. 10. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic in damp or wet locations. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260530-6 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Change from ENT to RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above the floor. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. L. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: Install raceways, metallic and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows: 1. 3/4-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet. 2. 1-Inch Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet. 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260530-7 M. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. N. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. O. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. P. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. E. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed. I. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. J. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260530-8 K. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials. Comply with Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." L. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. M. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. N. Underground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.4 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.6 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham lnt'I Airport Fort Worth, TX RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260530-9 SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways and metal -clad cable. 2. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. 3. Underground -line warning tape. 4. Warning labels and signs. 5. Instruction signs. 6. Equipment identification labels. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-1 D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY AND METAL -CLAD IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. B. Color for Printed Legend: 1. Power Circuits: Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable. C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use. 2.2 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION, AND CONTROL -CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. B. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. C. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels: Cut from 0.014-inch-thick aluminum sheet, with stamped, embossed, or scribed legend, and fitted with tabs and matching slots for permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. D. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking nylon tie fastener. E. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-2 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 2.3 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self -Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory -printed, multicolor, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked -Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches. D. Metal -Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather -resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose - acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized -steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches. E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." 2.4 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1. Normal Power - Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Standby Power - Engraved legend with white letters on red face. 3. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 4. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark -gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus -inert, self -extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-3 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb, minimum. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. B. Paint: Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Exterior Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): a. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer. 2) Finish Coats: Exterior semi -gloss acrylic enamel. 2. Exterior Concrete Unit Masonry: a. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a block filler. 1) Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. 2) Finish Coats: Exterior semi -gloss acrylic enamel. 3. Exterior Ferrous Metal: a. Semigloss Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer. 2) Finish Coats: Exterior semi -gloss alkyd enamel. 4. Exterior Zinc -Coated Metal (except Raceways): a. Semigloss Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Exterior zinc -coated metal primer. 2) Finish Coats: Exterior semi -gloss alkyd enamel. 5. Interior Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): a. Semigloss Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer. 2) Finish Coats: Interior semi -gloss alkyd enamel. 6. Interior Concrete Unit Masonry: a. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a block filler. 1) Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. 2) Finish Coats: Interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel. 7. Interior Gypsum Board: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-4 a. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. 2) Finish Coats: Interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel. 8. Interior Ferrous Metal: a. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. 2) Finish Coats: Interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel. 9. Interior Zinc -Coated Metal (except Raceways): a. Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coat(s) over a primer. 1) Primer: Interior zinc -coated metal primer. 2) Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables More Than 600 V: Identify with "DANGER - HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters at least 2 inches high, with self-adhesive vinyl labels. Repeat legend at 10-foot maximum intervals. B. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 A: Identify with orange self-adhesive vinyl label. C. Accessible Raceways and Cables of Auxiliary Systems: Identify the following systems with color -coded, self-adhesive vinyl tape applied in bands: 1. Fire Alarm System: Red. 2. Fire -Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow. 3. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. 4. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow. 5. Control Wiring: Green and red. D. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification: For primary and secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use color -coding conductor tape. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-5 E. Branch -Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use color -coding conductor tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number. F. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. G. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply self-adhesive warning labels. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1. Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. 2. Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. H. Instruction Signs: 1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-6 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards. d. Transformers. e. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. f. Disconnect switches. g. Enclosed circuit breakers. h. Motor starters. i. Contactors. j. Remote -controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. k. Voice and data cable terminal equipment. 1. Master clock and program equipment. m. Fire -alarm control panel and annunciators. n. Monitoring and control equipment. o. Teiminals, racks, and patch panels for voice and data communication and for signal and control functions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach non -adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F. System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. G. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied or, for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit, field applied. 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-7 3. Colors for 480/277 Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange c. Phase C: Yellow. 4. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. H. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. I. Painted Identification: Prepare surface and apply paint according to Division 09 painting Sections. END OF SECTION 260553 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-8 SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SVR: Suppressed voltage rating. B. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 6. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. D. Field Quality -Control Reports: 1. Test procedures used. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-1 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. E. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time -current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agencv. and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NEMA PB 1. E. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NEMA PB 1. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet. B. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-2 1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2. Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." B. Enclosures: Flush- and surface -mounted cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 3. Finishes: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-3 a. Panels and Trim: Steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two -coat, baked -on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. 4. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in metal frame with transparent protective cover. C. Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom. D. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch -circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. E. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus -Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 4. Feed -Through Lugs Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. F. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards or load centers with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. G. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. H. Panelboard Short -Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.2 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Square D, a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault -type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 1. For doors more than 36 inches high, provide two latches, keyed alike. D. Mains: Circuit breaker. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-4 E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug-in circuit breakers. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt -on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive -locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Square D, a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch -circuit type. C. Mains: Circuit breaker. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D, a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous -Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front - mounted, field -adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field -replaceable rating plug or field- replicable electronic trip; and the following field -adjustable settings: a. b. c. d. Instantaneous trip. Long- and short -time pickup levels. Long- and short -time time adjustments. Ground -fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response. 4. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two -pole configurations with Class A ground -fault protection (6-mA trip). 5. Ground -Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: protection (30-mA trip). 6. Molded -Case Circuit -Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-5 Class B ground -fault a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high -intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d. Ground -Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time -delay settings, push -to -test feature, and ground -fault indicator. e. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a single unit. f Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit -breaker handle in on or off position. 2.5 PANELBOARD SUPPRESSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Current Technology; a subsidiary of Danahar Corporation. 2. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler -Hammer Business Unit. 3. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 4. Liebert Corporation. 5. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 6. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Surge Protection Device: IEEE C62.41-compliant, integrally mounted, solid-state, parallel - connected, non -modular type, with sine -wave tracking suppression and filtering modules, UL 1449, second edition, short-circuit current rating matching or exceeding the panelboard short-circuit rating, and with the following features and accessories: 1. Accessories: a. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. b. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed. c. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, for remote monitoring of protection status. 2.6 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. B. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation. C. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. C. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. D. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. G. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. H. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-7 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field -adjustable circuit -breaker trip ranges. 3.6 PRO '1'LCTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 262416 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX PANELBOARDS 262416-8 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Twist -locking receptacles. 3. Wall -box motion sensors. 4. Snap switches and wall -box dimmers. 5. Wall -switch and exterior occupancy sensors. 6. Communications outlets. 7. Pendant cord -connector devices. 8. Cord and plug sets. 9. Floor service outlets, poke -through assemblies, service poles, and multioutlet assemblies. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter. C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch -circuit conductor. D. RFI: Radio -frequency interference. E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, Tx WIRING DEVICES 262726-1 D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate through one source from a single manufacturer. Insofar as they are available, obtain all wiring devices and associated wall plates from a single manufacturer and one source. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Receptacles for Owner -Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). 2. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 3. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 4. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour). 2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 5351 (single), 5352 (duplex). b. Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), CR5352 (duplex). c. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, Tx WIRING DEVICES 262726-2 d. Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex). 2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: Straight blade, feed -through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; GF20. b. Pass & Seymour; 2084. 2.4 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way). b. Hubbell; CS1221 (single pole), CS1222 (two pole), CS1223 (three way), CS1224 (four way). c. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). d. Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). C. Pilot Light Switches, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 2221PL for 120V. b. Hubbell; HPL1221PL for 120V. c. Leviton; 1221-PLR for 120 V. d. Pass & Seymour; PS20AC1-PLR for 120 V. 3. Description: Single pole, with neon -lighted handle, illuminated when switch is "ON." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, Tx WIRING DEVICES 262726-3 2.5 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 302 brushed stainless stee.. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, high -impact thermoplastic. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring -loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations." B. Wet -Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather - resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.6 FINISHES A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: White, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, Tx WIRING DEVICES 262726-4 a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. S. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. H. Adjust locations of floor service outlets to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black -filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, Tx WIRING DEVICES 262726-5 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 262726 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, Tx WIRING DEVICES 262726-6 SECTION 262813 - FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less for use in switches. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include the following for each fuse type indicated: 1. Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NEMA FU 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more than 100 deg F, apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX FUSES 262813-1 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of each fuse type and size, but no fewer than one of each type and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Bussmann, Inc. 2. Edison Fuse, Mfg. Co., Inc.; Cooper Industries, Inc. 3. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. 4. Tracor, Inc.; Littelfuse, Inc. Subsidiary 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically damaged. B. Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features. C. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. D. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX FUSES 262813-2 3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Cartridge Fuses: 1. Service Entrance: Class RK1, fast acting. 2. Feeders: Class RK1, fast acting. 3. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay. 4. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch. END OF SECTION 262813 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX FUSES 262813-3 SECTION 262816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Molded -case circuit breakers. 4. Enclosures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter. B. HD: Heavy duty. C. RMS: Root mean square. D. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency. D. Field quality -control test reports including the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -1 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. E. Manufacturer's field service report. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 2. Time -current curves include selectable ranges for each type of circuit breaker. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on -site testing specified in Part 3. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -2 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Spares: For the following: a. Fuses for Fusible Switches: 6. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Fusible Switch, 600A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Nonfusible Switch, 600A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch blades open. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -3 2.3 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous -Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front - mounted, field -adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic Trip -Unit Circuit Breakers: RMS sensing; field -replaceable rating plug; with the following field -adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long- and short -time pickup levels. c. Long- and short -time time adjustments. d. Ground -fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response. 4. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller and let -through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 5. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal -magnetic trip element with integral limiter - style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker and trip activation on fuse opening or on opening of fuse compartment door. 6. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two -pole configurations with 4-mA to 6-mA trip sensitivity. C. Molded -Case Circuit -Breaker Features and Accessories: 1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical style suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. 3. Application Listing: Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. 4. Ground -Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time -delay settings, push -to -test feature, and ground -fault indicator. 5. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of rated voltage. 6. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without intentional time delay. 7. Auxiliary Switch: Two SPDT switches with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit -breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit -breaker contacts. D. Molded -Case Switches: Molded -case circuit breaker with fixed, high -set instantaneous trip only, and short-circuit withstand rating equal to equivalent breaker frame size interrupting rating. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -4 E. Molded -Case Switch Accessories: 1. Lugs: Mechanical style suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of conductors. 2. Application Listing: Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. 3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with applicable portions of NECA 1, NEMA PB1.1, and NEMA PB2.1 for installation of enclosed switches and circuit breakers. B. Mount individual wall -mounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor -mounting switches to concrete base. C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate as specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -5 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance testing as follows: 1. Inspect mechanical and electrical connections. 2. Verify switch and relay type and labeling verification. 3. Verify rating of installed fuses. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded -case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges. 3.6 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, vacuum dirt and debris from interiors; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. B. Inspect exposed surfaces and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 262816 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -6 SECTION 263213 - ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged engine -generator sets for standby power supply with the following features: 1. Diesel engine. 2. Unit -mounted cooling system. 3. Unit -mounted control and monitoring. 4. Performance requirements for sensitive loads. 5. Outdoor enclosure. 6. 100 gallon belly tank. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 26 Section "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and relays to initiate automatic -starting and -stopping signals for engine -generator sets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of packaged engine generator indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the following: 1. Thermal damage curve for generator. 2. Time -current characteristic curves for generator protective device. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-1 1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine -generator set and other components specified. 2. Design Calculations: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that day tank, engine - generator set, batteries, battery racks, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Qualification Data: For installer and testing agency. E. Source quality -control test reports. 1. Certified summary of prototype -unit test report. 2. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit. 3. Certified Summary of Performance Tests: Certify compliance with specified requirement to meet performance criteria for sensitive loads. 4. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. 5. Report of sound generation. 6. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations. 7. Certified Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110. F. Field quality -control test reports. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged engine generators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-2 1. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. H. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. 1. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than four hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for vibration isolators and seismic restraints of engine skid mounts, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 200 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL), and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on -site testing specified in Part 3. D. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one source from a single manufacturer. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. F. Comply with NFPA 37. G. Comply with NFPA 70. H. Comply with NFPA 99. I. Comply with UL 2200. J. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements. K. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by generator set including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling -air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-3 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. B. Environmental Conditions: Engine -generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: 5 to 40 deg C. 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generators. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations for remote radiators. These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service organization. Include quarterly exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intel Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-4 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but no fewer than one of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used, but no fewer than two of each. 3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion -air filters. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Caterpillar; Engine Div. 2. Generac Power Systems, Inc. 3. Kohler Co.; Generator Division. 4. Magnetek, Inc. 5. Onan/Cumn ins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group. 6. Spectrum Detroit Diesel. 2.2 ENGINE -GENERATOR SET A. Factory -assembled and -tested, engine -generator set. B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments. 1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and generator -set center of gravity. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated. 2. Output Connections: Three-phase, four wire. 3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of component. D. Generator -Set Performance: 1. Steady -State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-5 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step - load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds. 3. Steady -State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 4. Steady -State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step -load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds. 6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent. 7. Sustained Short -Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full -load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components. 8. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10, system requirements. 2.3 ENGINE A. Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2. B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. C. Maximum Piston Speed for Four -Cycle Engines: 2250 fpm. D. Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid: 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. E. Engine Fuel System: 1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. 2. Relief -Bypass Valve: Automatically regulated pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. F. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric -immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity. G. Governor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-6 H. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine - generator -set mounting frame and integral engine -driven coolant pump. 1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene -glycol -based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 3. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic -control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 4. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion -resistant fabric. a. Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F, and non - collapsible under vacuum. b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. I. Muffler/Silencer: Industrial type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 1. Minimum sound attenuation of 12 dB at 500 Hz. 2. Sound level measured at a distance of 25 feet from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be 87 dBA or less. J. Air -Intake Filter: Standard -duty, engine -mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry -filter element and "blocked filter" indicator. K. Starting System: 12-V electric, with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine -cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: 60 seconds. 4. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging. 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid -resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 10 deg C regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place. 7. Battery -Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating. 8. Battery Charger: Current -limiting, automatic -equalizing and float -charging type. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-7 a. Operation: Equalizing -charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float -charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or do output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery -charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall -mounted cabinet. 2.4 FUEL OIL STORAGE A. Comply with NFPA 30. B. Day Tank: Comply with UL 142, freestanding, factory -fabricated fuel tank assembly, with integral, float -controlled transfer pump and the following features: 1. Containment: Integral rupture basin with a capacity of 150 percent of nominal capacity of day tank. a. Leak Detector: Locate in rupture basin and connect to provide audible and visual alarm in the event of day -tank leak. 2. Tank Capacity: As recommended by engine manufacturer for an uninterrupted period of 12 hours' operation at 100 percent of rated power output of engine -generator system without being refilled. 3. Pump Capacity: Exceeds maximum flow of fuel drawn by engine -mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel returned from engine. 4. Low -Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid -level device operates alarm contacts at 25 percent of normal fuel level. 5. High -Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid -level device operates alarm and redundant fuel shutoff contacts at midpoint between overflow level and 100 percent of normal fuel level. 6. Piping Connections: Factory -installed fuel supply and return lines from tank to engine; local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line; and tank drain line with shutoff valve. 7. Redundant High -Level Fuel Shutoff: Actuated by high-level alarm sensor in day tank to operate a separate motor device that disconnects day -tank pump motor. Sensor shall signal solenoid valve, located in fuel suction line between fuel storage tank and day tank, to close. Both actions shall remain in shutoff state until manually reset. Shutoff action shall initiate an alarm signal to control panel but shall not shut down engine -generator set. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-8 C. Base -Mounted Fuel Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil tank. Features include the following: 1. Tank level indicator. 2. Capacity: Fuel for 10 hours' continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output. 3. Vandal -resistant fill cap. 4. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.5 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode -selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote -control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode - selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same switch initiates generator -set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency -stop switch also shuts down generator set. B. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator -set vibration. C. Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: 1. AC voltmeter. 2. AC ammeter. 3. AC frequency meter. 4. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging). 5. Engine -coolant temperature gage. 6. Engine lubricating -oil pressure gage. 7. Running -time meter. 8. Ammeter -voltmeter, phase -selector switch(es). 9. Generator -voltage adjusting rheostat. 10. Start -stop switch. 11. Overspeed shutdown device. 12. Coolant high -temperature shutdown device. 13. Coolant low-level shutdown device. 14. Oil low-pressure shutdown device. 15. Generator overload. D. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated. E. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connections for data -link transmission of indications to remote data terminals. Data system connections to terminals are covered in Division 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-9 F. Common Remote Audible Alarm: Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 systems. Include necessary contacts and terminals in control and monitoring panel. 1. Overcrank shutdown. 2. Coolant low -temperature alarm. 3. Control switch not in auto position. 4. Battery -charger malfunction alarm. 5. Battery low -voltage alarm. G. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 99. An LED labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush - mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated. H. Remote Emergency -Stop Switch: Flush; wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled. Push button shall be protected from accidental operation. 2.6 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded -case, electronic -trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489. 1. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short -time delay and instantaneous. 2. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. 3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by other protective devices. 4. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel. 2.7 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1. B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Stator -Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. E. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Enclosure: Dripproof. G. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-10 H. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified. 1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output -voltage operating band. I. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point. 2.8 OUI DOOR GENERATOR -SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: Vandal -resistant, weatherproof steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure. B. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions. 1. Louvers: Fixed -engine, cooling -air inlet and discharge. Storm -proof and drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow. 2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling -air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating. C. Interior Lights with Switch: Factory -wired, vapor proof -type fixtures within housing; arranged to illuminate controls and accessible interior. Arrange for external electrical connection. 1. AC lighting system and connection point for operation when remote source is available. 2. DC lighting system for operation when remote source and generator are both unavailable. D. Convenience Outlets: Factory wired, GFCI. Arrange for external electrical connection. 2.9 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized -steel base plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene. 2. Durometer Rating: 45. 3. Number of Layers: Two. B. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open -spring isolators with seismic restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical -limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory -drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch- thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-11 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.10 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion -resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine -generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters and with IEEE 115. B. Project -Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine -generator set and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. 2. Full load run. 3. Maximum power. 4. Voltage regulation. 5. Transient and steady-state governing. 6. Single-step load pickup. 7. Safety shutdown. 8. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. 9. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine -generator performance. B. Examine roughing -in of piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine -generator installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-12 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with packaged engine -generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. B. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. C. Install packaged engine generator with elastomeric isolator pads having a minimum deflection of 1 inch on 4-inch- high concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. Concrete base construction is specified in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. B. Connect fuel, cooling -system, and exhaust -system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector. D. Connect fuel piping to engines with a gate valve and union and flexible connector. 1. Diesel storage tanks, tank accessories, piping, valves, and specialties for fuel systems are specified in Division 23 Section "Facility Fuel -Oil Piping." E. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." F. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" and Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-13 C. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, traceable to standards of NIST, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. D. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. E. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. F. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. G. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. I. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. J. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each power wiring termination and each bus connection. Remove all access panels so terminations and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 3. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies terminations and connections checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 263213 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-14 SECTION 263600 - TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes transfer switches rated 600 V and less, including the following: 1. Automatic transfer switches. 2. Remote annunciation and control systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, weights, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and devices, and material lists for each switch specified. 1. Single -Line Diagram: Show connections between transfer switch, power sources, and load; and show interlocking provisions for each combined transfer switch and bypass/isolation switch. C. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency. D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. 2. List of all factory settings of relays; provide relay -setting and calibration instructions, including software, where applicable. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than eight hours from time of notification. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with NFPA 99. D. Comply with NFPA 110. E. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Contactor Transfer Switches: a. AC Data Systems, Inc. b. Caterpillar; Engine Div. c. Emerson; ASCO Power Technologies, LP. d. Generac Power Systems, Inc. e. GE Zenith Controls. f. Kohler Power Systems; Generator Division. g. Onan/Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group. h. Russelectric, Inc. i. Spectrum Detroit Diesel. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-2 2.2 GENERAL TRANSFER -SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere rating, unless otherwise indicated. B. Tested Fault -Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008. C. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous -duty repetitive transfer of full -rated current between active power sources. 1. Limitation: Switches using molded -case switches or circuit breakers or insulated -case circuit -breaker components are not acceptable. 2. Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions. 3. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load -current switching. Conventional automatic transfer -switch units, rated 225 A and higher, shall have separate arcing contacts. D. Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated, unless otherwise indicated. E. Oversize Neutral: Ampacity and switch rating of neutral path through units indicated for oversize neutral shall be double the nominal rating of circuit in which switch is installed. F. Battery Charger: For generator starting batteries. 1. Float type rated 2 A. 2. Ammeter to display charging current. 3. Fused ac inputs and do outputs. G. Annunciation, Control, and Programming Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote programming devices, annunciators, or annunciator and control panels shall have communication capability matched with remote device. H. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, either by color -code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations. Color -coding and wire and cable tape markers are specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Designated Terminals: Pressure type, suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated. 2. Power -Terminal Arrangement and Field -Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance of feeder conductors as indicated. 3. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips. I. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 1, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508, unless otherwise indicated. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-3 2.3 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110. B. Switching Arrangement: Double -throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops during normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated. C. Manual Switch Operation: Under load, with door closed and with either or both sources energized. Transfer time is same as for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. D. Digital Communication Interface: Matched to capability of remote annunciator or annunciator and control panel. E. Automatic Closed -Transition Transfer Switches: Include the following functions and characteristics: 1. Fully automatic make -before -break operation. 2. Load transfer without interruption, through momentary interconnection of both power sources not exceeding 160 ms. 3. Initiation of No -Interruption Transfer: Controlled by in -phase monitor and sensors confirming both sources are present and acceptable. a. Initiation occurs without active control of generator. b. Controls ensure that closed -transition load transfer closure occurs only when the 2 sources are within plus or minus 5 electrical degrees maximum, and plus or minus 5 percent maximum voltage difference. 4. Failure of power source serving load initiates automatic break -before -make transfer. F. Automatic Transfer -Switch Features: 1. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Sense low phase -to -ground voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent. 2. Adjustable Time Delay: For override of normal -source voltage sensing to delay transfer and engine start signals. Adjustable from zero to six seconds, and factory set for one second. 3. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer to generator. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent. Pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 95 percent. 4. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes, and factory set for 10 minutes to automatically defeat delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source, provided normal supply has been restored. 5. Test Switch: Simulate normal -source failure. 6. Switch -Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected. 7. Source -Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer -switch normal- and emergency -source sensing circuits. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-4 a. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." b. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source Available." 8. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single -pole, double -throw contacts for each switch position, rated 10 A at 240-V ac. 9. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates override status. 10. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and normally open; rated 10 A at 32-V do minimum. 11. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and factory set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine -generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. 12. Engine -Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable -time switch starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool -down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods are adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory settings are for 7-day exercise cycle, 20-minute running period, and 5- minute cool -down period. Exerciser features include the following: a. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without load transfer. b. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings. c. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available. 2.4 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR AND CONTROL SYSTEM A. Functional Description: Include the following functions for indicated transfer switches: 1. Indication of sources available, as defined by actual pickup and dropout settings of transfer -switch controls. 2. Indication of switch position. 3. Indication of switch in test mode. 4. Indication of failure of digital communication link. 5. Key -switch or user -code access to control functions of panel. 6. Control of switch -test initiation. 7. Control of time -delay bypass for transfer to normal source. B. Malfunction of annunciator, annunciation and control panel, or communication link shall not affect functions of automatic transfer switch. In the event of failure of communication link, automatic transfer switch automatically reverts to stand-alone, self-contained operation. Automatic transfer -switch sensing, controlling, or operating function shall not depend on remote panel for proper operation. C. Remote Annunciation and Control Panel: Solid-state components. Include the following features: Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-5 1. Controls and indicating lights grouped together for each transfer switch. 2. Label each indicating light control group. Indicate transfer switch it controls, location of switch, and load it serves. 3. Digital Communication Capability: Matched to that of transfer switches supervised. 4. Mounting: Flush, modular, steel cabinet, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment. Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time -delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Annunciator and Control Panel Mounting: Flush in wall, unless otherwise indicated. B. Identify components according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Set field -adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. B. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a independent testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. C. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-6 D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each switch. Remove all access panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 3. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 263600 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX TRANSFER SWITCHES 263600-7 SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts. 2. Emergency lighting units. 3. Exit signs. 4. Lighting fixture supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 26 Section "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 2. Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall -box dimmers for incandescent lamps. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BF: Ballast factor. B. CCT: Correlated color temperature. C. CRI: Color -rendering index. D. HID: High -intensity discharge. E. LER: Luminaire efficacy rating. F. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. G. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-1 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Physical description of lighting fixture including dimensions. 2. Emergency lighting units including battery and charger. 3. Ballast. 4. Energy -efficiency data. 5. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IESNA Lighting Measurements Testing & Calculation Guides, of each lighting fixture type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps, ballasts, and accessories identical to those indicated for the lighting fixture as applied in this Project. a. Photometric data shall be certified by a manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Include dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power wiring. C. Qualification Data: For agencies providing photometric data for lighting fixtures. D. Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for bi-level and dimmer -controlled fixtures, from manufacturer. E. Field quality -control test reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. G. Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910, complying with the IESNA Lighting Measurements Testing & Calculation Guides. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100 by a testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NFPA 70. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-2 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Emergency Lighting Batteries: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of battery -powered emergency lighting unit agrees to repair or replace components of rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Emergency Lighting Unit Batteries: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, . and prorated warranty for the remaining nine years. 2. Warranty Period for Emergency Fluorescent Ballast and Self -Powered Exit Sign Batteries: Seven years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and prorated warranty for the remaining six years. B. Special Warranty for Ballasts: Manufacturer's standard form in which ballast manufacturer agrees to repair or replace ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Ballasts: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Warranty for T5 and T8 Fluorescent Lamps: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by lamp manufacturer agreeing to replace lamps that fail in materials or workmanship, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Plastic Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Ballasts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 4. Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, manufacturers specified in the lighting fixture schedule shown on the plans. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS A. Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures. B. Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A. C. Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable. D. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. E. Sheet Metal Components: Steel unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. F. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during re-lamping and when secured in operating position. Diffusers and Globes: 1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless otherwise indicated. b. UV stabilized. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 BALLASTS FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. General Requirements for Electronic Ballasts: 1. Comply with UL 935 and with ANSI C82.11. 2. Designed for type and quantity of lamps served. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-4 3. Ballasts shall be designed for full light output unless another BF, dimmer, or bi-level control is indicated. 4. Sound Rating: Class A. 5. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent. 6. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41.1, Category A or better. 7. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 8. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 9. BF: 0.85 or higher. 10. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher. 11. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts shall comply with ANSI C82.11 and shall be connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail. B. Luminaires controlled by occupancy sensors shall have programmed -start ballasts. C. Electronic Programmed -Start Ballasts for T5 and T5H0 Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.11 and the following: 1. Lamp end -of -life detection and shutdown circuit for T5 diameter lamps. 2. Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement. 3. Sound Rating: Class A. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent. 5. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41.1, Category A or better. 6. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 7. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 8. BF: 0.85 or higher. 9. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher D. Electromagnetic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.1; energy saving, high -power factor, Class P, and having automatic -reset thermal protection. 1. Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label. E. Single Ballasts for Multiple Lighting Fixtures: Factory wired with ballast arrangements and bundled extension wiring to suit final installation conditions without modification or rewiring in the field. F. Ballasts for Low -Temperature Environments: 1. Temperatures 0 Deg F and Higher: Electronic type rated for 0 deg F starting and operating temperature with indicated lamp types. 2. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F and Higher: Electromagnetic type designed for use with indicated lamp types. G. Ballasts for Bi-Level Controlled Lighting Fixtures: Electronic type. 1. Operating Modes: Ballast circuit and leads provide for remote control of the light output of the associated lamp between high- and low-level and off. a. High -Level Operation: 100 percent of rated lamp lumens. b. Low -Level Operation: 30 percent of rated lamp lumens. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-5 2. Ballast shall provide equal current to each lamp in each operating mode. 3. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific bi-level control system and lamp type indicated. 2.4 BALLASTS FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Description: Electronic -programmed rapid -start type, complying with UL 935 and with ANSI C 82.11, designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballast shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated: 1. Lamp end -of -life detection and shutdown circuit. 2. Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement. 3. Sound Rating: Class A. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent. 5. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2, Category A or better. 6. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 7. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 8. BF: 0.95 or higher unless otherwise indicated. 9. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher. 10. Interference: Comply with 47 CFR 18, Ch. 1, Subpart C, for limitations on electromagnetic and radio -frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment. B. Ballasts for Dimmer -Controlled Lighting Fixtures: Electronic type. 1. Dimming Range: 100 to 5 percent of rated lamp lumens. 2. Ballast Input Watts: Can be reduced to 20 percent of normal. 3. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system and lamp type indicated. 2.5 EMERGENCY NLUORESCENT POWER UNIT A. Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery -inverter unit, factory mounted within lighting fixture body and compatible with ballast. Comply with UL 924. 1. Emergency Connection: Operate one fluorescent lamp(s) continuously at an output of 1400 lumens each. Connect un-switched circuit to battery -inverter unit and switched circuit to fixture ballast. 2. Nightlight Connection: Operate one fluorescent lamp continuously. 3. Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling space. a. Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. b. Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. 4. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, nickel -cadmium type. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-6 5. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant -current type with sealed power transfer relay. 6. Remote Test: Switch in hand-held remote device aimed in direction of tested unit initiates coded infrared signal. Signal reception by factory -installed infrared receiver in tested unit triggers simulation of loss of its normal power supply, providing visual confirmation of either proper or failed emergency response. 7. Integral Self -Test: Factory -installed electronic device automatically initiates code - required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and a flashing red LED. 2.6 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. T8 rapid -start lamps, rated 32 W maximum, nominal length of 48 inches, 2800 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 4100K, and average rated life 20,000 hours unless otherwise indicated. B. T8 rapid -start lamps, rated 17 W maximum, nominal length of 24 inches, 1300 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 4100K, and average rated life of 20,000 hours unless otherwise indicated. C. T5 rapid -start lamps, rated 28 W maximum, nominal length of 45.2 inches, 2900 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 85 (minimum), color temperature 4100K, and average rated life of 20,000 hours unless otherwise indicated. D. TSHO rapid -start, high -output lamps, rated 54 W maximum, nominal length of 45.2 inches, 5000 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 85 (minimum), color temperature 4100K, and average rated life of 20,000 hours unless otherwise indicated. E. Compact Fluorescent Lamps: 4-Pin, CRI 80 (minimum), color temperature 4100K, average rated life of 10,000 hours at three hours operation per start, and suitable for use with dimming ballasts unless otherwise indicated. 1. 13 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 900 initial lumens (minimum). 2. 18 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 1200 initial lumens (minimum). 3. 26 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 1800 initial lumens (minimum). 4. 32 W: T4, triple tube, rated 2400 initial lumens (minimum). 5. 42 W: T4, triple tube, rated 3200 initial lumens (minimum). 6. 55 W: T4, triple tube, rated 4300 initial lumens (minimum). 2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel - and angle -iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. B. Single -Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. C. Twin -Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-7 D. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc -coated steel, 12 gage. E. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch minimum diameter, cadmium -plated, threaded steel rod. F. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking -type plug. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures: 1. Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install lamps in each luminaire. B. Remote Mounting of Ballasts: Distance between the ballast and fixture shall not exceed that recommended by ballast manufacturer. Verify, with ballast manufacturers, maximum distance between ballast and luminaire. C. Lay -in Ceiling Lighting Fixtures Supports: Use grid as a support element. 1. Install ceiling support system rods or wires, independent of the ceiling suspension devices, for each fixture. Locate not more than 6 inches from lighting fixture corners. 2. Support Clips: Fasten to lighting fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application. 3. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4- inch metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees. 4. Install at least one independent support rod or wire from structure to a tab on lighting fixture. Wire or rod shall have breaking strength of the weight of fixture at a safety factor of 3. D. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support: 1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches, brace to limit swinging. 2. Stem -Mounted, Single -Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin -stem hangers. 3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end. 4. Do not use grid as support for pendant luminaires. Connect support wires or rods to building structure. E. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-8 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to noiinal. B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION 265100 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-9 SECTION 265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts. 2. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 26 Section "Interior Lighting" for exterior luminaires normally mounted on exterior surfaces of buildings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color -rendering index. C. HID: High -intensity discharge. D. LER: Luminaire efficacy rating. E. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided. F. Pole: Luminaire support structure, including tower used for large area illumination. G. Standard: Same definition as "Pole" above. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each luminaire, pole, and support component, arranged in order of lighting unit designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Physical description of luminaire, including materials, dimensions, effective projected area, and verification of indicated parameters. 2. Details of attaching luminaires and accessories. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 -1 3. Details of installation and construction. 4. Luminaire materials. 5. Photometric data based on laboratory tests of each luminaire type, complete with indicated lamps, ballasts, and accessories. a. Testing Agency Certified Data: For indicated luminaires, photometric data shall be certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. b. Manufacturer Certified Data: Photometric data shall be certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 6. Photoelectric relays. 7. Ballasts, including energy -efficiency data. 8. Lamps, including life, output, CCT, CRI, lumens, and energy -efficiency data. 9. Materials, dimensions, and finishes of poles. 10. Means of attaching luminaires to supports, and indication that attachment is suitable for components involved. 11. Anchor bolts for poles. 12. Manufactured pole foundations. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Anchor -bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer. 3. Design calculations, certified by a qualified professional engineer, indicating strength of screw foundations and soil conditions on which they are based. 4. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For products designated for sample submission in the Exterior Lighting Device Schedule. Each Sample shall include lamps and ballasts. D. Qualification Data: For qualified agencies providing photometric data for lighting fixtures. E. Field quality -control reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and poles to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by manufacturers' laboratories that are accredited under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 -2 B. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with IEEE C2, "National Electrical Safety Code." E. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace products that fail in materials or workmanship; that corrode; or that fade, stain, perforate, erode, or chalk due to effects of weather or solar radiation within specified warranty period. Manufacturer may exclude lightning damage, hail damage, vandalism, abuse, or unauthorized repairs or alterations from special warranty coverage. 1. Warranty Period for Luminaires: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Ballasts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 4. Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LUMINAIRES A. Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 -3 1. LER Tests Incandescent Fixtures: Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A. 2. LER Tests Fluorescent Fixtures: Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable. 3. LER Tests HID Fixtures: Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5B. B. Lateral Light Distribution Patterns: Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for luminaires. C. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. D. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion -resistant aluminum unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. E. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires. F. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens. G. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. H. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. I. Light Shields: Metal baffles, factory installed and field adjustable, arranged to block light distribution to indicated portion of normally illuminated area or field. J. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. K. Lenses and Refractors Gaskets: Use heat- and aging -resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. L. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory -assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. M. Factory -Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning," to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 -4 present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling." 2. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and two finish coats of high -gloss, high -build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff complying with AA-M20; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard -coat wax. a. Color: Dark bronze. N. Factory -Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps and ballasts. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. 1. Label shall include the following lamp and ballast characteristics: a. "USES ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter code (T-4, T-5, T-8, T-12), tube configuration (twin, quad, triple), base type, and nominal wattage for fluorescent and compact fluorescent luminaires. c. Start type (preheat, rapid start, instant start) for fluorescent and compact fluorescent luminaires. d. ANSI ballast type (M98, M57, etc.) for HID luminaires. e. CCT and CRI for all luminaires. 2.3 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS AND LAMPS A. Ballasts for Low -Temperature Environments: 1. Temperatures 0 Deg F and Higher: Electronic type rated for 0 deg F starting and operating temperature with indicated lamp types. 2. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F and Higher: Electromagnetic type designed for use with indicated lamp types. B. Ballast Characteristics: 1. Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum. 2. Sound Rating: Class A. 3. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent. 4. Electromagnetic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.1, energy -saving, high power factor, Class P, automatic -reset thermal protection. 5. Case Temperature for Compact Lamp Ballasts: 65 deg C, maximum. 6. Transient -Voltage Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2, Category A or better. C. Low -Temperature Lamp Capability: Rated for reliable starting and operation with ballast provided at temperatures 0 deg F minus 20 deg F and higher. Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 -5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A. Install lamps in each luminaire. B. Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports. 1. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Illumination Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires and energizing circuits with normal power source. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IESNA testing guide(s): a. IESNA LM-64, "Photometric Measurements of Parking Areas." D. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION 265600 Aviation Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265600 -6 SECTION 283111- DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire -alarm control unit. 2. Manual fire -alarm boxes. 3. System smoke detectors. 4. Non -system smoke detectors. 5. Heat detectors. 6. Notification appliances. 7. Magnetic door holders. 8. Remote annunciator. 9. Addressable interface device. 10. Digital alarm communicator transmitter. 11. Radio alarm transmitter. 12. System printer. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. LED: Light -emitting diode. B. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. UL-certified addressable system, with multiplexed signal transmission, dedicated to fire -alarm service only. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For fire -alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-1 1. Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits. 3. Include battery -size calculations. 4. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector, verifying that each detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air -handling system is operating. 5. Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning ducts, drawn to scale and coordinating installation of duct smoke detectors and access to them. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 6. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits. C. General Submittal Requirements: 1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to Architect. 2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire -alarm system design. b. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For smoke and heat detectors indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Drawings showing the location of each smoke and heat detector, ratings of each, and installation details as needed to comply with listing conditions of the detector. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting the spacing and sensitivity of detection, complying with NFPA 72. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire -alarm systems and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," deliver copies to authorities having jurisdiction and include the following: 1. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-2 2. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article "Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. 3. Record copy of site -specific software. 4. Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72 article of the same name and include the following: a. Frequency of testing of installed components. b. Frequency of inspection of installed components. c. Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance. d. Manufacturer's user training manuals. 5. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements. 6. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire -alarm control unit. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than 1 unit. 2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than 1 unit. 3. Smoke Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 1 unit of each type. 4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 2 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 1 unit of each type. 5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamper -proofed components. 6. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: One of each type installed. 7. Fuses: Two of each type installed in the system. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations for Fire -Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire -alarm system from single source from single manufacturer. Components shall be compatible with, and operate as, an extension of existing system. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYS I'EM 283111-3 C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by a UL-listed alarm company. 1.10 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT A. Comply with UL 864. B. Technical Support: Beginning with Substantial Completion, provide software support for two years. C. Upgrade Service: Update software to latest version at Project completion. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system. Upgrade shall include new or revised licenses for use of software. 1. Provide 30 days' notice to Owner to allow scheduling and access to system and to allow Owner to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AMSECO - a Potter brand: Potter Electric Signal Company. 2. Bosch Security Systems. 3. Commercial Products Group/CPG Life Safety Signals. 4. Faraday: Siemens Building Technologies. Inc. 5. Federal Signal Corporation. 6. Fire Control Instruments. Inc.: a Honeywell company . 7. Fire Lite Alarms: a Honeywell company . 8. GAMEWELL: a Honeywell company. 9. GE Infrastructure: a unit of General Electric Company. 10. Gentex Corporation. 11. Harrington Signal. Inc. 12. NOTIFIER: a Honeywell company. 13. Siemens Building Technologies. Inc.: Fire Safety Division. 14. Silent Knight: a Honeywell company. 15. SimplexGrinnell LP: a Tyco International company. 2.2 SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION A. Fire -alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and systems: Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-4 1. Manual stations. 2. Heat detectors. 3. Smoke detectors. 4. Duct smoke detectors. 5. Automatic sprinkler system water flow. 6. Fire standpipe system. B. Fire -alarm signal shall initiate the following actions: 1. Continuously operate alarm notification appliances. 2. Identify alarm at fire -alarm control unit. 3. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 4. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths. 5. Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders. 6. Activate voice/alarm communication system. 7. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire -alarm mode. 8. Close smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems. 9. Activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies. 10. Record events in the system memory. 11. Record events by the system printer. C. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Valve supervisory switch. 2. Low -air -pressure switch of a dry -pipe sprinkler system. D. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits. 2. Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm -initiating and supervisory signal -initiating devices. 3. Loss of primary power at fire -alarm control unit. 4. Ground or a single break in fire -alarm control unit internal circuits. 5. Abnormal ac voltage at fire -alarm control unit. 6. Break in standby battery circuitry. 7. Failure of battery charging. 8. Abnormal position of any switch at fire -alarm control unit or annunciator. 9. Low -air -pressure switch operation on a dry -pipe or pre -action sprinkler system. E. System Trouble and Supervisory Signal Actions: Initiate notification appliance and annunciate at fire -alarm control unit and remote annunciators. Record the event on system printer. 2.3 FIRE -ALARM CONTROL UNIT A. General Requirements for Fire -Alarm Control Unit: 1. Field -programmable, microprocessor -based, modular, power -limited design with electronic modules, complying with UL 864 and listed and labeled by an NRTL. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-5 a. System software and programs shall be held in flash electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), retaining the information through failure of primary and secondary power supplies. b. Include a real-time clock for time annotation of events on the event recorder and printer. 2. Addressable initiation devices that communicate device identity and status. a. Smoke sensors shall additionally communicate sensitivity setting and allow for adjustment of sensitivity at fire -alarm control unit. b. Temperature sensors shall additionally test for and communicate the sensitivity range of the device. 3. Addressable control circuits for operation of mechanical equipment. B. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface between human operator at fire -alarm control unit and addressable system components including annunciation and supervision. Display alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and the programming and control menu. 1. Annunciator and Display: Liquid -crystal type, 2 line(s) of 80 characters, minimum. 2. Keypad: Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display, and control commands C. Circuits: 1. Initiating Device, Notification Appliance, and Signaling Line Circuits: NFPA 72, Class A. a. Initiating Device Circuits: Style D. b. Notification Appliance Circuits: Style Z. c. Signaling Line Circuits: Style 2. d. Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling line circuit. 2. Serial Interfaces: Two S-232 ports for printers. D. Door Controls: Door hold -open devices that are controlled by smoke detectors at doors in smoke barrier walls shall be connected to fire -alarm system. E. Remote Smoke -Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Controls shall select specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display their current status and sensitivity settings, and change those settings. Allow controls to be used to program repetitive, time -scheduled, and automated changes in sensitivity of specific detector groups. Record sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity -adjustment schedule changes in system memory, and print out the final adjusted values on system printer. F. Printout of Events: On receipt of signal, print alarm, supervisory, and trouble events. Identify zone, device, and function. Include type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble) and date and time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm signals from all other printed indications. Also print Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-6 system reset event, including same information for device, location, date, and time. Commands initiate the printing of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the system and a historical log of events. G. Primary Power: 24-V dc obtained from 120-V ac service and a power -supply module. Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory and digital alarm communicator transmitters shall be powered by 24-V dc source. 1. Alarm current draw of entire fire -alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the power - supply module rating. H. Secondary Power: 24-V dc supply system with batteries, automatic battery charger, and automatic transfer switch. 1. Batteries: Sealed lead calcium. Instructions: Computer printout or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a plastic or glass cover in a stainless -steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and describe appropriate response for displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional operation of the system under normal, alarm, and trouble conditions. 2.4 MANUAL FIRE -ALARM BOXES A. General Requirements for Manual Fire -Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. Boxes shall be finished in red with molded, raised -letter operating instructions in contrasting color; shall show visible indication of operation; and shall be mounted on recessed outlet box. If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box. 1. Single-action mechanism, pull -lever type; with integral addressable module arranged to communicate manual -station status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. 2. Station Reset: Key- or wrench -operated switch. 3. Indoor Protective Shield: Factory -fabricated clear plastic enclosure hinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm. Lifting the cover actuates an integral battery - powered audible horn intended to discourage false -alarm operation. 4. Weatherproof Protective Shield: Factory -fabricated clear plastic enclosure hinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm. 2.5 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS A. General Requirements for System Smoke Detectors: 1. Comply with UL 268; operating at 24-V dc, nominal. 2. Detectors shall be four -wire type. 3. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. 4. Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted in a twist -lock module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed base for connection to building wiring. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-7 5. Self -Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 6. Integral Visual -Indicating Light: LED type indicating detector has operated and power -on status. 7. Remote Control: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors shall be analog -addressable type, individually monitored at fire -alarm control unit for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition and individually adjustable for sensitivity by fire -alarm control unit. a. Rate -of -rise temperature characteristic shall be selectable at fire -alarm control unit for 15 or 20 deg F per minute. b. Fixed -temperature sensing shall be independent of rate -of -rise sensing and shall be settable at fire -alarm control unit to operate at 135 or 155 deg F. c. Provide multiple levels of detection sensitivity for each sensor. B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire -alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). C. Ionization Smoke Detector: 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire -alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.), D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric type complying with UL 268A. 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire -alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-8 c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). 3. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for use with the supplied detector. 4. Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity. 5. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied. 6. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor -control circuit. 2.6 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Individually addressed, connected to a signaling line circuit, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system connections. B. Chimes, High -Level Output: Vibrating type, 81-dBA minimum rated output. C. Horns: Electric -vibrating -polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the operating mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a sound -pressure level of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet from the horn, using the coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test protocol. D. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch- high letters on the lens. 1. Rated Light Output: a. 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field. 2. Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated. 3. For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be determined with guards in place. 4. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units. 5. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 6. Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, red. 2.7 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module, NRTL listed for use in providing a system address for alarm -initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. 2.8 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER A. Digital alarm communicator transmitter shall be acceptable to the remote central station and shall comply with UL 632 and be listed and labeled by an NRTL. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-9 B. Functional Performance: Unit shall receive an alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal from fire - alarm control unit and automatically capture two telephone line(s) and dial a preset number for a remote central station. When contact is made with central station(s), signals shall be transmitted. If service on line is interrupted for longer than 45 seconds, transmitter shall initiate a local trouble signal and transmit the signal indicating loss of telephone line to the remote alarm receiving station over the remaining line. Transmitter shall automatically report telephone service restoration to the central station. If service is lost on both telephone lines, transmitter shall initiate the local trouble signal. C. Local functions and display at the digital alarm communicator transmitter shall include the following: 1. Verification that both telephone lines are available. 2. Programming device. 3. LED display. 4. Manual test report function and manual transmission clear indication. 5. Communications failure with the central station or fire -alarm control unit. D. Digital data transmission shall include the following: 1. Address of the alarm -initiating device. 2. Address of the supervisory signal. 3. Address of the trouble -initiating device. 4. Loss of ac supply or loss of power. 5. Low battery. 6. Abnormal test signal. 7. Communication bus failure. E. Secondary Power: Integral rechargeable battery and automatic charger. F. Self -Test: Conducted automatically every 24 hours with report transmitted to central station. 2.9 SYSTEM PRINTER A. Printer shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL as an integral part of fire -alarm system. 2.10 DEVICE GUARDS A. Description: Welded wire mesh of size and shape for the manual station, smoke detector, gong, or other device requiring protection. 1. Factory fabricated and furnished by manufacturer of device. 2. Finish: Paint of color to match the protected device. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Int'I Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire -alarm equipment. B. Install wall -mounted equipment, with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the finished floor. C. Smoke- or Heat -Detector Spacing: 1. Comply with NFPA 72, "Smoke -Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating Devices" Chapter, for smoke -detector spacing. 2. Comply with NFPA 72, "Heat -Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating Devices" Chapter, for heat -detector spacing. 3. Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed 30 feet. 4. Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for high ceiling areas shall be determined according to Appendix A or Appendix B in NFPA 72. 5. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 5 feet from air -supply diffuser or return -air opening. 6. Lighting Fixtures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inches from any part of a lighting fixture. D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they extend the full width of duct. E. Audible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches below the ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush -mounted back boxes with the device -operating mechanism concealed behind a grille. F. Visible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6 inches below the ceiling. G. Device Location -Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor. H. Fire -Alarm Control Unit: Surface mounted, with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the finished floor. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. For fire -protection systems related to doors in fire -rated walls and partitions and to doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire -alarm system. 1. Verify that hardware and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire -alarm system in this Section before making connections. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-11 B. Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following devices and systems. Install the interface device less than 3 feet from the device controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at the device or system being controlled. 1. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems. 2. Alarm -initiating connection to activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies. 3. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches. 4. Supervisory connections at low -air -pressure switch of each dry -pipe sprinkler system. 5. Supervisory connections at fire -pump power failure including a dead -phase or phase - reversal condition. 6. Supervisory connections at fire -pump engine control panel. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire -alarm control unit. 3.4 GROUNDING A. Ground fire -alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground wire from main service ground to fire -alarm control unit. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests shall be witnessed by Architect. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing. a. Inspection shall be based on completed Record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-12 b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components. 2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. 3. Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound -level meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ANSI S1.4. 4. Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Factory -authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System Record of Completion" in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72 and the "Inspection and Testing Form" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. E. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. F. Fire -alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. H. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perfoiun tests and inspections listed for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. I. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire -alarm system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire -alarm system. Air Division Facility Fort Worth Police Department Meacham Intl Airport Fort Worth, TX END OF SECTION 283111 DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-13 NOTICE TO OFFERORS Proposals for the construction of a new aviation facility for the City of Fort Worth Police Department to be located at 310 Gulf Stream Road at Meacham International Airport, Fort Worth, TX will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, 76102, until 1:30 P.M, Thursday, October 17, 2013, and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers. The project name is the City of Fort Worth Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport. The last day for questions from prospective Offerors is at 5:OOPM on Tuesday, October 8, 2013. After evaluating the Proposals submitted, the City shall select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and enter into negotiations with that Offeror. The City may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with such modification. A Pre -Proposal Conference will be held at 2:00 P.M., Tuesday, October 1, 2013 at the TPW/Architectural Services Office located at 401 West 13th Street, Fort Worth, TX. The offers will be valid for ninety (90) calendar days. Estimated construction cost is in the $4,000,000.00 range. There are no Alternates. As of June 1, 2012, the City of Fort Worth is implementing the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. Refer to the Request for Proposal documents for the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Information. MBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract. The MBE participation requirement is 20%. Offerors must submit Utilization Plan within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further consideration. Contact the MBE Office at (817) 212-2678 to obtain list of certified subcontractors and suppliers. Also, Refer to Section 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL) in the Instructions to Offerors. Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposal. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contract(s) is made will be required to provide Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors General Liability and Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage. If you intend to submit a proposal, inform the Project Manager or Architect/Engineer who can then inform interested subcontractors. General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions to Offerors, General Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications through their printer. The construction documents are not available at the City but may be viewed and printed on-line by logging on to https://oroiectaoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthaov with the User Name "Cowtown", Password "Cowtown2004", and click on "TPW Facility Projects" and "Police Aviation Division Facility". Contact the Project Manager, Alfonso Meza, at (817) 392-8274 or Email Alfonso.Meza( fortworthtexas.aov for assistance. For additional information contact Chuck Willis, GRW, Inc., at (817) 543-1100 or email cwillise..arwinc.com Advertisement: September 19, 2013 September 26, 2013 Notice to Offerors Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 1 March 2014 TABLE OF CONTENTS • NOTICE TO OFFERORS • TABLE OF CONTENTS • INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS • PROPOSAL • TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE • 2009 PREVAILING WAGE RATES • WEATHER TABLE • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT • PAYMENT BOND • PERFORMANCE BOND • CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE • CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW • PROJECT SIGN Table of Contents Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 1 March 2014 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 1. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: The following requirements shall be used in the preparation of the response to this Request for Sealed Proposals: • Use the Proposal Form provided below. • Entries on the Proposal Form may be handwritten or typed. • Write in contract duration if not specified. • Acknowledge all addenda on the Proposal Form. • Have a Principal sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a corporation, the president or a vice- president must sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a partnership, then the person/entity who is the managing/general partner must sign the proposal. • Include cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond written by a corporate surety payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted. • In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 1A. SELECTION OF CONTRACTOR: The City shall select the Offeror that offers the best value based upon the following criteria and on its ranking evaluation. In determining the Best Value Offeror, the City will consider: 1. Proposed Price (60%) — The lowest priced responsive will receive 60 points for this rating criteria. Higher priced proposals will receive proportionally lower scores. When compared to the lowest price, the higher priced proposal will have its score reduced by one percent (1%) for every percent it is higher than the lowest price. The score will be rounded to the nearest whole number. 2. Proposed level of MBE participation (10%). 3. Proposed Project Schedule (10%) — The estimated performance period is in the 320 — 370 Calendar Days range. Proposals with a proposed schedule within this range will receive 10 points for this rating criteria. Proposed schedules that are shorter by no more than 20% of the estimated performance period will also receive 10 points. For all other proposed performance periods, the points awarded will be reduced by one percent for every percent the proposed schedule is different from the estimated performance period, rounded to the nearest whole number. The selected contractor will coordinate and work with the City Staff for new furniture installation by others and partial City Personnel occupancy during the construction period. Instructions to Offerors Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airpor Page 1 of 5 March 2014 4. Reputation/Experience (10%) - Reputation and experience of the Offeror as demonstrated by listing past and current projects including references with names and current telephone numbers; and, list of subcontractors if applicable. 5. Past relationship with the City (10%) — Offeror's past relationship with the City of Fort Worth shall receive 10% for this rating criteria. If the Offeror does not have a past relationship with the City of Fort Worth, the Offeror will receive 5% for this rating criteria. 6. If the score for any individual rating criteria is rated as zero, this will result in the overall score being zero regardless of how many points could have been earned in the other categories. After ranking the responses to the RFP, the City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror. The City and its architect may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the City shall, formally and in writing, end negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL) Minority Business Enterprise Provisions: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth is implementing the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing from the M/WBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) located in the six (6) county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. All Offerors shall note that it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of goods and services. If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then an MBE subcontracting goal may be applicable. The MBE goal on this project is 20%. The information shall be submitted with the proposal and shall include: (1) the name, address and telephone number of each MBE; (2) the description of the work to be performed by each MBE; and (3) the approximate dollar amount/percentage of the participation. A Minority Business Enterprise is defined as a business concern located in the Marketplace meeting the following criteria: a. is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minority persons, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more minority persons; and Instructions to Offerors Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airpor Page 2 of 5 March 2014 b. management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more minority persons who own it. The business must be certified prior to recommendation of award in order for the participation to be counted towards the established goal. Offerors must submit the best value utilization form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. If an Offeror is certified as a DBE, MBE, SBE or WBE firm, please be aware that the City's Ordinance does not allow a certified company to count itself towards the established goal; the goal represents subcontracting opportunities. If an Offeror (regardless of certification status or if a non- D/M/S/BE), however, forms a joint venture with one or more MBEs, the MBE joint venture percentage participation will be counted towards the established goal. The appropriate City of Fort Worth Joint Venture form must be submitted for review and approval in order for it to be counted. The City of Fort Worth strongly encourages joint ventures. If Offeror failed to meet the stated MBE goal, in part or in whole, then a detailed explanation must be submitted to explain the Good and Honest Efforts your firm made to secure MBE participation. Failure to submit the MBE participation information or the detailed explanation of the proposer's Good and Honest Efforts to meet or exceed the stated MBE goal, may render the proposal non -responsive. The MBE plan will be part of the final weighted selection criteria. 3. BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of five (5) per cent of the bid submitted [See paragraph 1 above]. The Bid Security must accompany the bid and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. The Bid Security shall be included in the envelope containing the bid proposal. Failure to submit the Bid Security will result in the proposal not being considered for this project. Bidder's bond will be returned if the City fails to award the contract within 90 calendar days of receipt of bids, unless the Bidder agrees to an extension. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. 4. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: For projects in excess of $25,000, the successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Texas Government Code Section 2253, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the Instructions to Offerors Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airpor Page 3 of 5 March 2014 contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the total contract price is $25,000 or Tess, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been competed and accepted by the City. If the contract is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall also be provided, in the amount of the contract, conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specification, and contract documents. Said bond shall be solely for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. 5. PRE -BID SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a response, the bidder shall examine the site(s) of the work and the details of the requirements set out in these specifications to satisfy itself as to the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and quantity of the work to be performed and materials and equipment required. The filing of a response by the bidder shall be considered evidence that it has complied with these requirements. 6. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 7 WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates set forth in Contract Documents must be paid on this project. 8. POST BID - PREAWARD SUBMITTALS: Offerors are required to submit the following information to the Architectural Services Office, 401 West 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (phone number 817-392-8088), within five business days subsequent to bid opening (normally by 5:00 PM the next Thursday following a Thursday bid opening) in order to assist City staff in determining the Contractor's capability of performing the work and in meeting City contract requirements: • Minority Business Enterprise Documentation (for bids in excess of $50,000) • Contractors Qualification Statement (AIA Form A305), including client references • Proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers • Project Schedule • Schedule of Values (CSI Divisions 1 through 16 Section Breakout) • Proof of insurability for Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance 9. PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: Acceptance of the bid in no way requires the City to accept the qualifications of the subcontractors. The Subcontractor lists are for use by the City in preparing recommendations for award of the contract. The Contractor must provide and use subcontractors listed unless the City agrees to allow a substitute. 10. DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA: Should an Offeror find any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, or should it be in doubt as to their meaning, it shall notify the City at once. If required, the City will then prepare Instructions to Offerors Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airpor Page 4 of 5 March 2014 a written addendum that will be available to all Offerors at the place designated for distribution of Bid Documents by the Notice to Offerors. The Contractor is responsible for determining if addenda are available and for securing copies prior to submitting a response to this request for sealed bids. Oral instructions or decisions unless confirmed by written addenda will not be considered valid, legal or binding. No extras will be authorized because of failure of the contractor to include work called for in the addenda. Offeror must acknowledge addenda in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge addenda may cause the Proposal to be ruled non -responsive. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Addenda and include its information in the Proposal. 11. WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Offerors will be required to demonstrate that coverage is in effect at time of Award of Contract. Sample Certificate of Insurance, or other proof that Workers Compensation Insurance will be obtained, must be submitted within five working days of bid opening. 12. TAXES: Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject to State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. 13. PERMITS: Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. 14. UTILITIES AND IMPACT FEES: The City will pay water and sewer utilities tap fees and impact fees. Unless shown otherwise, the City will coordinate and pay for water and sewer taps and meters to the property line. The Contractor will include all remaining fees from the electrical and gas companies in the base bid. The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating with City and utility companies for installation of utilities. Unless indicated otherwise on the plans, the contractor will be responsible for costs and installations from the building side of the water meter and sewer tap. 15. BID DOCUMENTS: Hard copies of bidding documents may be downloaded and printed by the Offeror. 16. MANUFACTURERS REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Use of brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Upon request of the architect or contractor, the contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. Also, refer to specification's product requirements. 17. TESTING SERVICES: The City shall provide for, independently of the contractor, the inspection services, the testing of construction materials engineering, and the verification testing services necessary for the acceptance of the construction work. 18. PROJECT SCHEDULE: The Project Schedule to be submitted with the Qualification Statement will, at the minimum, include the following: quality control submittals and approvals, mobilization, site preparation, under slab utilities, foundation work, structural erection, interior finish, commissioning, and closeout. The Schedule may be submitted as a table or PERT diagram. Instructions to Offerors Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airpor Page 5 of 5 March 2014 PROPOSAL TO: MR. TOM HIGGINS CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 1000 THROCKMORTON CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FOR: City of Fort Worth Police Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport 310 Gulf Stream Road Fort Worth, Texas TPW2013-06 City Project No. 00723 Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offerors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sum, to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITE Base Proposal 3 7 9, OW Completion within 310 calendar days after date of Nottiice to Proceed. General Contingency Allowance (5%) ` <K (This amount is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this allowance during construction. Any allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth.) Unit Prices 1. For increase or decrease of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, casings, reinforcing, and concrete. Each "Reduction" unit price shall be at least 66% of the corresponding "Additional" unit price. A. For 18" Diameter Pier Depth/Foot — Additional $ 58.00 B. For 18" Diameter Pier Depth/Foot — Reduction $ 38.90 C. For 24" Diameter Pier Depth/Foot — Additional $ 66.00 D. For 24" Diameter Pier Depth/Foot — Reduction$ 44.25 E. For 30" Diameter Pier Depth/Foot — Additional $ 72.00 F. For 30" Diameter Pier Depth/Foot — Reduction $ 48.25 2. For deletion of temporary casings for drilled pier shafts. /Linear Foot. /Linear Foot. /Linear Foot. /Linear Foot. /Linear Foot. /Linear Foot. u Proposal Page 1 of 4 Police Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport September 2013 TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Name of Purchaser, Firm or Agency: Citv of Fort Worth. Texas Address (Street & Number, P.O. Box or Route Number): 1000 Throckmorton City, State, Zip Code: Fort Worth. Texas 76102 Telephone: (817) 392-8360 I, the purchaser named above, claim an exemption from payment of sales and use taxes for the purchase of taxable items described below or on the attached order or invoice from: All vendors Description of the items to be purchased, or on the attached order or invoice: All items except motor vehicles as listed below Purchaser claims this exemption for the following reason: Governmental Entity I understand that I will be liable for payment of sales or use taxes which may become due for failure to comply with the provisions of the state, city, and/or metropolitan transit authority sales and use tax laws and comptroller rules regarding exempt purchases. Liability for the tax will be determined by the price paid for the taxable items purchased or the fair market rental value for the period of time used. I understand that it is a misdemeanor to give an exemption certificate to the seller for taxable items which I know, at the time of purchase, will be used in a manner other than expressed in this certificate and that upon conviction I may be fined not more than $500 per offense. Purchaser: Title: Purchasing Manager Date: February 1.2007 Note: This certificate cannot be issued for the purchase, lease or rental of a motor vehicle. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT REQUIRE NUMBER TO BE VALID Sales and Use Tax "Exemption Numbers" or "Tax Exempt" Numbers do not exist. This certificate should be furnished to the supplier. Do not send the completed certificate to the Comptroller of Public Accounts. Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Certificate Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airpor Page 1 of 1 March 2014 2009 PREVAILING WAGE RATES CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY Classification AC Mechanic AC Mechanic Helper Acoustical Ceiling Mechanic Acoustical Ceiling Helper Abestos Worker Bricklayer/Stone Mason Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper Carpenter Carpenter Helper Concrete Finisher Concrete Finisher Helper Concrete Form Builder Concrete Form Builder Helper Drywall Mechanic Drywall Helper Drywall Taper Drywall Taper Helper Electrician (Journeyman) Electrician Helper Electronic Technician Electronic Technician Helper Floor Layer (Carpet) Floor Layer (Resilient) Floor Layer Helper Glazier Glazier Helper Insulator Insulator Helper Laborer Common Laborer Skilled Lather Lather Helper Avg. Hrly Rate Health/ Total Welfare Pension Vacation Package $25.92 $1.01 $0.19 $0.83 $27.91 $15.81 $0.00 $0.00 $0.30 $16.77 $15.56 $0.57 $0.03 $0.12 $16.26 $12.27 $0.19 $0.00 $0.00 $12.46 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $18.54 $0.24 $0.00 $0.00 $18.78 $10.39 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.39 $17.08 $1.62 $0.17 $0,81 $19.69 $13.45 $0.75 $0.08 $0.71 $14.99 $13.97 $0.41 $0.04 $0.14 $14.55 $12.14 $0.43 $0.04 $0.11 $12.72 $14.03 $0.67 $0.03 $0.15 $14.88 $11.72 $0.54 $0.03 $0.10 $12.39 $16.10 $0.56 $0.02 $0.30 $16.98 $12.43 $0.33 $0.00 $0.28 $13.05 $15.00 $0.07 $0.00 $0.00 $15.07 $11.50 $0.07 $0.00 $0.00 $11.57 $21.77 $1.08 $0.05 $0.38 $23.29 $15.32 $1.09 $0.05 $0.27 $16.73 $20.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $20.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $18.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $18.00 $10.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.00 $18.53 $1.92 $0.38 $0.71 $21.54 $13.49 $1.20 $0.10 $0.35 $15.13 $16.59 $0.29 $0.12 $0.08 $17.08 $11.21 $0.36 $0.11 $0.13 $11.81 $10.47 $0.70 $0.06 $0.08 $11.30 $13.24 $0.98 $0.06 $0.12 $14.41 $17.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $17.00 $15.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $15.00 Page 1 of 2 March 2014 2009 Prevailing Wage Rates Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport 2009 PREVAILING WAGE RATES CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY 'Metal Building Assembler Metal Building Assembler Helper Painter Painter Helper Pipefitter Pipefitter Helper Plasterer Plasterer Helper Plumber Plumber Helper Reinforcing Steel Setter Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper Roofer Roofer Helper Sheet Metal Worker Sheet Metal Worker Helper Sprinkler System Installer Sprinkler System Installer Helper Steel Worker Structural 'Steel Worker Structural Helper Concrete Pump Crane, Clamsheet, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel Forklift Foundation Drill Operator Front End Loader 'Truck Driver Welder Welder Helper $16.00 $1.561 $0.63 $12.00 $1.56 $0.63 $12.57 $0.69 $0.02 $9.98 $0.61 $0.02 $21.14 $0.90 $0.13 $14.92 $0.58 $0.11 $17.24 $0.05 $0.00 $12.85 $0.05 $0.12 $20.33 $0.69 $0.12 $14.95 $0.95 $0.11 $13.011 $0.36 $0.07 $11.19 $0.25 $0.05 $16.78 $1.25 $0.23 $12.33 $1.25 $0.23 $17.49 $0.97 $0.10 $14.16 $1.40 $0.17 $19.17 $1.68 $0.33 $14.15 $1.50 $0.00 $19.28 $1.37 $0.55 $13.74 $1.37 $0.39 $18.50 $0.00 $0.00 $17.81 $1.30 $0.12 $12.96 $0.42 $0.04 $22.50 $0.00 $0.00 $13.21 $0.36 $0.06 $15.21 $0.65 $0.06 $17.81 $0.92 $0.12 $12.55 $0.75 $0.00 2009 Prevailing Wage Rates Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport $0.00 $18.19 $0.00 $14.19 $0.09 $13.37 $0.09 $10.70 $0.45 $22.59 $0.23 $15.82 $0.00 $17.30 $0.43 $12.90 $0.43 $21.56 $0.00 $16.42 $0.23 $13.67 $0.16 $11.64 $0.171 $18.43 $0.17 $13.98 $0.51 $19.06 $0.44 $16.15 $0.33 $21.52 $0.50 $16.07 $0.12 $21.32 $0.09 $15.59 $0.00 $18.50 $0.24 $19.48 $0.08 $13.50 $0.00 $22.50 $0.17 $13.79 $0.19 $16.11 $0.30 $19.15 $0.33 $13.64 Page 2 of 2 March 2014 Month WEATHER TABLE Average Inches of Snow/Ice Days of Rainfall Pellets Rain January 7 1.80 1 February 7 2.36 March 7 2.54 * April 8 4.30 0 May 8 4.47 0 June 6 3.05 0 July 5 1.84 0 August 5 2.26 0 September 7 3.15 0 October 5 2.68 0 November 6 2.03 December 6 1.82 * ANNUALLY 77 32.30 1 (1) Mean number of days rainfall, 0.01" or more (2) Average normal precipitation, in inches (3) Mean number of days 1.0 inch or more * Less than 0.5 inches This table is based on information reported from Dallas -Fort Worth Regional Airport, Texas. Latitude 32 deg 54 min north, longitude 97 deg 02 min West, elevation (ground) 551 ft. Average number of days of rain, snow, and ice are based on records covering 27 years. Precipitation is based on record of 1941-1970 period This table is to be used as a basis for calculation of excess rain or weather days for projects with duration in calendar days. If the site records indicate that the Contractor was unable to carry out operations due to weather, it is counted as a weather day. If the number of weather days exceeds the number of average rain days plus the snow/ice-pellet days for a given month, the contract period will be adjusted by Change Order. Weather Table Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 1 March 2014 City of Fort Worth, Texas Transportation Public Works Department Facilities Management Group/Architectural Services Division GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION LUMP SUM CONTRACT SECTION A DEFINITIONS, PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS A-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By the term Contract Documents is meant all of the written and drawn documents setting forth or affecting the rights of the parties, including but not necessarily limited to, the Contract, Notice to Bidders, Proposal, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Bonds and at Addenda, Amendments signed by all parties, Change Orders, written Interpretations and any written Field Order for a minor change in the Work. A-2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The Contract Documents represent the entire agreement between the Parties, and no prior or contemporaneous, oral or written agreements, instruments or negotiations shall be construed as altering the terms and effects of the Contract Documents. After being executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a written Amendment signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or Change Order, or by a written Field Order for a minor change. A-3 WORK: By the term Work is meant all labor, supervision, materials and equipment necessary to be used or incorporated in order to produce the construction required by Contract Documents. A-4 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents shall be executed in six originals, with all required attachments, including required bonds and insurance certificates, by the Contractor and the Owner in such form as may be prescribed by law and returned to the Owner within ten business days of notification to Contractor. Failure to execute contracts and provide required enclosures will be grounds for revocation of award and taking of Bid Bond. A-5 FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK: Before filing a Proposal, the bidder shall examine carefully the, plans, specifications, special provisions, and the form of contract to be entered into for the work contemplated. He shall examine the site of work and satisfy himself as to the conditions that will be encountered relating to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered evidence that he has complied with these requirements and has accepted the site as suitable for the work. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated by the plans will not be allowed. A-6 ONE UNIFIED CONTRACT: Insofar as possible, the Contract Documents will be bound together and executed as a single unified Contract. The intention of the Contract Documents being to provide for all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and other items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Words that have well -recognized technical or trade meanings are used herein in accordance with such recognized meanings. A-7 DIVISION OF WORK: The arrangement of Drawings and/or Specifications into Divisions, Sections, Articles, or other Subdivisions shall not be binding upon the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Trades. A-8 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will furnish such Interpretations of the Plans and Specifications as may be necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work. Such Interpretations shall be furnished at the instance of the Architect or at the request of the Contractor, or Owner, and will be issued with reasonable promptness and at such times and in accordance with such schedule as may be agreed upon. Such Interpretations shall be consistent with the purposes and intent of the Plans and Specifications and may be effected by Field Order. In the event of any dispute between any of the parties to the Contract and the Architect or each other involving the interpretation of the Contract Documents, the evaluation of work or materials performed or furnished by the Architect Contractor, or any subcontractor or materialsman, or involving any question of fault or liability of any party, the decision of the Owner shall be final and binding. In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the following sequence for interpretation shall be used in order of precedence: Change Orders and/or Field Orders (by date of issuance); Addenda (by date of issuance); Drawings; Notes and dimensions on Drawings; Technical Specifications; Special Provisions; Supplementary General Conditions; General Conditions; and, Construction Contract. A-9 COPIES OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Architect will furnish to Contractor free of charge 15 sets of working Drawings and 15 sets of Specifications. Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduction for all other copies of Drawings and Specifications furnished to him. All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner or the Architect are and shall remain the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on any other project and, with the exception of one Contract set for each Party to the Contract, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 26 March 2014 A-10 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) POLICY: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth has implemented the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period, interested Offerors must obtain an MBE listing from the M/WBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that the MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) located in the six (61-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are stronalv encouraged to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in City contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to meet these goals is mandatory in order to be considered a responsive bidder. The City policy and procedures to be followed in submitting proposals are included. The City of Fort Worth MBE Program will take precedence over other subcontractor utilization programs on Block Grant and other federally funded Projects. A-11 CORRELATION AND INTENT: In general, the drawings indicate dimension, locations, positions, quantities, and kinds of construction; the specifications indicate the quality and construction procedures required. Work indicated on the drawings and not specified of vice -versa, shall be furnished as though set forth in both. Work not detailed, marked or specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified. If the drawings are in conflict or conflict with the specifications the better quality or greater quantity or work or materials shall be estimated and shall be furnished or included. Dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. Drawings showing locations of equipment, piping, ductwork, electrical apparatus, etc., are diagrammatic and job conditions may not allow installation in the exact location shown. Relocation shall not occur without the Architects approval. A-12 AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory equipment. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. A-13 DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above -referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. SECTION B IDENTITY OF ARCHITECT B-1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Where the term "Architect" is used in the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", it shall refer to the Director, Transportation and Public Works or his designated Building Construction Manager. The Director, Transportation will designate a Project Manager and Building Construction Manager (BCM) to administer this contract and perform the functions of the "Architect" as indicated in the General Conditions. The design architect or engineer may also be designated to perform the duties of "Architect". The term "City" and "Owner" are used interchangeably and refer to the City of Fort Worth as represented by the Director of Transportation and Public Works or his designated representative. 8-2 TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION OF WORK: The Owner has the right to terminate the Project for any reason. If the project is terminated, the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination. b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 2 of 26 March 2014 thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract. B-3 DUTIES OF THE ARCHITECT: As used herein, the term Architect means the Architect or his authorized representative. Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shall create any privity of Contract between the Architect and the Contractor. B-4 ARCHITECT AS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OWNER: The Building Construction Manager will provide general administration of the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will have authority to act as the representative of the Owner to the extent provided in the Contract Documents unless changed in writing by the Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and consultations with the Owner or the Contractor at all reasonable times. B-5 ACCESS TO JOB SITES: The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform its assigned functions under the Contract Documents. The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize himself with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on -site observations, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. Based upon such observations and the Contractor's applications for payments, the Building Construction Manager will make determinations and recommendations concerning the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue certificates for payment amounts. B-6 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications and the judge of the performance thereunder by the Contractor, subject to the final decision of the Owner. The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. B-7 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The BCM will have authority to reject work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. In addition, whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the BCM considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the BCM will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. B-8 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES OF ARCHITECT Shoo Drawinas. The Architect will review Shop Drawings and Samples. Two copies of each approved Shop Drawing and submittal will be provided to the Owner by the Architect. Three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Chanae Orders. Change Orders and Field Orders for Minor Changes in the Work will be issued by the Owner Guarantees. The Owner will receive all written guarantees and related documents required of the Contractor. Upon completion of the project the Contractor shall provide the Owner five copies of each guarantee. Inspections The Owner will conduct inspections for the purpose of determining and making his recommendations concerning the dates of substantial completion and final completion. The Architect will conduct the final acceptance inspection and issue the Certificate of Completion. Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Owner will receive six copies of all applicable equipment installation, operation, and maintenance brochures and manuals required of the Contractor. B-9 TERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT: In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect by the Owner, the Owner shall either assume the duties of the Architect through the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works, or shall appoint a successor Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection. SECTION C OWNER C-1 IDENTIFICATION: By the term Owner is meant the City of Fort Worth acting herein by its duly authorized representatives in the manner provided by law. Authorized representatives include the City Manager, Assistant City Manager, the Director and of Transportation and Public Works Department and members of the Facilities Management Division. Generally speaking a designated representative will be a Building Construction Manager identified from within the Facilities Management Group to act as a point of contact for day-to-day contract administration. C-2 DUTIES OF THE OWNER: The Owner shall furnish surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limits and utility locations for the site of the Work; provided, however, that the Contractor hereby covenants that he has inspected the premises and familiarized himself therewith and that the locations of utilities and other obstacles to the prosecution of the Work as shown on the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 3 of 26 March 2014 Owner's survey are for information only, are not binding upon the Owner, and the Owner shall not incur any liability for loss or damage by virtue of any inaccuracies or deficiencies in such surveys. The Owner shall secure and pay for title to the site and all necessary permanent or construction easements. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor in the prosecution of the Work in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonable and shall furnish information under its control with reasonable promptness at the request of the Contractor. C-3 INSTRUCTIONS: The Owner shall issue all instructions to the Contractor through the BCM. C-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITE: The Owner shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Owner may perform its assigned functions under the Contract Documents. C-5 PROGRESS INSPECTIONS: The Owner will make visits to the Site to familiarize themselves with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on -site observations and reports concerning the progress and quality of the work, the Owner will approve and authorize the Contractor's applications for payments. C-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The Owner will have authority to reflect work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. Whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the Owner considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the Owner will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the work or any portion thereof, or to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. C-7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION: Upon agreement of the Contractor and Architect that the Work is substantially complete, the Owner will schedule a Substantial Completion Inspection to be conducted by the Architect and attended by representatives of the Architect, Owner and Contractor. Items identified during this inspection as being incomplete, defective or deficient shall be incorporated into a punch list and attached to the AIA document G704, which is to be prepared and signed by the Contractor, and accepted, approved and signed by the Owner. C-8 RIGHT TO AUDIT: Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract. The term "subcontract" as used herein includes purchase orders. Contractor agrees to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the city. The city agrees to reimburse Contractor for the costs of copies at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code. SECTION D CONTRACTOR D-1 IDENTIFICATION: The Contractor is the person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized representative. D-2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, not as agent, or employee of the City. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of the Work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and Contractor shall be solely responsible for the acts of its officers, agents, and employees. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between City and the Contractor, its officers, agents and employees, and the doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply. D-3 SUBLETTING: It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. D-4 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda and modifications and shall at once report to the Owner and to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The Contractor shall do no work without Drawings, Specifications and Interpretations. D-5 SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, safety, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents. D-6 LABOR AND MATERIALS: Unless otherwise specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 4 of 26 March 2014 The successful low bidder will use its reasonable best efforts to hire local laborers, workmen and materialmen. The general condition is not to be constructed as limiting the right of any bidder to employee laborers, workmen or materialmen from outside local area. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him. D-7 COMPLIANCE WITH AND ENFORCEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE Duty to oav Prevailina Waae Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11 th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the Work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. Pav Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Posting of Waae Rates. The Contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. On projects where special wage rates apply (e.g. Davis -Bacon) the Contractor agrees to meet all requirements of such programs. D-8 WARRANTY: The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so conforming to these standards may be considered defective. If required by the Architect or the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. The warranty provided in this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided by law or the Contract Documents. D-9 TAXES: The Contractor is exempt from State Sales Tax on material incorporated into the finished construction, Excise and Use Tax. D-10 LICENSES. NOTICES AND FEES: The Contractor shall obtain all Permits, Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections, whether permanent or temporary, required by law or these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall give all Notices and comply with all Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 5 of 26 March 2014 variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect Owner in writing and any necessary changes will be made. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is in violation of, or contrary to, any of such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Orders or Directives, or Regulations without furnishing Notice to the Owner, the Contractor will assume full responsibility therefore and bear all costs attributable thereto. D-11 CASH ALLOWANCES: The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contractor Sum and not in the allowance. The Contractor shall cause the Work covered by these allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, but he will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes a reasonable objection. If the cost, when determined, is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order which will include additional handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, field overhead, profit and other direct expenses resulting to the Contractor from any increase over the original allowance. D-12 SUPERINTENDENT: The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Contractor and the Owner. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications will be confirmed in writing. Other communications will be so confirmed on written request in each case. D-13 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND SUB -CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all his employees and all Sub -contractors, their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. D-14 FAILURE TO COMMENCE WORK: Should the Contractor fail to begin the Work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the Work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the Work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if, in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. D-15 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the contract, shall prepare and submit for the Architect's approval, an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to the entire Project. This schedule shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various states of construction and shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, subject to the Architect's approval. It shall also indicate the dates for submission and approval of shop drawings and submittals as well as the delivery schedule for major pieces of equipment and/or materials. The Contractor shall submit an updated progress schedule the BCM at least monthly for approval along with the Contractor's monthly progress payment requests. D-16 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE: The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and other Changes and Amendments in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall also be available to the Architect. The Drawings, marked to record all changes made during construction, shall be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Work. The Architect will prepare, and provide to the Owner, one complete set of reproducible record drawings of the Work. D-17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, and which illustrate some portion of the Work. Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the Work will be judged. The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval and submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor, normally within the first 90 days of the work, six copies of all shop Drawings and Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by changes or amendments. Shop Drawings and Samples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the Architect may require. At the time of submission the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawing given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 6 of 26 March 2014 The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings or new Samples until approved. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Architect on previous submissions. The Architect's approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. Architect's approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples. No portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission shall be commenced until the Architect has approved the submittal. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples. D-18 SITE USE: The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. Until acceptance of the Work by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, the entire site of the Work shall be under the exclusive control, care and responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall take every precaution against injury or damage to persons or property by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good at his own expenses all injuries or damages to any portions of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before acceptance. D-19 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may required to make its several parts fit together properly, and shall not endanger any Work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the Work or any part of it. D-20 CLEAN UP: The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and shall clean all glass surfaces and leave the Work "Broom -clean" or its equivalent, except at otherwise specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving the buildings "broom -clean", Contractor shall clean all glass, replace any broken glass, remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorated work, clean hardware, remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces, clean fixtures and wash all concrete, tile and terrazzo floors. If the Contractor fails to clean up, the Owner may do so, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. D-21 COMMUNICATIONS: As a general rule, the Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner through the BCM. D-22 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ON FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS: Contractor shall observe and comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Fiscal Department, Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management as outlined in the Supplemental Conditions contained in the Project Manual. SECTION E SUBCONTRACTORS E-1 DEFINITION: A Subcontractor is a person or organization that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative. Nothing contained in the Contract, Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner and the Architect and any subcontractor or any of his sub -subcontractors or materialmen. E-2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS: The bidder shall furnish a list of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for such portions of the Work as may be designated in the bidding requirements, or if none is so designated in the bidding requirements, the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect shall notify the successful bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any person or organization on such list. Failure of the Owner and Architect to make an objection to any person or organization on the list prior to the award of this Contract shall not constitute acceptance of such person or organization. If, prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner or Architect has an objective to any person or organization on such list, and refuses to accept such person or organization, the apparent low bidder may, prior to the award, withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid security. If such bidder submits an acceptable substitute, the Owner may, at its discretion, accept the bid or he may disqualify the bid. If, after the award, the Owner or Architect objects in writing to any person or organization on such list, the Contractor shall provide an acceptable substitute. The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization that has been accepted by the Owner and the Architect, unless the substitution is also acceptable to the Owner and the Architect. E-3 TERMS OF SUBCONTRACTS: All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that: General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 7 of 26 March 2014 1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; 2. Require that such Work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 3. Require submission to the Contractor of applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment; 4. Require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the Work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor where appropriate) in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner; 5. Waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by the property insurance, except such rights, if any, as they may have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner, and, 6. Obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this Section All of the provisions set out in this section shall be deemed to have been included in every subcontract, and every subcontract shall be so construed and applied as to the Owner and the Architect, whether or not such provisions are physically included in the sub- contract. E-4 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE): Should the base proposal be $50,000 or less, the requirements of this section do not apply. General: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth is implementing the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period, interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing from the M/WBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) located in the six (6)-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are stronalv encouraaed to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. In accordance with City of Fort Worth Diversity Business Ordinance (BDO) No 20020-12-2011 (the "Ordinance"), the City of Fort Worth sets goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in City contracts. Ordinance No 20020-12-2011 is incorporated in these General Conditions by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. Failure to comply with the Ordinance shall be a material breach of contract. Prior to Award: The MBE documentation required by the procurement solicitation must be submitted within five city business days after the proposals are opened. Failure to comply with the City's Business Diversity Ordinance, or to demonstrate a "good faith effort", shall result in a bid being considered non -responsive. During Construction: Contractor shall provide copies of subcontracts or cosigned letters of intent with approved MBE subcontractors and or suppliers prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also provide monthly reports on utilization of the subcontractors to the M/WBE Office and the Construction Manager. Contractor must provide the City with complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by an MBE on the contract and proof of payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in it's possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE. The misrepresentation of facts and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement. An Offeror who intentionally and/or knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. The failure of an Offeror to comply with this ordinance where such non-compliance constitutes a material breach of contract as stated herein, may result in the Offeror being determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than one (1) year. The Contractor may count toward the goal any tier of MBE subcontractors and/or suppliers. The Contractor may count toward its goal a portion of the total dollar amount of the contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of the MBE participation in the joint venture for a clearly defined portion of the work to be performed. All subcontractors used in meeting the goals must be certified prior to the award of the Contract. Change Orders: Whenever a change order affects the work of an MBE subcontractor or supplier, the MBE shall be given an opportunity to perform the work. Whenever a change order is $50,000 or more, the M/WBE Office Coordinator shall determine the goals applicable to the work to be performed under the change order. During the term of the contract the Contractor shall: 1. Make no unjustified changes or deletions in its MBE participation commitments submitted with the bid/proposal or during negotiation, without prior submission of the proper documentation for review and approval by the M/WBE Office. 2. If substantial subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities arise during the term of any contract when the Contractor represented in its bid/proposal to the City that it alone would perform the subcontracting/supplier opportunity work, the Contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts for work and/or supplies are awarded and shall be required to comply with subsections of the °Ordinance, exclusive of the time requirements stated in such subsections. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 8 of 26 March 2014 3. The Contractor shall submit to the M/WBE Office for approval an MBE REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE FORM, if, during the term of any contract, the Contractor wishes to change or delete one or more MBE subcontractors or suppliers. Justification for change of subcontractors may be granted for the following: 1. An MBE's failure to provide Workers' Compensation Insurance evidence as required by state law; or 2. An MBE's -failure to provide evidence of general liability or other insurance under the same or similar terms as contained in the Contract Documents with limits of coverage no greater than the lower of 1) the limits required of the Contractor by the City; or 2) the limits contained in the Contractor's standard subcontract or supply agreements used on other projects of similar size and scope and within the Contractor's normal business practice with non -MBE subcontractors/subconsultant's or suppliers; or 3. An MBE's failure to execute the Contractor's standard subcontract form, if entering a subcontract is required by the Contractor in its normal course of business, unless such failure is due to: a) A change in the amount of the previously agreed to bid or scope of work; or b) The contract presented provides for payment once a month or longer and the Contractor is receiving payment from the City twice a month; or c) Any limitation being placed on the ability of the MBE to report violations of the Ordinance or any other ordinance or violations of any state or federal law or other improprieties to the City or to provide notice of any claim to the Contractor's surety company or insurance company. d) Mediation shall be a consideration before the request for change is approved. 4. An MBE defaults in the performance of the executed subcontract. In this event, the Contractor shall: a) Request bids from all MBE subcontractors previously submitting bids for the work, b) If reasonably practicable, request bids from previously non -bidding MBEs, and c) Provide to the M/WBE Office documentation of compliance with (a) and (b) above. 5. Any reason found to be acceptable by the M/WBE Office in its sole discretion. Within ten days after final payment from the City the Contractor shall provide the M/WBE Office with documentation to reflect final participation of each subcontractor and supplier, including non -MBEs, used on the project. E-5 PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an amount equal to the percentage of completion allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors. If the Owner refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a particular subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay that Subcontractor on demand, made at any time after the Certificate for Payment would otherwise have been issued, for his Work to the extent completed, less the retained percentage. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by the Contractor, and he shall require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his Subcontractors. The Owner may, on request and at its discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on account of Work done by such Subcontractors. Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor. E-6 SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EDA FUNDED PROJECTS: The Contractor will cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to FDA contract requirements as contained herein and to 15 CFR 24 or OMB Circular A-110, as appropriate. Each subcontractor must agree to comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements in addition to those set forth in this section. No subcontractor will be employed on this Project, except as specifically approved by the City, who is contained in the listing of contractors debarred, ineligible, suspended or indebted to the United States from contractual dealings with Federal government departments. The work performed by any such contractor or subcontractor will be ineligible for reimbursement wholly or partially from EDA grant fluids. All subcontracts in excess of $10,000 shall include, or incorporate by reference, the equal opportunity clause of Executive Order 11246. All subcontracts must contain a nondiscrimination clause. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 9 of 26 March 2014 Each subcontract must contain a requirement for compliance with the Davis -Bacon and related acts. Each subcontractor must submit weekly each weekly payroll record and a weekly statement of compliance. These documents will be submitted to the prime contractor who will compile them and submit to the City. The subcontractor can satisfy this requirement by submitting a properly executed Department of Labor Form WH-347. Each subcontract with every subcontractor must contain a clause committing the subcontractor to employment of local labor to the maximum extent possible. All subcontractors who employ more than 50 employees, and is a prime or first tier subcontractor, and has a subcontract or purchase order of $50,000 or more must submit a completed Standard Form 100 (Compliance Report) by March 30 of each year. Subcontractors performing work in areas covered by published goals for minorities will be required to report monthly on Form CC- 257. SECTION F SEPARATE CONTRACTS F-1 OWNER'S RIGHT: The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Work. When separate contracts are awarded for other portions of the Work, "the Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract. F-2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Owner any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his Work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's Work. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the site, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend against such suit at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and expenses which the Owner has incurred in connection with such suit. F-3 CUTTING AND PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may be required to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other contractors shown in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any work or any other contractors by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect. Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. F-4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP: If a dispute arises between the separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the several contractors as the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works shall determine to be just. SECTION G MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS G-1 CONFLICT OF LAWS: The law of the place where the site is located shall govern the Contract. The Contractor must familiarize himself and strictly comply with all Federal, State, and County and City Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives controlling the action or operation of those engaged upon the work affecting the materials used. He shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives, whether by himself, his employees, agents or subcontractors. G-2 GOVERNING LAWS: It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with reference to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with reference to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. G-3 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In performing their duties under the Statutes of the State of Texas and the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth in connection with this Contract, or in exercising any of the powers granted the Owner herein, the officers, agents and employees of the City of Fort Worth are engaged in the performance of a governmental General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 10 of 26 March 2014 function and shall not incur any personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder, except for gross negligence or willful wrong. G-4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Contractor agrees to comply with all laws, Federal, state and local, including all ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Materials incorporated into the finished Project are not subject to State Sales Tax. The Owner is responsible for obtaining the Building Permit. The Contractor and the appropriate subcontractor are responsible for obtaining all other construction permits from the governing agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspections with the Code Inspection Division in accordance with the permit requirements and submit a copy of updated schedule to the Construction Manager weekly. Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical building permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer tap, impact & access fees will be paid by the City. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the Contractor. G-5 INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not anv such iniurv. damage or death is caused. in whole or in part. by the nealiaence or alleged nealiaence of Owner. its officers. servants. or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not anv such iniury or damaae is caused in whole or in part by the nealiaence or alleged nealiaence of Owner. its officers. servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. G-6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: Except as provided in Paragraph E-2, this contract shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their Successors or Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract or his rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. Any such purported assignment or subletting without the prior written consent of Owner shall be void. G-7 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. G-8 SURETY BONDS: Surety Bonds are required on all City contracts in excess of $25,000. The Contractor agrees, on the submittal of his Proposal to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in the prosecution of the Work, such bonds being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents, and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price, and the said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. Bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by or otherwise acceptable to the City. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. Bonds required by the City shall be in compliance with all relevant local, state and federal statutes. To be an acceptable surety on the bond the name of the surety should be included on the current U. S. Treasury List of Acceptable Securities [Circular 5701, and must be authorized to do business in Texas. Sureties not listed in Circular 570 may write performance and payment bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligation over 10 percent. The amount in excess of 10 percent must be reinsured by reinsurers who are duly authorized, accredited, or trusteed to do business in the State of Texas. Should any surety for the contracted project be determined unsatisfactory at any time during same, the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is less than $25,000, payment shall be made in one lump sum 30 calendar days after completion and acceptance of the Work. G-9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, enter the site and make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 11 of 26 March 2014 issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including the cost of the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contract shall pay the difference to the Owner. G-10 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS: The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; however, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to Owner. G-11 TESTS: If the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and the date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Owner shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests and approvals unless otherwise provided. If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner determines that any work requires special inspection, testing or approval not included above, the Owner, upon written authorization from the Owner, will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as required in the preceding paragraph. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply (1) with the requirements of the Contract Documents or (2) with respect to the performance of the Work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including the Architect's additional services made necessary by such costs; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The Contractor shall secure certificate of inspection, testing or approval, and three copies will be promptly delivered by him to the Owner. The Architect will review the certificates and forward one copy of each with his recommendation(s) to the Owner. If the Owner wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply. Neither the observations of the Architect or the Owner in their administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. G-12 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SERVICES: The Contractor shall perform the Work under this Contract with a minimum of outage time for all utilities. Interruption shall be by approved sections of the utility. In some cases, the Contractor may be required to perform the Work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility service may be interrupted only when approved by the Owner. When it is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least ten days in advance of the time that he desires the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption time shall be kept to a minimum. Depending upon the activities at an existing facility that requires continuous service from the existing utility, an interruption may not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the Contractor. In such cases, the interruption may have to be scheduled at a time of minimum requirements of demand for the utility. The amount of time requested by the Contractor of existing utility services shall be as approved by the Owner. G-13 LAYING OUT WORK: The Contractor shall verify dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work. Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to Architect for adjustment before work affected is performed. Failure to make such notification shall place responsibility upon Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory workmanlike manner at the Contractor's sole expense. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction contemplated by the Construction Documents. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanical an Electrical drawings; each with the other that in any affects the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Architect for verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on his part to comply with this function shall be done at the Contractor's sole expense. G-14 MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements at the site or at the building and shall be wholly responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of any difference between actual dimensions and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Any difference that may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration and adjustment before proceeding with the project. G-15 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND WORK: The Contractor shall carefully check the site where the project is to be erected and observe any existing overhead wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved, replaced or protected, as required, whether or not shown or specified at the Contractor's sole expense. Attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other underground improvements that may or may not be shown on the Drawings. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and protect any such improvements whether or not shown on the Drawings. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 12 of 26 March 2014 Location of existing underground lines, shown the Drawings are based on the best available sources, but are to be regarded as approximate only. Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying these lines before excavation in adjacent areas. G-16 ALIGNMENT OF JOINTS IN FINISH MATERIALS: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain in the installation of jointed floor, wall and ceiling materials that: 1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; 2. Place joints to relate to all opening and breaks in the structure and be symmetrically placed wherever possible. This includes heating registers, light fixtures, equipment, etc. If because of the non -related sizes of the various materials and locations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the above, the Contractor shall request the Architect to determine the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish centerlines for all trades. G-17 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK: The Contractor shall protect all existing street and other improvements from damages. Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and shall not in any interfere with or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from existing adjacent facilities. Where new site work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb or damage the existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall be replaced, repaired and restored to its original condition at no cost to the Owner. G-18 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CERTIFICATION: It is the intent of the contract documents, whether expressly stated or not, that nothing containing hazardous materials, such as asbestos, shall be incorporated in to the project. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to ensure that asbestos -containing materials are not incorporated into any portion of the project, including advising all materials suppliers and subcontractors of this requirement. The Contractor shall verify that components containing lead do not contact the potable water supply. G-19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING: Drawing showing location of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. are diagrammatic and job conditions may not always permit their installation in the location shown. When this situation occurs, it shall be brought to the Architect's attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining the Architect's approval. He shall remove and relocate such items at his own expense if so directed by the Architect. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor or ceiling surfaces. G-20 OVERLOADING: The Contractor shall be responsible for loading of any part or parts of structures beyond their safe carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength. G-21 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Where it is required in the Specifications that materials, products, processes, equipment, or the like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, direction or specifications, or words to this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance with printed instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under conditions similar or those at the job site. Six copies of such instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and his approval thereof obtained before work is begun. G-22 CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or as a result of the Work. At completion of work, the General Contractor shall, immediately prior to final inspection of complete building, execute the following final cleaning work with trained janitorial personnel and with material methods recommended by the manufactures of installed materials. 1. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base, and vacuum carpeting. 2. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar finished materials. 3. Clean all cabinets and casework. 4. Dust all ceilings and walls. 5. Dust, and if necessary wash, all plumbing and electrical fixtures. 6. Wash all glass and similar non -resilient materials. 7. All hardware and other unpainted metals shall be cleaned and polished and all equipment and paint or decorated work shall be cleaned and touched -up if necessary, and all temporary labels, tags, and paper coverings removed throughout the buildings. Surfaces that are waxed shall be polished. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 13 of 26 March 2014 8. The exterior of the building, the grounds, approaches, equipment, sidewalks, streets, etc. shall be cleaned similar to interior of buildings and left in good order at the time of final acceptance. All paint surfaces shall be clean and unbroken, hardware shall be clean and polished, all required repair work shall be completed and dirt areas shall be scraped and cleared of weed growth. 9. Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of putty, paint materials, etc., without scratching or injuring the glass and leave the work bright, clean and polished. Cost of this cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor. 10. Cleaning, polishing, scaling, waxing and all other finish operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the Specifications shall be taken to indicate the required condition at the time of acceptance of all work under the Contract. 11. Burning: Burning of rubbish on the premises will not be permitted. G-23 DUST CONTROL: Precaution shall be exercised at all times to control dust created as a result of any operations during the construction period. If serious problems or complaints arise due to air -borne dust, or when directed by the Architect, operations causing such problems shall be temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken to control the dust. G-24 FIRE PROTECTION: The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage or injury to workmen. All scrap materials, rubbish and trash shall be removed daily from in and about the building and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property. Suitable storage space shall be provided outside the immediate building area for storing flammable materials and paints; no storage will be permitted in the building. Excess flammable liquids being used inside the building shall be kept in closed metal container and removed from the building during unused periods. A fire extinguisher shall be available at each location where cutting or welding is being performed. Where electric or gas welding or cutting work is done, interposed shields of incombustible material shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot metal. When temporary heating devices are used, a watchman shall be present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the premises, The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendations and NFPA Bulletins Nos. 10 and 241. However, in all cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers shall be available for each floor of construction. G-25 CUTTING AND PATCHING: Wherever cutting and removal of portions of the existing work is indicated, such work shall be neatly sawed or cut by Contractor in a manner that will produce a neat straight line, parallel to adjacent surfaces or plumb for vertical surfaces. Care should be exercised not to damage any work that is to remain. At no time shall any structural members be cut without written consent from the Architect. G-26 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Final Inspection. Record Drawinas: Attention is called to General Conditions Section entitled, "Substantial Completion and Final Payment". Maintenance Manual: Sheets shall be 81/2' x 11", except pull out sheets may be neatly folded to 8 1/2" x 11". Manuals shall be bound in plastic covered, 3 ring, loose leaf binder with title of project lettered on front and shall contain: 1) Name, address and trade of all sub -contractors. 2) Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and telephone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's local representative, for each piece of operative equipment. 3) Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves, water heaters, heating and cooling equipment, temperature control, fan, electrical panels, service entrance equipment and light fixtures. 4) Manufacturer's name, type, color designation for resilient floors, windows, doors, concrete block, paint, roofing, other materials. Submit six copies of Maintenance Manual, prior to request for final payment. Operational Inspection and Maintenance Instruction: The Contractor shall provide at his expense, competent manufacturer's representatives to completely check out all mechanical and electrical systems and items covered by the Drawings and Specifications. This requirement shall be scheduled just prior to and during the initial start up. After all systems are functioning properly the representatives shall instruct maintenance personnel of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of each item. G-27 GUARANTEE AND EXTENDED GUARANTEE: Upon completion of the Project, prior to final payment, guarantees required by technical divisions of Specifications shall be properly executed in quadruplicate by subcontractors and submitted through the Contractor to Architect. Delivery of guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under Contract. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 14 of 26 March 2014 The Contractor shall guarantee the entire Project for one year. In addition, where separate guarantees, for certain portions of work, are for longer periods, General Contractor's guarantee shall be extended to cover such longer periods. Manufacturer's extended warrantees shall be included in this contract. Guarantees shall become valid and operative and commence upon issuance of Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by Owner. Guarantees shall not apply to work where damage is result of abuse, neglect by Owner or his successor(s) in interest. The Contractor agrees to warrant his work and materials provided in accordance with this contract and the terms of the Technical Specifications contained herein. Unless supplemented by the Technical Specifications or the manufacturer's normal extended warrantees, the Contractor shall warrant all work materials, and equipment against defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. The Contractor further agrees to bear all costs of making good all work that is found to be defective or not provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Additionally if the facility or contents are damaged due to defective materials or workmanship of the Contractor, the Contractor further agrees to bear all cost of repairing and/or replacing damaged items and components to bring such items back to at least their original condition. G-28 RECORD DRAWINGS: Upon completion of the Work and prior to application for final payment, one print of each of the drawings accompanying this specification shall be neatly and clearly marked in red by the Contractor to show variations between the construction actually provided and that indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. The annotated documents shall be delivered to Architect. Where a choice of materials and/or methods is permitted herein and where variations in the scope or character of the work from the entire work indicated or specified are permitted either by award of bidding items specified for that purpose, or by subsequent change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define the construction actually provided. The representation of such variations shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall include supplementary notes, legends and details which may be necessary for legibility and clear portrayal of the actual construction. The record drawings shall indicate, in addition, the actual location of all sub -surface utility lines, average depth below the surface and other appurtenances. G-29 CONSTRUCTION FENCE: At the Contractor's option, he may provide a substantial chain -link construction fence around all or a part of the site. The fences and gates must be maintained throughout the construction period. Remove the fences and gates upon completion of the Project and restore the site to the required original or contract condition. G-30 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE. HANDLING: The Contractor shall handle, store and protect materials and products, including fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft (and resulting delays), thereby ensuring highest quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at project site prior to installation. G-31 REMOVAL OF SALVAGED MATERIAL: The Contractor shall remove salvaged material and equipment from the Project site and dispose of it in accordance with the law. Equipment or material identified in the Specifications or Plans for Owner salvage shall be carefully removed and delivered to the Owner at any location in within the City limits as directed by the City. G-32 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Bids on brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Contractor shall inform the City of any substitutions intended for the project within 5 business days of bid opening. Failure to inform the City of substitute projects will obligate the Contractor to provide the specified material if awarded the contract. Within 14 days after bid opening and upon request of the Contractor, the Contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. SECTION H CONTRACT TIME H-1 DEFINITIONS The Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for completion of the Work and is the number of calendar days elapsing between the date of commencement and the date of substantial Completion plus additional days assessed for failure to complete punch list items from the Final Inspection in a timely manner The Date of Commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed. If there is no notice to proceed, it shall be the date of the Agreement or such other date as may be established therein. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect with the approval of the Owner that construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy the Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. Final acceptance of the completed work or any portion thereof can be made only by the Assistant City Manager, and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. A Calendar Dav constitutes 24 hours of time and is any one of the seven days of a week, including Sunday, regardless of whether a 'Working Day" or not, and regardless of weather conditions or any situation which might delay construction. An extension of contract time shall be in accordance with this Section. Extensions of time will be as recommended by the BCM with final approval by City of Fort Worth. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 15 of 26 March 2014 A Working Dav is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of work for a continuous period of not less than seven hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. However, nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturdays if he so desires. Legal holidays are defined as being New Year's Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day, and Veteran's Day. H-2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION: All the time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of essence to the Contract. The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in this Section. He shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete it within the Contract Time. H-3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by any employee of the Owner, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any cause which the Architect determines may justify the delay, then the contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. When the Contractor is delayed due to abnormal weather conditions, the weather table provided as WT-1 in these Contract Documents shall be used as the basis for providing a fair and equitable adjustment of the contract time. All claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect no more than fifteen days after the occurrence of the delay; otherwise they shall be waived. If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which written interpretations shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen days after demand is made for them, and not then unless such a claim is reasonable. H-4 NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY: No payment, compensation or adjustment or any kind (other than the extensions of time provided for) shall be made to the Contractor for damages because of hindrances or delays from an cause in the progress of the work, whether such hindrances or delays be avoidable or unavoidable, and the Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for compensation, damages or mitigation of liquidated damages for any such delays, and will accept in full satisfaction for such delays said extension of time. SECTION 1 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 1-1 CONTRACT SUM: The Contract Sum is stated in the contract and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 1-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Before the first Applicable for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the Architect, aggregating the total Contract Sum, divided so as to facilitate payments to Sub -contractors, prepared in such form as specified or as the Architect and the Contractor may agree upon, and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect may require. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit. This Schedule, when approved by the Architect and the Owner, shall be used as a basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1-3 ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTITIES (NOT USED) 1-4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: On the first day of each month after the first month's work has been completed, the Contractor will make current estimates in writing for review by the Architect of materials in place complete and the amount of work performed during the preceding month or period and the value thereof at the prices contracted for as shown on the approved Schedule of Values and Progress Schedule. If payments are to be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or in an independent, bonded warehouse such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred to as "liens"; and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any other persons performing the Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. The Contractor shall prepare each application for payment on AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate for Payment", and attached thereto AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet", to indicate the progress made to date and the period or month for which payment is requested for each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. A copy of the revised monthly work progress schedule must be attached before the pay request can be accepted. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 16 of 26 March 2014 1-5 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT: If the Contractor has made Application for Payment as above, the above, the Architect will, with reasonable promptness but not more than seven days after the receipt of the Application, prepare a Certificate of Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount determined to be properly due, or state in writing reasons for withholding a Certificate. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Owner, based on the BCM's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests required by the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qualifications stated in the Certificate); and recommendations to the Owner that the Contractor be paid in the amount certified. In addition, the Architect's approval of final payment assures the Owner that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment as set forth in this Section have been fulfilled. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall approve or disapprove same within ten days after it has been delivered to the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works. For contracts less than $400,000, Owner shall pay 90% of the approved estimate to the Contractor within seven days after its approval, and the remaining 10% of each such estimate will be retained by the Owner until the final estimate is approved and the Work is accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. For contracts in excess of $400,000, the Owner will retain only 5% of each estimate until the final estimate is approved and work accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall promptly remedy any defects in the Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom that shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. 1-6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD: The BCM may decline to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part if in his opinion he is unable to make the representations to the Owner as provided in this Section. The Architect may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: 1) Defective work not remedied; 2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; 3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment; 4) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5) Damage to another contractor; 6) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; or 7) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor. When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. The Owner reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate, without payment of interest, if the Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the specifications. 1-7 NOT USED 1-8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The deduction for liquidated damages shall be as follows: Amount of Contract Liquidated Damages Per Day $15,000 or less $45 $15,001 to $25,000 $63 $25,001 to $50,000 $105 $50,001 to $100,000 $154 $100,000 to $500,000 $210 $500,001 to $1,000,000 $315 $1,000,001 to $2,000,000 $420 $2,000,001 to $5,000,000 $630 $5,000,001 to $10,000,000 $840 over $10,000,000 $980 1-9 FAILURE OF PAYMENT: If, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the BCM should fail to issue any Certificate for Payment within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, if the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the Owner should fail to approve such estimate or to pay to the Contractor 90% or 95% General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 17 of 26 March 2014 (as applicable) of the amount thereof within the period of time specified, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7) days additional written notice to the Owner and to the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. 1-10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT: Prior to the request for final payment, the Contractor must meet all provisions for Project Closeout. When the Contractor determines that the Work is substantially complete, the Construction Manager shall inspect the project with the Contractor and prepare a "Preliminary Punch List". When the Architect, on the basis of a subsequent inspection, determines that the Work is substantially complete, he then will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion (G704) which, when approved by the Owner, shall allow the Contractor to request a Certificate of Occupancy which will establish the Date of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Final Completion shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance, shall set forth the remaining work as a "final punch list". The Contractor shall complete the remaining work listed therein within 60 calendar days. When the Certificate of Occupancy has been issued, the retainage will be reduced to 4%. Upon completion of the work listed on the final punch list to the satisfaction of the City of Fort Worth, the retainage may be reduced to 2.5%. Should the Contractor fail to complete all contractual requirements of the contract, including submittals and final pay request within the fixed time, the contract time will again commence. Should the Contractor fail to complete the work within the contract duration, liquidated damages will be assessed Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection, the City will conduct a joint inspection and certify completion of the final punch list by cosigning it with the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit the following items to the City prior to requesting final payment: 1) Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (G706) stating that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, 2) Consent of Surety to Final Payment (G707), if any, to final payment, 3) Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (G706A), and, 4) Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. 5) Contractor's Warranty 6) Statement that all outstanding work has been completed 7) Issuance of the Final Certificate of Substantial Completion 8) Final acceptance by the City of Fort Worth. If any Subcontractor, materialman or laborer refuses to furnish a Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, the Contractor may, at the election of the Owner, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any right, claim or lien which might be asserted by such Subcontractor, materialman or laborer. If any such right, claim or lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay to discharging such right, claim or lien, including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees. The Contractor may then request final payment. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and still unsettled. The Contractors one-year warranty will commence upon final acceptance of the Project by the City of Fort Worth. The designated representative of the City Council of the City of Fort Worth will make final acceptance and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. Final payment and release of the retainage amount will become due within fifteen days following acceptance. 1-11 FINAL PAYMENT FOR UN -BONDED PROJECTS: Final payment will not be made for a period of 30 calendar days and until all requirements have been met, with the exception of Consent of Surety for Final Payment. SECTION J PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY J-1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Architect. J-2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 18 of 26 March 2014 (1) All employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; (2) All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or -off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub -contractors; and (3) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every precaution against injury or damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or from the non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before its completion and acceptance. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. All damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, including damage or loss attributable to faulty Drawings or Specifications and acts or omissions of the Architect or anyone employed by him or for whose acts he may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or anyone claiming through the Contractor for such damage or loss. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. J-3 HARD HATS: Hard Hats will be required at all construction sites included in this Contract from start to completion of work. Each Contractor, employee and visitor at any construction site included in the Contract will be required to wear a hard hat. The Contractor shall enforce the wearing of hard hats by Contractor, employees and visitors. Contractor shall provide ten hard hats for use by the consulting Architects and Engineers and visitors. J-4 EMERGENCIES: In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at his discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Changes in the Work. J-5 SAFE WORK PRACTICES: The Contractor shall employ safe practices in handling materials and equipment used in performing required work so as to insure the safety of his workmen, City employees and the public. The Contractor shall keep the premise free at all times from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all his wastes and rubbish from and about the work area, as well as his tools, equipment and surplus materials and shall leave the area as clean and free of spot, stains, etc., as before the work was undertaken. J-6 TRENCH SAFETY: The Contractor shall be responsible for all design and implementation of trench shoring and stabilization to meet regulatory requirements. If the Proposal requires, the Contractor shall include a per -unit cost for trench safety measures in his bid. If not included in the Proposal, the Contractor shall include a cost for trench safety measures for all trenches over 5 feet in depth in his Schedule of Values. SECTION K - INSURANCE K-1 INSURANCE REQUIRED: The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this Section and such insurance has been approved by the City of Fort Worth, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work to be performed under this Contract until all similar insurance of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. The City of Fort Worth will be listed as an "additional insured" on all policies except Worker's Compensation. K-2 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1) General a) Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner (City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. b) Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor will not permit any General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 19 of 26 March 2014 subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the Owner (City). c) By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. d) The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. 2) Definitions: a) Certificate of Coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC- 84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. b) Duration of the Project. Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. c) Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in section 406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 3) Requirements a) The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services of the project, for the duration of the project. b) The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. c) If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. d) The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. e) The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. f) The Contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. h) The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: i) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; ii) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; iii) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; g) General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 20 of 26 March 2014 iv) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; v) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. vi) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and vii) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs h-i) - vii), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 4) Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage a) The Contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." K-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of this Contract such Liability Insurance as shall protect him, the City of Fort Worth and any Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract, from claims of damage which may arise from operations under this Contract, including blasting, when blasting is done on, or in connection with the Work of the Project, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the limits of such insurance shall be not less than the following: 1) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 each accident or reasonably equivalent split limits for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall be on "any auto" including leased, hired, owned, non -owned and borrowed vehicles used in connection with this Contract. 2) Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage under the policy shall be as comprehensive as that provided in a current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy form approved for use in Texas and the policy shall have no exclusions by endorsement unless such are approved by the City. 3) Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance: When the Project specifically requires the removal of Asbestos Containing Materials, the Contractor, or subcontractor performing the removal, shall be required to maintain Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance as follows: $1,000,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. The coverage shall include any pollution exposure, including environmental impairment liability, associated with the services and operations performed under this contract in addition to sudden and accidental contamination or pollution liability for gradual emissions and clean-up costs. K-4 BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE: Unless stated otherwise in the Proposal or Invitation, the Contractor shall procure, pay for and maintain at all times during the term of this Contract, Builder's Risk Insurance against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm, hurricane, hail, riot, explosion, civic commotion, smoke, aircraft, land vehicles, vandalism, and malicious mischief, at a limit equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. The policy shall include coverage for materials and supplies while in transit and while being stored on or off site. if specifically required in the Instructions to Bidders, the policy shall include coverage for flood and earthquake. Different sub -limits for these coverages must be approved by the City. Consequential damage due to faulty workmanship and/or design performed by the Contractor or his agents shall be covered. Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Worth in writing before terminating this insurance. K-5 PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall provide a certificate of insurance documenting the Transportation and Public Works Department, City of Fort Worth as a "Certificate Holder", and noting the specific project(s) covered by the Contractor's insurance as documented on the certificate of insurance. More than one certificate may be required of the Contractor depending upon the agents and/or insurers for the Contractor's insurance coverages specified for the project(s). K-6 OTHER INSURANCE RELATED REQUIREMENTS General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 21 of 26 March 2014 1) The City of Fort Worth shall be an additional insured, by endorsement, on all applicable insurance policies. 2) Applicable insurance policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Fort Worth. 3) Insurers of policies maintained by Contractor and its subcontractor(s), if applicable, shall be authorized to do business in the State of Texas, or otherwise approved by the City of Fort Worth, and such shall be acceptable to the City of Fort Worth insofar as their financial strength and solvency are concerned. Any company through which the insurance is placed must have a rating of at least A:VII, as stated in current edition of A. M. Bests Key Rating Guide. At the City's sole discretion, a less favorable rate may be accepted by the City. 4) Deductible limits on insurance policies and/or self -insured retentions exceeding $10,000 require approval of the City of Fort Worth as respects this Contract. 5) The City of Fort Worth shall be notified in writing a minimum of thirty days prior to an insurer's action in the event of cancellation, non -renewal or material change in coverage regarding any policy providing insurance coverage required in this Contract. 6) Full limits of insurance shall be available for claims arising out of this Contract with the City of Fort Worth. 7) The Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to the City prior to commencement of operations pursuant to this Contract. Any failure on part of the City of Fort Worth to request such documentation shall not be construed as a waiver of insurance requirements specified herein. 8) The City of Fort Worth shall be entitled, upon request and without incurring expense, to review the insurance policies including endorsements thereto and, at its discretion, to require proof of payment for policy premiums. 9) The City of Fort Worth shall not be responsible for paying the cost of insurance coverages required herein. 10) Notice of any actual or potential claim and/or litigation that would affect insurance coverages required herein shall be provided to the City in a timely manner. 11) "Other insurance" as referenced in any policy of insurance providing coverages required herein shall not apply to any insurance policy or program maintained by the City of Fort Worth. 12) Contractor shall agree to either require its subcontractors to maintain the same insurance coverages and limits thereof as specified herein or the Contractor shall provide such coverage on the Contractor's subcontractors. SECTION L CHANGES IN THE WORK L-1 CHANGE ORDER: The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order Changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All Such Changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Contractor, Owner and the Architect, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a Change in the Work or adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. Any changes in work required due to changed or unforeseen conditions, or by request of either the Contractor or the City, shall be coordinated with the Director, Department of Transportation and Public Works, A change order must be written and duly negotiated and executed prior to performing changed work. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a Change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum property itemized, including the allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit stipulated in the original contract proposal; 2) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; or 3) by cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon, the Contractor, provided he receives a Change Order, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such work shall then be determined on the basis of the Contractor's reasonable expenditures and savings, including a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit as indicted in the original contract proposal. In such cases, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect shall prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate of Payment as approved by the Owner. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 22 of 26 March 2014 If after the Contract has been executed, the Architect, requests a price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change in scope of the work, Contractor shall process such proposal within seven days of receipt and return the price quote to the Architect in writing. The Architect shall review the price quotation and if approval is recommended, forward the proposed change order request and price proposal to the Owner for approval. If approval is not recommended, the Architect will attempt to negotiate with Contractor to revise the proposal to a figure which is fair and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If the negotiations do not result in an equitable solution, the Architect shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Order with a price -not -to -exceed figure for approval by the City and require specific documentation to be provided by Contractor in accordance with the paragraph above. Contractor is advised that according to City of Fort Worth Charter, that, the City Council must approve all Change Orders and Work Orders which results in an increase in cost of the contract amount by over $25,000. Normal processing time for the City Staff to obtain City Council approval, once the recommended change order has been received at the City, is approximately thirty days. Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to identify Change Order items as early in the Construction process as possible to minimize their impact on the construction schedule. If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will create a hardship on the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted to prevent such hardship. If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time is involved because of (1) any written interpretation issued pursuant to Section A, (2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Section B, where the Contract was not at fault, or (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work, the Contractor shall make such claim. L-2 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME: If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the event that gave rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Section J. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. Any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such claim, if approved by the Owner, shall be authorized by Change Order. L-3 OVERHEAD ALLOWANCES FOR CHANGES: Should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the following applicable percentage shall be added to Material and Labor costs to cover overhead and profit: 1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%). 2. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by a Subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor shall not exceed ten percent (10%). L-4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: The Architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be confirmed in writing by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. L-5 FIELD ORDERS: The Architect may issue written Field Orders which interpret the Contract Documents, or which order minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such Field Orders promptly. SECTION M UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK M-1 UNCOVERING OF WORK: If any Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Owner, it must be uncovered for observation and replaced, at the Contractor's expense. If any other work has been covered which the Owner has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the Architect or the Owner may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such work be found not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it is found that this condition was caused by a separate contractor employed by the Owner. M-2 CORRECTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the Owner as defective or as failing to conform to the Plans and Specifications whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including the cost of the Architect's additional service thereby made necessary. If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition, describing same specifically and not generally. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 23 of 26 March 2014 All such defective or non -conforming work under the preceding paragraphs shall be removed from the site where necessary and the work shall be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or correction. If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non -conforming work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Owner, the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such work at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have been borne by the Contractor including compensation for additional architectural services. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs that the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor fails to correct such defective or non -conforming work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section G. The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed upon him by special guarantees required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. M-3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON -CONFORMING WORK: If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- conforming work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect an appropriate reduction in the Contract Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, it shall be paid by the Contractor. SECTION N TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT N-1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR: If the work is stopped for a period of 30 days under an order or any court or other public authority having jurisdiction, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be stopped for a period of 30 days by the Contractor for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in Section I, then the Contractor may after the end of such period of 30 days and upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner , terminate the Contract. N-2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER: If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, of if the Contractor refuses, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or fails to comply with al Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner, on its own initiative that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any rights or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven (7) days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's additional services. exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The City of Fort Worth may terminate this contract in whole, or from time to time, in part, whenever such termination is in the best interest of the City. Termination will be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying to what extent performance of the work of the contract is being terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt of termination the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination. b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 24 of 26 March 2014 SECTION 0 SIGNS The Contractor shall construct and install the project designation sign as required in the Contract Documents and in strict accordance with the Specifications for "Project Designation Signs." This sign shall be a part of this Contract and shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid for the Project. SECTION P TEMPORARY FACILITIES P-1 SCOPE: The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain facilities and perform temporary work required in the performance of this Contract, including those shown and specified. P-2 USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES: All temporary facilities shall be made available for use by all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project, subject to reasonable directions by the Contractor as to their proper and most efficient utilization. P-3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL: The Contractor shall maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe operating and sanitary condition for the duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, all such temporary work and facilities shall be removed from the premises and disposed of unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder. P-4 FIELD OFFICES AND SHED: The Contractor is not required to provide a temporary field office or telephone for projects under $1,000,000. Contractor shall equip the Project Superintendent with a pager and provide 24-hour contacts to the City. The Contractor shall provide a temporary field office building for himself, his subcontractors and use by the Architect. For construction contracts with a bid price in excess of $1,000,000.00, the Contractor shall provide a separate field office for the City's field representative (but the separate office may be in the same structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the weather, and each office shall have a lockable door, at least one window, adequate electrical outlets and lighting, and a shelf large enough to accommodate perusal of the project drawings. Openings shall have suitable locks. Field offices shall be maintained for the full time during the operation of the work of the Contract. During cold weather months, the field offices shall be suitably insulated and equipped with a heating device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit temperature during the workday. During warm weather the offices shall be equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature below 75 degrees F. Upon completion of the work of the Contract, the Contractor shall remove the building from the premises. In addition to the drawing shelf, provide for the City field representatives office: one deck, four chairs, plan rack and a four drawer filing cabinet (with lock). Each office shall contain not less than 120 square feet of floor space. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds other temporary buildings or trailers on the project site as required for his use. Location of sheds and trailers shall be as approved by the Owner. Remove sheds when work is completed, or as directed. P-5 TELEPHONE: The Contractor shall provide and pay for telephone installation and service to the field offices described above. Service shall be maintained for the duration of operations under this contract. The Contractor shall provide for and pay for an automatic telephone -answering device at the site office for the duration of the project. Contractor will install separate fax lines and instruments for the City and the Contractor. P-6 TOILET FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide proper, sanitary and adequate toilet facilities for the use of all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project. P-7 UTILITIES: Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and provide for temporary water and electricity required during the construction. Contractor shall provide and install temporary utility meters during the contract construction period. These meters will be read and the Contractor will be billed on this actual use. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to tap into the utilities. The Contractor shall make the connections and extend the service lines to the construction area for use of all trades. Upon completion of the work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs made to the existing lines. Only utilities at existing voltages, pressures, frequencies, etc. will be available to the Contractor. Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for all purposes of construction at a point convenient to the project or as shown on the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of supply to all points where water will be required. Provide sufficient hose to carry water to every required part of the construction and allow the use of water facilities to subcontractors engaged on the work. Provide pumps, tanks and compressors as may be required to produce required pressures. Electric Service. Provide adequate electric service for power and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, electric service shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics to supply proper current for various types of construction tools, motors, welding machines, lights, heating plant, air conditioning system, pumps, and other work required. Provide sufficient number of electric outlets so that 50 foot long extension cords will reach all work requiring light or power. Lighting. Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work of all trades may be properly and safely performed, in such areas and at such time that day -lighting is inadequate. Provide at least 0.75 watts of incandescent lighting per squqr4e foot and maintain a socket voltage of at least 110 volts. Use at least 100-watt lamps. In any event, the lighting intensity shall not be less than 5 foot candles in the vicinity of work and traffic areas. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 25 of 26 March 2014 P-8 HEATING: Heating devices required under this paragraph shall not be electric. The Contractor shall provide heat, ventilation, fuel and services as required to protect all work and materials and to keep the humidity down to the extent required to prevent corrosion of any metal and to prevent dampness or mildew which is potentially damaging to materials and finishes. All such heating, ventilation and services shall be provided and maintained until final acceptance of all work. In addition, the Contractor shall provide heat ventilation prior and during the following work operations as follows: a) At all times during the placing, setting and curing of concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of the spaces involved to not less than 40 F. b) From the beginning of the application of drywall and during the setting and curing period, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature in the spaces involved of not less than 55 F. c) For a period of seven (7) days previous to the placing of interior finish materials and throughout the placing of finish painting, decorating and laying of resilient flooring materials, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature of not less than 60 F. P-9 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION. EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTION: The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes, ladders to roof, barricades around openings, and all other temporary work as required to complete all work of the Contract. Contractor shall coordinate the use and furnishing of scaffolds with his sub -contractors. The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work, or sooner, if authorized by the Owner, all fences, barricades, lights, shoring, pedestrian walkways, temporary fire escapes, and other protective structures or devices necessary for the safety of workmen, City employees, equipment, the public and property. All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to all regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, including insurance companies, with regards to safety precautions, operation and fire hazard. The Contractor shall provide and maintain pumping facilities, including power, for keeping the site, all times, whether from underground seepage, rainfall, drainage of broken lines. The Contractor shall maintain provision for closing and locking the building at such time as possible to do so. If this is not feasible, maintain a night The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades or enclosures, required to protect the work in progress from outside elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of work under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive, shall meet the approval of the Owner and shall be maintained for the duration of the construction period or as required to provide for the protection as specified. P-10 PROJECT BULLETIN BOARD: The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain during the life of the project a weather - tight bulletin board approximately 3 feet high by 5 feet wide having not less than two hinged or sliding glass doors with provisions for locking. The bulletin board shall be mounted where and as approved by the Owner, in a prominent place accessible to employees of the Contractor and sub -contractors, and to applicants for employment. The bulletin board shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by him upon completion of the Contract work. The following information which will be furnished by the City to the Contractor shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be maintained by the Contractor in easily readable condition at all times for the duration of the Contract. a. The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice Nondiscrimination of Employment (Standard Form 38). b. Wage Rate Information Poster (Form SOL 155), with the Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as required by the Davis -Bacon Act. c. Safety Posters. SECTION Q VENUE Should any action arise out of the terms and conditions of this contract, venue for said action shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract (MBE, 06Dec12R) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 26 of 26 March 2014 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (LUMP SUM) THE STATE OF TEXAS § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT This agreement made and entered into this the 4th day of March A.D., 2014 by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified voters within said City on the 11th day of December, A.D. 1924, under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home Rule" provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular meeting of the City Council of said City, hereinafter called OWNER, and Struhs II. LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction of the City of Fort Worth , County of Tarrant State of Texas, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: City of Fort Worth Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport 310 Gulf Stream Road Fort Worth, Texas TPW2013-06 City Project No. 00723 That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner. City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for stated additions thereto or deductions there from, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount shall be $3.547.950.00 including $168.950.00 in General Continaencv Allowance and No Additive Alternates, Contractor agrees to complete the Project, suitable for occupancy and beneficial use, within 310 calendar days. Note: $3,379,000.00 (Base Proposal) plus $168,950 (General Contingency Allowance for use by Owner only). Construction Contract (Lump Sum) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FinWORTH, TX Page 1 of 4 March 2014 Insurance Requirements: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until it has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and the Owner has approved such insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub- contractors' certificates of insurance for approval. The Contractor shall indicate on its certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not its insurance covers subcontractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all subcontractors. a. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE: • Statutory limits. • Employer's liability: • $100,000 disease each employee. • $500,000 disease policy limit. • $100,000 each accident. b. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract public liability insurance coverage in the form of a Commercial General Liability insurance policy to cover bodily injury, including death, and property damage at the following limits: $1,000,000 each occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate limit. • The insurance shall be provided on a project specific basis and shall be endorsed accordingly. • The insurance shall include, but not be limited to, contingent liability for independent contractors, XCU coverage, and contractual liability. c. BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: • $1,000,000 each accident. • The policy shall cover any auto used in the course of the project. d. BUILDER'S RISK OR INSTALLATION FLOATER: This insurance shall be applicable according to the property risks associated with the project and commensurate with the contractual obligations specified in the contract documents. e. EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA: • $1,000,000 each occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. • This insurance shall provide excess coverage over each line of liability insurance required herein. The policy shall follow the form(s) of the underlying policies. f. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by it, against any insurable hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. OFFICI!!' , TAr nRf CITY Construction Contra t.t (Lump Sum) FT. Ifik44u"ii Police Departmer J Page 2 of 4 March 2014 g. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in the amounts and by insurance carriers satisfactory to the Owner. The form to be used shall be the current Accord certificate of insurance form or such other form as the Owner may in its sole discretion deem acceptable. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub -contractors, should the Contractor's insurance not cover the subcontractor's work operations performed in the course of this contracted project. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The Owner, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the Owner to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non -renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A:VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self -funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000. per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the Owner. g. In lieu of traditional insurance, Owner may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The Owner must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the Owner. Owner shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractors insurance. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self -funded or commercial coverage maintained by Owner shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to Owner's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which col. Id result in a property loss. OFFICIAL CITY, SECut'. Construction Contract (Lump Sum) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 3 of 4 March 2014 I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of Owner, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. If this Contract is in excess of $25,000, the Contractor shall provide a Payment Bond in the full amount of the contract. If the contract is in excess of $100,000 Contractor shall provide both Payment and Performance Bonds for the full amount of the contract. Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Permit fees are waived. Separate permits will be required for each facility. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the liquidated damages outlined in the General Conditions, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in four counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in four counterparts with its corporate seal attached. inDone in Fort Worth, Texas, this the /hday ofPf-tir Struhs II, LLC d/b/a/ Struhs Commercial Construction beth N. Falconer esident APPROVAL CO MENDED: By: — Li . Li Douglas V Wiersig, PE Director, Transportation & Public APPRO By: FORM AND LEGALITY: 47' Douglas W. Black Assistant City Attorney OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT.WOITNf TX By: By: Date: APPROVED: FORT WORTH A.D., 2014. amch, 6,/ Fernando Costa Assistant City Manager REC DED: /' Mry J. Kayser (J City Secretary M&C C-26700 (IV( Contract Authoriz Construction Contract (Lump Sum) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 4 of 4 March 2014 THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT Bond# PB03228300613 PERFORMANCE BOND § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Struhs ]Q, LLC d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction , known as "Principal" herein, and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company . a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Three Million Five Hundred Fortv-Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Fiftv and Zero Cents Dollars ($3,547950.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the 4th day of March . 2014, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as City of Fort Worth Police Denartment Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport. TPW2013-06. City Proiect No. 00723. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FUR1HF R, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall tie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. This bond is shade and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. Performance Bond (10Apr12) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 2 March 2014 IN WITNESS WREREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this March instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 7 tlday of , 2014. Witness as to Principal Witness as to Surety Candice Allen, Witness PRINCIPAL: Struhs II, d/b/a Struhs Commercial Construction //f%dele/f/ Name and Title Address:1209 E. Belknap Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 SURETY: Philadelphia Indemnity Insur ce Company cl BY:ISU Brady K. Cox, Attorney -in -Fact Name and Title Address: One Bala Plaza Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-1403 Telephone Number: 610 - 617 - 7 9 0 0 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. j Performance Bond (10Apri2) Page 2 of 2 Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport March 2014 1HJ STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § Bond# PB03228300613 PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL BY'i iLSE PRESENTS: That we, Struhs II. LLC dlb/a Struhs Commercial. Construction , known as "Principal" herein, and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company , a corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Three Million Five Hundred Forty -Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and Zero Cents Dollars ($3.547950.001, lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, funny by these presents: WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 4'h day of March , 2014, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as City of Fort Worth Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airoort, TPW2013-06. City Project No. 00723.. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. Payment Bond (10Apr12) Police Department Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 2 March 2014 IN WITNESS WFIEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 7 thday of March , 2014. cipal) Secretary Witness as to Principal AI t'hST: (Surety) Secretary Ryan Rauch, Witness PRINCIPAL: Struhs II, LLC d/b/a/ Struhs Commercial Construction Name and Title Address: 1209 E. Belknap Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 SURETY: Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company / TT t Brady K. Cox, Attorney -in -Fact Name and Title Address: One Bala Plaza Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-1403 Witness as to Surety, Candice Allen, Witness Telephone Number: 610 - 617 - 7 9 0 0 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. Payment Bond (1 oApr12) Police Department Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 2 of 2 March 2014 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call the Surety's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-877-438-7459 You may also write Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax# 512-475-1771 Web: htto://www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection(tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the Surety first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance, ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. ADVISO IMPORTANTE Para obener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-877-438-7459 Usted tanbien puede escribir a Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention. Senior Vice President and Director of Surety Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departmento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax# 512-475-1771 Web: httn://www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtectionOtdi.state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Surety primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarrse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU FIANZA DE GARANTIA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. 4563 PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY 231 St. Asaph's Rd., Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-0950 Power of Attorney KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: that PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint: William D. Baldwin, Blaine Allen, Brent Baldwin, Brock Baldwin, Michael B. Hill, Monica Campos and Brady K. Cox of Baldwin -Cox Agency LLC of Dallas, Texas , Its true and lawful Attorney(s) in fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed $ 25,000,000.00 : This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called the 1' day of July, 2011. RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President of the Company to: (1) Appoint Attomey(s) in Fact and authorize the Attorney(s) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and to attach the seal of the Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER RESOLVED: That the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and biding upon the Company in the future with the respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEALTO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICE THIS 7in DAY OF FEBRUARY 2013. (Seal) Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company On this Ts day of February 2013, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly sworn said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. COMMON4ijlr'Jer frI1 L1[ANIA DANIELLE PORATH, Notary Public Lowar Marion Twp., MontgomeryCounty My Commission Expires Marc, 201 (Notary Seal) My comm Notary Public: residing at: ssion expires: Ava Bala Cvmwd. PA March 22. 2016 I, Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do herby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do further certify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power of Attorney as President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 7th day of March . 20 14 . Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS' COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY BROADENED ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. Endorsement - Table of Contents: Coverage: Begins on Page: 1. Employee Benefit Liability Coverage 2 2. Unintentional Failure to Disclose Hazards 7 3. Damage to Premises Rented to You 8 4. Supplementary Payments 9 5. Medical Payments 9 6. Voluntary Property Damage (Coverage a.) and Care, Custody or Control Liability Coverage (Coverage b.) 9 7. 180 Day Coverage for Newly Formed or Acquired Organizations 10 8. Waiver of Subrogation 10 9. Automatic Additional Insured - Specified Relationships: 10 Managers or Lessors of Premises; Lessor of Leased Equipment; Vendors; State or Political Subdivisions - Permits Relating to Premises; State or Political Subdivisions - Permits; and Contractors' Operations 10. Broadened Contractual Liability - Work Within 50' of Railroad Property 14 11. Property Damage to Borrowed Equipment 14 12. Employees as Insureds - Specified Health Care Services: 14 Nurses; Emergency Medical Technicians; and Paramedics 13. Broadened Notice of Occurrence 14 B. Limits of Insurance: The Commercial General Liability Limits of Insurance apply to the insurance provided by this endorse- ment, except as provided below: 1. Employee Benefit Liability Coverage Each Employee Limit: $ 1,000,000 Aggregate Limit: $ 3,000,000 Deductible: $ 1,000 3. Damage to Premises Rented to You The lesser of: a. The Each Occurrence Limit shown in the Declarations; or b. $500,000 unless otherwise stated $ 4. Supplementary Payments a. Bail bonds: $ 1,000 b. Loss of earnings: $ 350 5. Medical Payments Medical Expense Limit: $ 10,000 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 233 02 07 Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 15 6. Voluntary Property Damage (Coverage a.) and Care, Custody or Control Liability Coverage (Coverage b.) Limits of Insurance (Each Occurrence) Coverage a. $1,000 Coverage b. $5,000 unless otherwise stated $ Deductibles (Each Occurrence) Coverage a. $250 Coverage b. $250 unless otherwise stated $ COVERAGE PREMIUM BASIS RATE (a) Area (b) Payroll (c) Gross Sales (d) Units (e) Other b. Care, Custody or Control (For Limits in Excess of $5,000) TOTAL ANNUAL PREMIUM 11. Property Damage to Borrowed Equipment Each Occurrence Limit: $ 10,000 Deductible: $ 250 C. Coverages: 1. Employee Benefit Liability Coverage a. The following is added to SECTION I - COVERAGES: Employee Benefit Liability Coverage. (1) Insuring Agreement (a) We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as dam- ages caused by any act, er- ror or omission of the in- sured, or of any other per- son for whose acts the in- sured is legally liable, to which this insurance ap- plies. We will have the right and duty to defend the in- sured against any "suit" seeking those damages. However, we will have no duty to defend against any "suit" seeking damages to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any report of an act, error or omission and settle any claim or "suit" that may re- sult. But: 1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited as described in SEC- TION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE; and 2) Our right and duty to defend ends when we GA 233 02 07 ADVANCE PREMIUM (For Limits in Excess of $5,000) have used up the ap- plicable limit of insur- ance in the payment of judgments or settle- ments. No other obligation or liabil- ity to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly provided for under Supplementary Pay- ments. (b) This insurance applies to damages only if the act, er- ror or omission, is negli- gently committed in the "administration" of your "employee benefit pro- gram"; and 1) Occurs during the pol- icy period; or 2) Occurred prior to the effective date of this endorsement provided: a) You did not have knowledge of a claim or "suit" on or before the ef- fective date of this endorsement. You will be deemed to have knowledge of a claim or "suit" when any "authorized repre- sentative"; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 15 Reports all, or any part, of the act, error or omission to us or any other insurer; ii) Receives a written or ver- bal demand or claim for dam- ages because of the act, er- ror or omis- sion; and b) There is no other applicable insur- ance. (2) Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: (a) Bodily Injury, Property Damage or Personal and Advertising Injury "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury". (b) Dishonest, Fraudulent, Criminal or Malicious Act Damages arising out of any intentional, dishonest, fraudulent, criminal or mali- cious act, error or omission, committed by any insured, including the willful or reck- less violation of any statute. (c) Failure to Perform a Con- tract Damages arising out of fail- ure of performance of con- tract by any insurer. (d) Insufficiency of Funds Damages arising out of an insufficiency of funds to meet any obligations under any plan included in the "employee benefit pro- gram". (e) Inadequacy of Perform- ance of Investment / Ad- vice Given With Respect to Participation Any claim based upon: 1) Failure of any invest- ment to perform; 2) Errors in providing in- formation on past per - GA 233 02 07 (f) formance of investment vehicles; or 3) Advice given to any person with respect to that person's decision to participate or not to participate in any plan included in the "em- ployee benefit pro- gram". Workers' Compensation and Similar Laws Any claim arising out of your failure to comply with the mandatory provisions of any workers' compensation, unemployment compensa- tion insurance, social secu- rity or disability benefits law or any similar law. (g) ERISA Damages for which any in- sured is liable because of liability imposed on a fiduci- ary by the Employee Re- tirement Income Security Act of 1974, as now or hereafter amended, or by any similar federal, state or local laws. (h) Available Benefits Any claim for benefits to the extent that such benefits are available, with reason- able effort and cooperation of the insured, from the ap- plicable funds accrued or other collectible insurance. Taxes, Fines or Penalties Taxes, fines or penalties, including those imposed under the Internal Revenue Code or any similar state or local law. (i) (j) Employment -Related Practices Any liability arising out of any: (1) Refusal to employ; (2) Termination of em- ployment; (3) Coercion, demotion, evaluation, reassign- ment, discipline, defa- mation, harassment, humiliation, discrimina- tion or other employ - Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 15 (3) ment-related practices, acts or omissions; or (4) Consequential liability as a result of (1), (2) or (3) above. This exclusion applies whether the insured may be held liable as an employer or in any other capacity and to any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury. Supplementary Payments SECTION I - COVERAGES, SUPPLEMENTARY PAY- MENTS - COVERAGES A AND B also apply to this Coverage. b. Who is an Insured As respects Employee Benefit Liabil- ity Coverage, SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED is deleted in its en- tirety and replaced by the following: (1) GA 233 02 07 If you are designated in the Declarations as: (a) An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. (b) A partnership or joint ven- ture, you are an insured, Your members, your part- ners, and their spouses are also insureds but only with respect to the conduct of your business. A limited liability company, you are an insured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are in- sureds, but only with re- spect to their duties as your managers. (d) An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you are an insured. Your "executive officers" and di- rectors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or di- rectors. Your stockholders are also insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. (c) (e) A trust, you are an insured. Your trustees are also in- sureds, but only with re- spect to their duties as trustees. (2) Each of the following is also an insured: (3) (a) Each of your "employees" who is or was authorized to administer your "employee benefit program". (b) Any persons, organizations or "employees" having proper temporary authori- zation to administer your "employee benefit program" if you die, but only until your legal representative is ap- pointed, (c) Your legal representative if you die, but only with re- spect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and du- ties under this Coverage Part. Any organization you newly ac- quire or form, other than a part- nership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if no other similar insurance applies to that organization. However, cover- age under this provision: Is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; and (b) Does not apply to any act, error or omission that was committed before you ac- quired or formed the or- ganization. c. Limits of Insurance As respects Employee Benefit Liabil- ity Coverage, SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted in its en- tirety and replaced by the following: (1) The Limits of Insurance shown in Section B. Limits of Insur- ance, 1. Employee Benefit Li- ability Coverage and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of: (a) Insureds; (a) Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 15 (b) Claims made or "suits" brought; Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits"; (d) Acts, errors or omissions; or (e) Benefits included in your "employee benefit pro- gram". (2) The Aggregate Limit shown in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 1. Employee Benefit Liability Coverage of this endorsement is the most we will pay for all damages because of acts, er- rors or omissions negligently committed in the "administra- tion" of your "employee benefit program". Subject to the limit described in (2) above, the Each Employee Limit shown in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 1. Employee Benefit Liability Coverage of this endorsement is the most we will pay for all damages sus- tained by any one "employee", including damages sustained by such "employee's" dependents and beneficiaries, as a result of: (a) An act, error or omission; or (b) A series of related acts, er- rors or omissions, regard- less of the amount of time that lapses between such acts, errors or omissions, negligently committed in the "administration" of your "em- ployee benefit program". However, the amount paid un- der this endorsement shall not exceed, and will be subject to the limits and restrictions that apply to the payment of benefits in any plan included in the "em- ployee benefit program". (4) Deductible Amount (3) (c) (a) Our obligation to pay dam- ages on behalf of the in- sured applies only to the amount of damages in ex- cess of the deductible amount stated in the Decla- rations as applicable to Each Employee. The limits of insurance shall not be reduced by the amount of this deductible. (b) The deductible amount stated in the Declarations applies to all damages sustained by any one "em- ployee", including such "employee's" dependents and beneficiaries, because of all acts, errors or omis- sions to which this insur- ance applies. (c) The terms of this insurance, including those with respect to: 1) Our right and duty to defend the insured against any "suits" seeking those dam- ages; and 2) Your duties, and the duties of any other in- volved insured, in the event of an act, error or omission, or claim, apply irrespective of the application of the deductible amount. (d) We may pay any part or all of the deductible amount to effect settlement of any claim or "suit" and, upon notification of the action taken, you shall promptly reimburse us for such part of the deductible amount as we have paid. d. Additional Conditions As respects Employee Benefit Li- ability Coverage, SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABIL- ITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: (1) Item 2. Duties in the Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 2. Duties in the Event of an Act, Error or Omission, or Claim or Suit a. You must see to it that we are noti- fied as soon as practicable of an act, error or omission which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, no- tice should include: (1) What the act, error or omission was and when it occurred; and (2) The names and addresses of anyone who may suffer dam- ages as a result of the act, error or omission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 233 02 07 Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 15 b. If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against any insured, you must: (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. You must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c. You and any other involved insured must: (1) Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, sum- monses or legal papers re- ceived in connection with the claim or "suit"; (2) Authorize us to obtain records and other information; Cooperate with us in the investi- gation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit"; and (4) Assist us, upon our request, in the enforcement of any right against any person or organiza- tion which may be liable to the insured because of an act, error or omission to which this insur- ance may also apply. d. No insured will, except at that in- sured's own cost, voluntarily make a payment, assume any obligation, or incur any expense without our con- sent. (2) Item 5. Other Insurance is de- leted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 5. Other Insurance If other valid and collectible insurance is available to the insured for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: a. Primary Insurance This insurance is pri- mary except when c. below applies. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not affected unless any of the other insurance is also primary. Then, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in b. below. (3) GA 233 02 07 b. Method of Sharing If all of the other insur- ance permits contribu- tion by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each in- surer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other in- surance does not per- mit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of in- surance to the total ap- plicable limits of insur- ance of all insurers. c. No Coverage This insurance shall not cover any loss for which the insured is entitled to recovery un- der any other insur- ance in force previous to the effective date of this Coverage Part. e. Additional Definitions As respects Employee Benefit Li- ability Coverage, SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is amended as fol- lows: (1) The following definitions are added: 1. "Administration" means: a. Providing information to "employees", including their dependents and beneficiaries, with re- spect to eligibility for or scope of "employee benefit programs'; b. Interpreting the "em- ployee benefit pro- grams"; c. Handling records in connection with the "employee benefit pro- grams"; or d. Effecting, continuing or terminating any "em- ployee's" participation includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 15 in any benefit included in the "employee bene- fit program". However, "administration" does not include: a. Handling payroll de- ductions; or b. The failure to effect or maintain any insurance or adequate limits of coverage of insurance, including but not limited to unemployment in- surance, social security benefits, workers' com- pensation and disability benefits. 2. "Cafeteria plans" means plan authorized by applica- ble law to allow "employ- ees" to elect to pay for cer- tain benefits with pre-tax dollars. 3. "Employee benefit pro- grams" means a program providing some or all of the following benefits to "em- ployees", whether provided through a "cafeteria plan" or otherwise: a. Group life insurance; group accident or health insurance; den- tal, vision and hearing plans; and flexible spending accounts; provided that no one other than an "em- ployee" may subscribe to such benefits and such benefits are made generally available to those "employees" who satisfy the plan's eligi- bility requirements; b. Profit sharing plans, employee savings plans, employee stock ownership plans, pen- sion plans and stock subscription plans, provided that no one other than an "em- ployee" may subscribe to such benefits and such benefits are made generally available to all "employees" who are eligible under the plan for such benefits; c. Unemployment insur- ance, social security benefits, workers' com- pensation and disability benefits; and d. Vacation plans, includ- ing buy and sell pro- grams; leave of ab- sence programs, in- cluding military, mater- nity, family, and civil leave; tuition assis- tance plans; transpor- tation and health club subsidies. (2) The following definitions are deleted in their entirety and re- placed by the following: 21. "Suit" means a civil pro- ceeding in which money damages because of an act, error or omission to which this insurance applies are alleged. "Suit" includes: a. An arbitration pro- ceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the in- sured must submit or does submit with our consent; b. Any other alternative dispute resolution pro- ceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the in- sured submits with our consent; or c. An appeal of a civil proceeding. 8. "Employee" means a per- son actively employed, for- merly employed, on leave of absence or disabled, or retired. "Employee" in- cludes a "leased worker". "Employee" does not in- clude a "temporary worker". 2. Unintentional Failure to Disclose Haz- ards SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 7. Represen- tations is hereby amended by the addi- tion of the following: Based on our dependence upon your representations as to existing hazards, if unintentionally you should fail to disclose all such hazards at the inception date of your policy, we will not reject coverage under this Coverage Part based solely on such failure. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 233 02 07 Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 15 3. Damage to Premises Rented to You a. The last Subparagraph of Paragraph 2. SECTION 1 - COVERAGES, COVERAGE A. - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, 2. LI- ABILITY Exclusions is hereby de- leted and replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through q. do not apply to damage by fire, explosion, light- ning, smoke or soot to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. b. The insurance provided under SEC- TION I - COVERAGES, COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROP- ERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY applies to "property damage" arising out of water damage to premises that are both rented to and occupied by you. (1) As respects Water Damage Le- gal Liability, as provided in Paragraph 3.b. above: The exclusions under SECTION I - COVERAGES, COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABIL- ITY, 2. Exclusions, other than i. War and the Nuclear Energy Liability Exclusion, are deleted and the following are added: This insurance does not apply to: GA 233 02 07 (a) "Property damage": 1) Assumed in any con- tract; or 2) Loss caused by or re- sulting from any of the following: a) Wear and tear; b) Rust, corrosion, fungus, decay, deterioration, hid- den or latent de- fect or any quality in property that causes it to dam- age or destroy it- self; c) Smog; d) Mechanical breakdown in- cluding rupture or bursting caused by centrifugal force; e) Settling, cracking, shrinking or ex- pansion; or f) Nesting or infesta- tion, or discharge or release of waste products or secretions, by in- sects, birds, ro- dents or other animals. (b) Loss caused directly or indi- rectly by any of the follow- ing: 1) Earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide or any other earth move- ment; 2) Water that backs up or overflows from a sewer, drain or sump; 3) Water under the ground surface press- ing on, or flowing or seeping through: a) Foundations, walls, floors or paved surfaces; b) Basements, whether paved or not; or c) Doors, windows or other openings. (c) Loss caused by or resulting from water that leaks or flows from plumbing, heat- ing, air conditioning, or fire protection systems caused by or resulting from freez- ing, unless: 1) You did your best to maintain heat in the building or structure; or 2) You drained the equipment and shut off the water supply if the heat was not main- tained. (d) Loss to or damage to: 1) Plumbing, heating, air conditioning, fire pro- tection systems, or other equipment or ap- pliances; or 2) The interior of any building or structure, or to personal property in the building or structure Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 15 caused by or resulting from rain, snow, sleet or ice, whether driven by wind or not. c. Limit of Insurance The Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit as shown in the Declara- tions is amended as follows: (2) Paragraph 6. of SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE is hereby deleted and replaced by the following: 6. Subject to 5. above, the Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit is the most we will pay under COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, for damages because of "property damage" to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner, arising out of any one "occurrence" to which this insurance ap- plies. The amount we will pay is lim- ited as described in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 3. Dam- age to Premises Rented to You of this endorsement. (3) 4. Supplementary Payments Under SECTION I - COVERAGE, SUP- PLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVER- AGES A AND B: a. Paragraph 2. is replaced by the fol- lowing: Up to the limit shown in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 4.a. Bail Bonds of this endorsement for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage ap- plies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. b. Paragraph 4. is replaced by the fol- lowing: All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to the limit shown in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 4.b. Loss of Earnings of this en- dorsement per day because of time off from work. GA 233 02 07 5. Medical Payments The Medical Expense Limit of Any One Person as stated in the Declarations is amended to the limit shown in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 5. Medical Pay- ments of this endorsement. 6. Voluntary Property Damage and Care, Custody or Control Liability Coverage a. Voluntary Property Damage Cov- erage We will pay for "property damage" to property of others arising out of op- erations incidental to the insured's business when: (1) Damage is caused by the in- sured; or (2) Damage occurs while in the in- sured's possession. With your consent, we will make these payments regardless of fault. b. Care, Custody or Control Liability Coverage SECTION I - COVERAGES, COV- ERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, 2. Exclusions, j. Damage to Property, Subparagraphs (3), (4) and (5) do not apply to "property damage" to the property of others described therein. With respect to the insurance provided by this section of the endorsement, the fol- lowing additional provisions apply: a. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations are replaced by the lim- its designated in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 6. Voluntary Property Damage and Care, Custody or Control Liability Coverage of this endorsement with respect to cover- age provided by this endorsement. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits being re- placed. The Limits of Insurance shown in Section B. Limits of Insur- ance, 6. Voluntary Property Dam- age and Care, Custody or Control Liability Coverage of this endorse- ment fix the most we will pay in any one "occurrence" regardless of the number of: (1) Insureds; (2) Claims made or "suits" brought; or (3) Persons or organizations mak- ing claims or bringing "suits". Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 9 of 15 (1) Our obligation to pay damages on your behalf applies only to the amount of damages for each "occurrence" which are in ex- cess of the deductible amount stated in Section B. Limits of Insurance, 6. Voluntary Prop- erty Damage and Care, Cus- tody or Control Liability Cov- erage of this endorsement. The limits of insurance will not be re- duced by the application of such deductible amount. (2) Condition 2. Duties in the Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit, applies to each claim or "suit" irrespective of the amount. We may pay any part or all of the deductible amount to effect settlement of any claim or "suit" and, upon notification of the ac- tion taken, you shall promptly reimburse us for such part of the deductible amount as has been paid by us. 7. 180 Day Coverage for Newly Formed or Acquired Organizations SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED is amended as follows: Subparagraph a. of Paragraph 4. is hereby deleted and replaced by the fol- lowing: a. Insurance under this provision is af- forded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; 8. Waiver of Subrogation SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 9. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us is hereby amended by the addition of the following: We waive any right of recovery we may have because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your on- going operations or "your work" done un- der a written contract requiring such waiver with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". However, our rights may only be waived prior to the "occur- rence" giving rise to the injury or damage for which we make payment under this Coverage Part. The insured must do nothing after a loss to impair our rights. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce those rights. (3) b. Deductible Clause 9. Automatic Additional Insured - Speci- fied Relationships a. The following is hereby added to SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED: (1) Any person or organization de- scribed in Paragraph 9.a.(2) below (hereinafter referred to as additional insured) whom you are required to add as an addi- tional insured under this Cover- age Part by reason of: (a) A written contract or agreement; or (b) An oral agreement or con- tract where a certificate of insurance showing that per- son or organization as an additional insured has been issued, is an insured, provided: The written or oral contract or agreement is: 1) Currently in effect or becomes effective during the policy pe- riod; and 2) Executed prior to an "occurrence" or offense to which this insurance would apply; and (b) They are not specifically named as an additional in- sured under any other pro- vision of, or endorsement added to, this Coverage Part. (2) Only the following persons or organizations are additional in- sureds under this endorsement, and insurance coverage pro- vided to such additional in- sureds is limited as provided herein: (a) The manager or lessor of a premises leased to you with whom you have agreed per Paragraph 9.a.(1) above to provide insurance, but only with respect to liability aris- ing out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of a premises leased to you, subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: 1) Any "occurrence" which takes place after (a) Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 233 02 07 Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 10 of 15 you cease to be a ten- ant in that premises. 2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on be- half of such additional insured. (b) Any person or organization from which you lease equipment with whom you have agreed per Paragraph 9.a.(1) above to provide in- surance. Such person(s) or organization(s) are insureds solely with respect to their liability arising out of the maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment leased to you by such per- son(s) or organizations(s). However, this insurance does not apply to any "oc- currence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires. (c) Any person or organization (referred to below as ven- dor) with whom you have agreed per Paragraph 9.a.(1) above to provide in- surance, but only with re- spect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the ven- dor's business, subject to the following additional ex- clusions: 1) The insurance afforded the vendor does not apply to: a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the ven- dor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the as- sumption of liabil- ity in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the ab- sence of the con- tract or agree- ment; b) Any express war- ranty unauthorized by you; c) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; d) Repackaging, un- less unpacked solely for the pur- pose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under in- structions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; e) Any failure to make such in- spections, adjust- ments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally under- takes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the prod- ucts; Demonstration, in- stallation, servic- ing or repair op- erations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; g) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. 2) This insurance does not apply to any in- sured person or or- ganization: a) From whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, ac- 1) Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 233 02 07 Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 11 of 15 GA 233 02 07 companying or containing such products; or b) When liability in- cluded within the "products - completed opera- tions hazard" has been excluded under this Cover- age Part with re- spect to such products. (d) Any state or political subdi- vision with which you have agreed per Paragraph 9.a.(1) above to provide in- surance, subject to the fol- lowing additional provision: This insurance applies only with respect to the following hazards for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit in connec- tion with premises you own, rent or control and to which this insurance applies: 1) The existence, mainte- nance, repair, con- struction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, cano- pies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decora- tions and similar expo- sures; or 2) The construction, erec- tion, or removal of ele- vators; or 3) The ownership, main- tenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. (e) Any state or political subdi- vision with which you have agreed per Paragraph 9.a.(1) above to provide in- surance, subject to the fol- lowing provisions: 1) This insurance applies only with respect to op- erations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit. 2) This insurance does not apply to "bodily in- jury", "property dam- age" or "personal and advertising injury" aris- ing out of operations performed for the state or political subdivision. (f) Any person or organization with which you have agreed per Paragraph 9.a.(1) above to provide insurance, but only with respect to li- ability arising out of "your work' performed for that additional insured by you or on your behalf. A person or organization's status as an insured under this provision of this endorsement contin- ues for only the period of time required by the written contract or agreement, but in no event beyond the ex- piration date of this Cover- age Part. If there is no written contract or agree- ment, or if no period of time is required by the written contract or agreement, a person or organization's status as an insured under this endorsement ends when your operations for that insured are completed. (3) Any insurance provided to an additional insured designated under Paragraph 9.a.(2): (a) Subparagraphs (e) and (f) does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "prod- ucts -completed operations hazard"; (b) Subparagraphs (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f) does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the additional insured or their agents, "employees" or any other representative of the additional insured; or (c) Subparagraph (f) does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "per- sonal and advertising injury" arising out of: 1) Defects in design fur- nished by or on behalf Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 12 of 15 of the additional in- sured; or 2) The rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architec- tural, engineering or surveying services, in- cluding: a) The preparing, approving or fail- ing to prepare or approve 'maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders, change or- ders or drawings and specifications; and b) Supervisory, in- spection, archi- tectural or engi- neering activities. 3) "Your work" for which a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program has been provided by the p ri meco n tractor -project manager or owner of the construction project in which you are in- volved. b. Only with regard to insurance pro- vided to an additional insured desig- nated under Paragraph 9.a.(2) Sub- paragraph (f) above, SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE is amended to include: The limits applicable to the additional insured are those specified in the written contract or agreement or in the Declarations of this Coverage Part, whichever are less. If no limits are specified in the written contract or agreement, or if there is no written contract or agreement, the limits ap- plicable to the additional insured are those specified in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. The limits of in- surance are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance shown in the Declarations. c. SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GEN- ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is hereby amended as follows: (1) Condition 5. Other Insurance is amended to include: (a) Where required by a written contract or agreement, this insurance is primary and / or noncontributory as re- spects any other insurance policy issued to the addi- tional insured, and such other insurance policy shall be excess and / or noncon- tributing, whichever applies, with this insurance. (b) Any insurance provided by this endorsement shall be primary to other insurance available to the additional insured except: 1) As otherwise provided in SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GEN- ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 5. Other Insurance, b. Excess Insurance; or 2) For any other valid and collectible insurance available to the addi- tional insured as an additional insured by attachment of an en- dorsement to another insurance policy that is written on an excess basis. In such case, the coverage provided under this endorse- ment shall also be ex- cess. (2) Condition 11. Conformance to Specific Written Contract or Agreement is hereby added: 11. Conformance to Specific Written Contract or Agreement With respect to additional insureds described in Para- graph 9.a.(2)(f) above only: If a written contract or agreement between you and the additional insured specifies that coverage for the additional insured: a. Be provided by the In- surance Services Of- fice additional insured form number CG 20 10 or CG 20 37 (where edition specified); or b. Include coverage for completed operations; or c. Include coverage for "your work"; and where the limits or cov- erage provided to the addi- Includes copyrighted material of Insurance GA 233 02 07 Services Office, Inc., with its permission, Page 13 of 15 GA 233 02 07 tional insured is more re- strictive than was specifi- cally required in that written contract or agreement, the terms of Paragraphs 9.a.(3)(a), 9.a.(3)(b) or 9.b. above, or any combination thereof, shall be interpreted as providing the limits or coverage required by the terms of the written contract or agreement, but only to the extent that such limits or coverage is included within the terms of the Coverage Part to which this endorse- ment is attached. If, how- ever, the written contract or agreement specifies the In- surance Services Office additional insured form number CG 20 10 but does not specify which edition, or specifies an edition that does not exist, Paragraphs 9.a.(3)(a) and 9.a.(3)(b) of this endorsement shall not apply and Paragraph 9.b. of this endorsement shall ap- ply. 10. Broadened Contractual Liability - Work Within 50' of Railroad Property It is hereby agreed that Paragraph f.(1) of Definition 12. "Insured contract" (SEC- TION V - DEFINITIONS) is deleted. 11. Property Damage to Borrowed Equip- ment a. The following is hereby added to Ex- clusion j. Damage to Property of Paragraph 2., Exclusions of SEC- TION I - COVERAGES, COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROP- ERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclu- sion do not apply to tools or equip- ment loaned to you, provided they are not being used to perform opera- tions at the time of loss. b. With respect to the insurance pro- vided by this section of the en- dorsement, the following additional provisions apply: (1) The Limits of insurance shown in the Declarations are replaced by the limits designated in Sec- tion B. Limits of Insurance, 11. of this endorsement with respect to coverage provided by this endorsement. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits being replaced. The Limits of Insurance shown in Section B. Limits of Insurance, Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 14 of 15 11. of this endorsement fix the most we will pay in any one "oc- currence" regardless of the number of: (a) Insureds; (b) Claims made or "suits" brought; or (c) Persons or organizations making claims or bring "suits". (2) Deductible Clause (a) Our obligation to pay dam- ages on your behalf applies only to the amount of dam- ages for each "occurrence" which are in excess of the Deductible amount stated in Section B. Limits of Insur- ance, 11. of this endorse- ment. The limits of insur- ance will not be reduced by the application of such De- ductible amount. (b) Condition 2. Duties in the Event of Occurrence, Of- fense, Claim or Suit, ap- plies to each claim or "suit" irrespective of the amount. We may pay any part or all of the deductible amount to effect settlement of any claim or "suit" and, upon notification of the action taken, you shall promptly reimburse us for such part of the deductible amount as has been paid by us. 12. Employees as Insureds - Specified Health Care Services It is hereby agreed that Paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) of SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED, does not apply to your "em- ployees" who provide professional health care services on your behalf as duly li- censed: (c) a. Nurses; b. Emergency Medical Technicians; or c. Paramedics, in the jurisdiction where an "occurrence" or offense to which this insurance applies takes place. 13. Broadened Notice of Occurrence Paragraph a. of Condition 2. Duties in the Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit (SECTION IV - COMMER- CIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- TIONS) is hereby deleted and replaced by the following: a. You must see to it that we are noti- fied as soon as practicable of an occurrence or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "oc- currence" or offense took place; GA 233 02 07 (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and wit- nesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence' or offense. This requirement applies only when the "occurrence" or offense is known to an "authorized representative". Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 15 of 15 exasMutu® Insurance Company WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC420304A TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1, ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization ( X ) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium The premium charge for this endorsement shall be _ . percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on Policy No. SBP0001135234 Issued to Stnuhs II LLC dba Premium $ WC420304A (ED. 1-01-2000) at 12:01 A.M. standard time, forms a part of of the Texas Mutual Insurance Company Endorsement No. Authorized Representative CANCELLATION NOTIFICATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESSOWNERS PACKAGE POLICY COMMERCIAL AUTO COVERAGE PART CLAIMS -MADE EXCESS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL INLAND MARINE COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL OUTPUT PROGRAM - PROPERTY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL UMBRELLA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART CONTRACTOR S ERRORS AND OMISSIONS COVERAGE PART CLAIMS -MADE CONTRACTOR S LIMITED POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART CRIME AND FIDELITY COVERAGE PART DENTISTS PACKAGE POLICY ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EMPLOYEE BENEFIT LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EXCESS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EXCESS WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART FARM COVERAGE PART GOLF COURSE CHEMICAL APPLICATION LIMITED LIABILITY COVERAGE PART HOLE -IN -ONE COVERAGE PART INTERNET LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT COVERAGE PART MANUFACTURERS ERRORS AND OMISSIONS COVERAGE PART CLAIMS -MADE MORTGAGEHOLDERS ERRORS AND OMISSIONS COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCT WITHDRAWAL COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS / COMPLETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE PART PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PROFESSIONAL UMBRELLA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PROFESSIONAL UMBRELLA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART - CLAIMS -MADE SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: City of Fort Worth Mailing Address: Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport 310 Gulf Stream Road Cancellation Notification In the event of cancellation, we agree to mail or deliver notification to the first Named Insured and the person or organization shown in the Schedule. IA 4087 08 09 ® WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS alLIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY exasMutu Insurance Company TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT WC 42 06 01 This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 2. Notice will be mailed to: City of Fort Worth Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport 310 Gulf Stream Road This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on at 12:01 A.M. standard time, forms a part of Policy No. SBP0001135234 of the Texas Mutual Insurance Company Issued to Endorsement No. DBA ; Struhs II LLC dba Premium $ 0 . 00 Authorized Representative WC420601 (ED, 1-94) STRUHS Commercial Construction March 24, 2014 To the City of Fort Worth Struhs Commercial Construction does not own any vehicles at this point in time. Our employees drive their own personal vehicles, not company trucks. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely, eth N. Falconer Pre dent 1209 F. Belknap Fort Worth, Texas 76102 817 318-8000 Fax 817 332-4211 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project, City of Fort Worth Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport. TPW2013-06. City Proiect No. 00723. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: a By: iC i eT� i �`/�X Cl/ Zee Company e Print) /ao 9 , 7 4/ ✓/42-/. Signs Address Title: City/State/Zip I'HJ STATE OF TEXAS (Please Print) KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 4-,L / 74,6 C 7 7/ %AG LU I V L . known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of Prt7`3 / 6 6- Al T OF C' !✓ for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this / - day of /24,0- d' // , 2014. DINA JEAN MCKINNEY My Commission Expires February 18, 2015 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas Contractor Compliance with Worker's Compensation Law (1 oApr12) Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 1 March 2014 7,0 s P. 4' —0" 2'-0" 2' --0" i CENTERLINE OF SIGN, LOGO & TEXT INFORMATION FORTWORTH® Project Title Architect: Architect's Name Contractor: Contractor's Name FUNDED BY (List Bond Fund, etc.) SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE YEAR • • SIGN COLOR & FONT: BACKGROUND - WHITE BORDER - 5/16"WIDE, 3"RADIUS CORNERS, PMS 288 (BLUE) TEXT - HELVETICA or ARIAL, PMS 288 (BLUE) FORT WORTH LOGO COLORS & FONT: FORT WORTH - PMS 288 (BLUE), CHELTENHAM BOLD LONGHORN LOGO - PMS 725 (BROWN) PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN Project Designation Sign Police Department New Aviation Division Facility at Meacham International Airport Page 1 of 1 March 2014